Abhisamācārikadharma


# Header

  This file is a plain text transformation of http://gretil.sub.uni-goettingen.de/gretil/corpustei/sa_abhisamAcArikadharma.xml
  with a rudimentary header. For a more extensive header please refer to the source file.

## Data entry: Abhisamacarika-Dharma Study Group, Taisho University
## Contribution: Abhisamacarika-Dharma Study Group, Taisho University
## Date of this version: 2020-07-31

## Source: 
   - .

## Publisher: Göttingen Register of Electronic Texts in Indian Languages (GRETIL), SUB Göttingen

## Licence:
   This e-text was provided to GRETIL in good faith that no copyright rights have been infringed. If anyone wishes to assert copyright over this file, please contact the GRETIL management at gretil(at)sub(dot)uni-goettingen(dot)de. The file will be immediately removed pending resolution of the claim.
   Distributed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-ShareAlike 4.0 International License.

## Structure of references:
   A reference is assembled consisting of
   - a pragmatic abbreviation of the title: Abhisamācārikadharma = ,
   - the number of the  in arabic numerals,
   - the number of the verse in arabic numerals.

## Notes:
   This file has been created by mass conversion of GRETIL's Sanskrit corpus from abhisdhu.htm. Due to the heterogeneity of the sources the header markup might be suboptimal. For the sake of transparency the header of the legacy file is documented in the note element below:

   
	 A Digital edition of the Abhisamacarika-Dharma
of the Mahasamghika-Lokottaravadins
by
Abhisamacarika-Dharma Study Group
THE INSTITUTE FOR COMPREHENSIVE STUDIES OF BUDDHISM
TAISHO UNIVERSITY
	


## Revisions:
   - 2020-07-31: TEI encoding by mass conversion of GRETIL's Sanskrit corpus


# Text

explanatory remarks the present text is edited to facilitate word-searches. the text is based on the manuscript of the transliteration of the abhisamacarika-dharma of the mahasagghika-lokottaravadins. grammatical errors and the like have been left uncorrected, but preferred readings are occasionally given for conspicuous scribal errors. the symbols and editorial features are as follows: (1) the letters between ( ) indicate that they should be supplied. (2) the letters which seem to be wrongly written are underlined. immediately after them suggestion is supplied between ( ). (3) letters in blue and underlined are to be omitted. no suggestion is supplied after them. this applies to the omission of the virama. (4) the letters between [ ] indicate that they are obscure. (5) an illegible character (akxaras) is indicated by one "+". (6) symbols which seem to indicate virama are substituted by comma (" , "). (7) symbols which seem to be siddham, etc., are substituted by " * ". (8) cancellations in the ms. are not indicated. (9) j. refers to the jinananda edition. (10) compounds in which hiatus appears are hyphened.

(i.p.43) abhisamācārikadharma

i.1 ms.1b1 (j.1.1); ch.499a22 * namo buddhāya // abhisamācārikāṇām ādiḥ / bhagavān śrāvastyām viharati śāstā devānāñ ca manuṣyāṇāñ ca vistareṇa nidānaṃ kṛtvā saṃghasya dāni poṣadho āyuṣmāṃ nandano saṃghasthaviro upanandano dvitīyasthaviro dāyakadānapatī pṛcchanti / ārya kiṃ samagro bhikṣusaṃgho āhaṃsu no dīrghāyu / ko dāni nāgacchati / bhikṣū āhaṃsu saṃghasthaviro nāgacchati / te dāni ojjhā(1b2)yanti / paśyatha bhaṇe vayan tāva karmmāntān cchoraya āgacchāma / samagrasya saṃghasya pādāna vandiṣyāma / deyadharmmañ ca pratiṣṭhāpayiṣyāma / saṃghasthaviro nāgacchati / so dāni paścād āgatvā saṃkṣiptena catvāri pārājikān dharmmān uddeśiyāṇa no ca dakṣiṇām ādiśati / na parikathāṃ karoti / utthiya gato / navakā bhikṣū pṛcchanti / āyuṣmān nāgato saṃghasthaviro bhikṣū āhaṃsu / āgato (1b3) ca gato ca / te pi navakā bhikṣū āhaṃsu / naiva saṃghastha(j.2)virasya āgatiḥ prajñāyate na gatiḥ / etaṃ prakaraṇaṃ bhikṣū bhagavato ārocayeṃsu / bhagavān āha / śabdāpayatha nandanaṃ so dāni śabdāpito / bhagavān āha / satyaṃ nandana evaṃ nāma saṃghasya poṣadho ti / tad eva sarvvaṃ bhagavān vistareṇa pratyārocayati navakā bhikṣū ojjhāyanti / naiva saṃghasthavirasyā(1b4)gatir nna gatiḥ / prajñāyate ti / āha / āma bhagavan / bhagavān āha / tena hi evaṃ saṃghasthavireṇa poṣadhe pratipadyitavyaṃ / kin ti dāni saṃghasthavireṇa poṣadhe pratipadyitavyaṃ / yad aho saṃghasya poṣadho bhavati / tad aho saṃghasthavireṇa jānitavyaṃ / kim adya saṃghasya poṣadho cāturddaśiko pāñcadaśiko sandhipoṣadho bhaviṣyatīti kiṃ pūrvvaṃ bhaktaṃ / kiṃ paścā(1b5)dbhaktaṃ, / kettika pauruṣāhi cchāyāhi kahim bhaviṣyati / prahāṇaśālāyām vā upasthānaśālāyām vā / agniśālāyām vā / maṇḍalamāḍe vā / yasmin pradeśe yaṃ divasaṃ saṃghasya poṣadho bhavati / saṃghasthavireṇa pañcasūtrāṇi vistareṇa svādhyāyitavyāni / yāvantamasato (i.p.44) catvāri pārājikā gāthāś ca siṣṭakam abhīkṣṇaśrutikāyā yadi dāni na(nā)gato saṃ(1b6)gho bhavati saṃghasthavireṇa yahiṃ bhaviṣyati tahiṃ ārocayitavyaṃ, / āyuṣman adya saṃghasya poṣadho cāturddaśiko vā pāñcadaśiko vā sandhipoṣadho vā / amukahiṃ bhaviṣyati / prahāṇaśālāyām vā / upasthānaśālāyām vā / maṇḍalamāḍe vā purebhaktam vā paścādbhaktam vā / ati(bhi)kramantu āyuṣmanto nāpi dāni ārocitaṃ mayā ti / yatrolaggikāya āsitavyaṃ / (j.3) atha khalu prati(1b7)kṛtyeva poṣadhasthānaṃ gantavyaṃ siñcāpayitavyo sanmārjayitavyo gomayakārṣī dātavyā / āsanaprajñapti karttavyā / vibhavo bhavati śalākā gandhodakena dhovitavyāyo puṣpehi okiritavyāyo saṃghasthavireṇa jānitavyaṃ ko śalākāṃ cārayiṣyati / ko praticchiṣyati / ko prātimokṣasūtraṃ uddiśiṣyati / ko dakṣiṇāṃ ādiśiṣyati / ko parikathāṃ kariṣyati / yo prati(2a1)balo bhavati / so adhyeṣitavyo ayaṃ sānaṃ śalākāṃ cāreṣi / tvaṃ śalākāṃ praticchesi / tvaṃ prātimokṣasūtram uddiśeṣi tvaṃ bhāṣesi tvaṃ parikathāṃ karesi / tvaṃ dakṣiṇāṃ ādiśesi / tena yathādhyeṣṭena śalākā cārayitavyā / dvitīyena pratīcchitavyā / nāpi kṣamati śalākāṃ cārayantena anirmmādiya hastāṃ śalākāṃ cārayituṃ / nāpi kṣamati / oguṇṭhikāyakṛtena upānahā(2a2)rūḍhena vā śalākāṃ cārayanta(tu)ṃ / atha khalu hastāṃ nirmmādiya oguṇṭhikāṃ apaniya upānahāṃ omuñciya ekāṃsakṛtena śalākā cārayitavyā / śalākāṃ pi dāni gṛhṇantena na cāpi kṣamati / oguṇṭhikākṛtena vā upānahārūḍhena vā śalākāṃ gṛhṇituṃ, / atha khalu ekāṃśakṛtena hastān nirmmādiya oguṇṭhikāṃ apaniya upānahāṃ omuñciya śalākāṃ gṛhṇitavyā / yaṃ kālaṃ (2a3) śalākā cāritā bhavanti bhikṣū gaṇitā bhavanti / sāmagrī ārocitā bhavati / dāyakadānapati paripṛcchitavyā / kim vasiṣyatha atha gamiṣyatha / (j.4) yadi tāvāhaṃsu gacchāma tato deyadharmmaṃ pratiṣṭhāpayitavyaṃ / deyadharmmam anumodāpayitavyaṃ / dhārmmyā kathayā saṃdarśayitavyāḥ / samādāpayitavyāḥ / samuttejayitavyāḥ / saṃpraharṣayitavyāḥ / (2a4) udyojayitavyāḥ // atha dāni āhaṃsu vasiṣyāma nti(tti) vaktavyaṃ / gacchatha tāva bāhyato āmuhūrttaṃ, āgametha bhikṣusaṃgho (i.p.45) tāva poṣadhaṃ kariṣyati / yaṃ kālaṃ dāyakadānapati nirddhāvitā bhavanti / tato sūtroddeśakena jānitavyaṃ, / yadi tāva nātyā(ti)śītam bhavati / nātyāti-uṣṇaṃ na dūradūre vihārakā bhavanti bhikṣū vā na jarādurbbalā na vyā(2a5)dhidurbbalā vā bhavanti / na vā siṃhabhayam vā vyāghrabhayam vā caurabhayam vā bhikṣū vā sukhopaviṣṭā bhavanti / yadi tāva vistareṇa prātimokṣasūtraṃ śrotukāmā bhavanti vistareṇa prātimokṣasūtraṃ uddiśitavyaṃ / atha dāni atisi(sī)tam vā (ati)uṣṇam vā bhavati / bhikṣū vā jarādurbbalā vā vyādhidurbbalā vā bhavanti / siṃhabhayam vā vyāghrabhayam vā caurabhayam vā bhikṣū (2a6) ca na vistareṇa prātimokṣasūtraṃ śrotukāmā bhavanti / saṃkṣiptena catvāri pārājikāṃ dharmmāṃ uddiśiyānaṃ śiṣṭakaṃ abhīkṣṇaśrutikāye gāthāye ca tato yathāsukhaṃ karttavyaṃ / atha dāni sarvvarātrikā bhavati / tato adhyeṣitavyaṃ / tvaṃ bhāṣayesīti //

yathādhyeṣṭehi bhāṣamāṇaṃ sarvvarātriṃ dharmmavṛṣṭiye vītināmiyānaṃ dāyakadānapati (j.5) dharmyā kathayā saṃdarśayitavyā samādā(2a7)payitavyā samuttejayitavyā saṃpraharṣayitavyā udyojayitavyā yathāsukhaṃ karttavyaṃ / abhipramodantu āyuṣmanto / evaṃ saṃghasthavireṇa poṣadhe pratipadyitavyaṃ / na pratipadyati / abhisamācārikā(ṃ) dharmmāṃ atikramati* ////

 i.2 ms.2a7 (j. 5.5); ch.499c2 bhagavān śrāvastyām viharati / śastā devānāñ ca manuṣyāṇāñ ca vistareṇa nidānaṃ kṛtvā saṃghasya dāni poṣadho āyuṣmāṃ nandano (2b1) saṃghasthaviro upanandano dvitīyasthaviro saṃghasthaviro āgato bhikṣu āgatā dvitīyasthaviro nāgacchati / dāyakadānapati dāni deyadharmmāṇi ādāya pratipālenti / samaya(gra)ṃ ca bhikṣusaṃgham vandiṣyāmaḥ / deyadharmmañ ca pratiṣṭhāpayiṣyāmo ti // te dāni pṛcchanti / ārya samagro bhikṣusaṃgho a(ā)haṃsu nohetaṃ dīrghāyu ko khalu nāgacchati / āhaṃsu dvitīyasthaviro nāga-ccha(2b2)ti / te dāni ojjhāyanti vayaṃ ye(va) tāva karmmāntā cchoriya āgatāgacchāma samagrasya saṃghasya pādāṃ vandiṣyāmaḥ / deyadharmmañ (i.p.46) ca pratiṣṭhāpayiṣyāmaḥ / dvitīyasthaviro pi nāgacchati / te dāni muhū-rttamātraṃ pratipāliya āsitvā deyadharmmaṃ pratiṣṭhāpayitvā gatāḥ / so dāni ativikāle āgato saṃghasthaviro ojjhāyati / asmākaṃ bhagavān daṇḍakarmman dadāti dvitīyasthavira(2b3)sya monti(tti)kā / etaṃ prakaraṇaṃ bhikṣū bhagavato ārocayanti / bhagavān āha // śabdāpayatha upanandanaṃ so dāni śabdāpito / bhagavān āha // satyaṃ upanandana (j.6) evaṃ dāni saṃghasya poṣadho ti / tad eva sarvvaṃ bhagavāṃ vistareṇa pratyārocayati / yāva saṃghasthaviro pi ojjhāyati / asmākaṃ bhagavāṃ daṇḍakarmman deti / dvitīyasthavirasya monti(tti)kā (2b4) āha / āma bhagavan bhagavān āha / tena hi evaṃ dvitīyasthavireṇa poṣadhe pratipadyitavyaṃ / kin ti dāni dvitīyasthavireṇa poṣadhe pratipadyitavyaṃ / yad aho dāni saṃghasya poṣadho bhavati / saṃghasthaviro na pratibalo bhavati / dvitīyasthavireṇa jānitavyaṃ / kiṃ adya saṃghasya poṣadho caturddaśiko vā pāñcadaśiko vā sandhipoṣadho vā kiṃ rā(2b5)tripoṣadho bhaviṣyati divāpoṣadho purebhakti bhaviṣyati / paścādbhaktaṃ / kahiṃ bhaviṣyati / upasthānaśālāyām vā prahāṇaśālāyām vā maṇḍalamāḍe vā / ucchedanake vā niṣadyāya vā tti yahim bhavati / tahiṃ ārocayitavyaṃ / āyuṣman adya saṃghasya poṣadho cāturddaśiko vā pāñcadaśiko vā / atha dāni saṃghasthaviro na pratibalo bhava(2b6)ti / dvitīyasthavireṇa prakṛtyeva poṣadhasthānaṃ siñcāpayitavyaṃ / sanmārjayitavyaṃ / gomayakārṣī dātavyā āsanaprajñaptiḥ karttavyā vibhavo bhavati śalākā gandhodakena dhovayitavyā/yo puṣpehi okiritavyāyo saṃghasthaviro na pratibalo bhavati / dvitīyasthavireṇa jānitavyaṃ ko śalākāṃ cārayiṣyati / ko śalākāṃ praticchiṣyati / ko prātimokṣasūtram uddiśiṣya(2b7)ti / ko bhāṣiṣyati / ko dakṣiṇāṃ ādiśiṣyati / ko parikathāṃ kariṣyati / yo pratibalo bhaviṣyati / so adhyeṣitavyo / tvaṃ śalākāṃ cārayiṣyasi / tvaṃ praticcheṣyasi yāva tvaṃ parikathāṃ kārayasīti / tato śalākāṃ cārantena na (j.7) kṣamati oguṇṭhikākṛtena vā upānahārūḍhena vā hastehi vā anirmmāditehi śalākāṃ cārayituṃ / atha khalu hastān nirmmādiyānaṃ upānahāṃ omuñciya (3a1) ekāṃsakṛtena śalākā cārayitavyā śalākāṃ pi praticchantena na kṣamati oguṇṭhikākṛtena vā upānahārūḍhena vā (i.p.47) hastehi vā anirmmāditehi śalākāṃ praticchituṃ / atha khalu hastān nirmmādiyāṇa upānahāṃ omuñciyāṇa ekāṃsakṛtena śalākā praticchitavyā / yadā śalākā cāritā bhavanti bhikṣū gaṇitā bhavanti sāmagrī ārocitā bhavati / tato dāyakadānapatī pṛcchi(3a2)tavyāḥ kim vasiṣyatha uta gamiṣyatha yadi tāva jalpanti / gacchāma tato deyadharmmaṃ pratiṣṭhāpayitavyā deyadharmmo anumodāpayitavyo parikathā karttavyā dhārmyā kathayā saṃdarśiya samādāpiya samuttejiya sampraharṣayitvā udyojayitavyā / atha dāni jalpanti vasiṣyāma nti(tti) vaktavyaṃ / muhūrttan tāva bāhyato āgametha saṃgho tāva poṣadhaṃ kariṣyati / yadā kāle dāyakadānapati (3a3) nirddhāvitā bhavanti tato sūtroddeśakena jānitavyaṃ / yadi tāva atisītam vā ati-uṣṇam vā bhavati / bhikṣū vā jarādurbbalā vā vyādhidurbbalā vā bhavanti dūradūre vā pariveṇā bhavanti siṃhabhayam vā vyāghrabhayam vā corabhayam vā bhavati / bhikṣū vā na vistareṇa śrotukāmā bhavanti / saṃkṣiptena (j.8) catvāri pārājikā uddiśitavyaṃ / śiṣṭakaṃ abhīkṣṇaśrutikāye gā(3a4)thāyo ca / tato yathāsukhaṃ karttavyaṃ / atha dāni nātyātiśītaṃ na cātyāti-uṣṇaṃ na dūradūre pariveṇā bhavanti / bhikṣū ca sukhopaviṣṭā bhavanti vistareṇa śrotukāmā tato vistareṇa prātimokṣasūtraṃ ussārayitavyaṃ / tato yathāsukhaṅ karttavyaṃ / atha dāni sarvvarātrikā bhavati / saṃghasthaviro na pratibalo bhavati dvitīyasthavireṇa adhyeṣitavyaṃ / tva(3a5)yā bhāṣitavyaṃ tvayā bhāṣitavyaṃ yathādhyeṣṭehi bhāṣaṇāya sarvvarātriṃ dharmmavṛṣṭiye vītināmiya / (yā)na dāyakadānapati dhārmmya(yā) kathayā sandarśiya samādāpiya samuttejiya saṃpraharṣayitvā udyojayitavyā / tato yathāsukhaṃ karttavyaṃ / abhipramodayaṃtu āyuṣmanto abhipramodayaṃtu āyuṣmanto apramādena saṃpādayitavyaṃ / evaṃ dvitīyasthavi(3a6)reṇa poṣadhe pratipadyitavyaṃ / na pratipadyeti abhisamācārikāṃ dharmmān atikramati // *//

 (i.p.48) i.3 ms.3a6 (j. 8.14); ch.499c14 bhagavān śrāvastyāṃ viharati / śāstā devānāñ ca manuṣyāṇāñ ca vistareṇa nidānaṃ kṛtvā saṃghasya dāni poṣadho āyuṣmān nandano saṃghasthaviro upanandano dvitīyasthaviro āgato bhikṣū osarantikāye na āgacchanti dāyakadānapati pṛcchanti ārya samagro bhikṣusaṃgho bhikṣū āhaṃ,(3a7)su / nohīdaṃ dīrghāyu ko khu nāgacchati / bhikṣū āhaṃsu / (j.9) ete hi bhikṣū osarantikāye na āgacchanti / te dāni ojjhāyanti / vayaṃ yeca(va) karmmāntāṃ cchoriya cchoriya āgatā āgacchāma / samagrasya pādāṃ vandiṣyāma / deyadharmmañ ca pratiṣṭhāpayiṣyāmaḥ / ime pi āryamiśrā osaratikāye nāgacchanti / saṃghasthaviro ca dvitīyasthaviro ca odhyāyanti / asmākaṃ bhagavāṃ daṇḍakarmman deti / eṣāṃ, (3b1) monti(tti)ko bhikṣū etā(ta)m prakaraṇaṃ ārocayanti bhagavān āha / śabdāpayatha bhikṣūna te dāni śabdāpitāḥ / bhagavān āha / satyaṃ bhikṣavo evaṃ dāni saṃghasya poṣadho ti / tad eva sarvvaṃ bhagavān vistareṇa pratyārocayati / yāva saṃghasthaviro ca dvitīyasthaviro ca odhyāyanti / asmākaṃ bhagavān daṇḍakarmman deti / imeṣāṃ monti(tti)kā āhaṃsuḥ / āma bhagavan bhagavān āha / tena hi sarvvehi evaṃ (3b2) poṣadhe pratipadyitavyaṃ / kin ti dāni / evaṃ sarvvehi poṣadhe pratipadyitavyaṃ / sarvvehi jānitavyaṃ / kiṃ khalv adya pakṣasya pratipadā dvitīyā yāvat pañcadaśī yadi dāni koci pṛcchati / bhante katamādya na dāni vaktavyaṃ / katamā puna hi yo bhūṣīti / avaśyaṃ vaṃsavidalikāhi vā nalavidalikāhi vā likhitvā sūtreṇa ābra(bu)ṇitvā dvārakoṣṭhake vā prāsāde vā kalpiyakuṭikāyāṃ vā bandhitavyaṃ (3b3) kīlakāni khanetvā dvāre (j.10) sthā(ta)vyaṃ / yo dāni bhavati māsacāriko vā pakṣacāriko tena ekam ekaṃ saṃsārayitavyaṃ devasikaṃ yathājñāpeta katim ādya sarvvehi jānitavyaṃ / eṣo dāni saṃghasya poṣadho bhavati / saṃghasthaviro na pratibalo bhavati / dvitīyasthaviro na pratibalo bhavati / yo tatra pratibalo bhavati tena jānitavyaṃ / kiṃ adya saṃghasya (3b4) poṣadho cāturddaśiko vā pāñcadaśiko vā sandhipoṣadho vā divārātrau vā (i.p.49) poṣadhe purobhaktaṃ vā paścādbhaktam vā kati pauruṣāhi cchāyāhi kahiṃ bhaviṣyati / prahāṇaśālāyām vā upasthānaśālāyām vā maṇḍalamāḍe vā occhedake caṃkrame vā niṣadyāya nti(tti) yahiṃ bhavati tahiṃ ārocayitavyaṃ / abhikramantu āyuṣmanto ti nāyaṃ (kṣamati) ārocitaṃ ma(3b5)yā ti pā(ya)trollaggikāye āsituṃ / atha khalu yadi tāva saṃghasthaviro na prati(balo) bhavati / dvitīyasthaviro na pratibalo bhavati / yo tatra pratibalo bhavati / tena prakṛtyeva poṣadhasthānaṃ gantavyaṃ poṣadhasthānaṃ siñcitavyaṃ / sanmārjitavyaṃ / gomayakārṣī dātavyā āsanaprajñaptiḥ karttavyā / vibhavo bhavati śalākā gandhodakena dhovitavyā / puṣpe(3b6)hi okiritavyā / saṃghasthaviro na pratibalo bhavati / dvitīyasthaviro na pratibalo bhavati / yo tatra pratibalo bhavati / tena jānitavyaṃ / ko śalākāṃ cārayiṣyati / ko śalākāṃ praticchiṣyati / ko prātimokṣasūtram uddiśiṣyati / ko dakṣiṇāṃ ādiśiṣyati / ko parikathāṃ kariṣyati / yadi tāvat pratibalo bhavati ātmanā sarvvaṃ karttavyaṃ / atha dāni na pratibalo bhavati / yo tatra prati(3b7)balo bhavati / so adhyeṣitavyo tvaṃ śalākāṃ (j.11) cārayesi tvaṃ śalākāṃ praticchesi tvaṃ prātimokṣaṃ uddiśesi tvaṃ bhāṣesi tvaṃ dakṣiṇāṃ ādiśeṣi tvaṃ parikathāṃ kārayesi / śalākāṃ pi ca cārayantena na kṣamati / anirmmāditakehi hastehi upānahārūḍhena oguṇṭhi(kākṛ)tena vā śalākāṃ cārayituṃ / 
 atha khalu hastāṃ nirmmādiya upānahāṃ omuñciya ekāṃśakṛtena śalākā
cārayitavyā (4a1) śalākāṃ pi dāni praticchantena na kṣamati /
anirmmāditakehi hastehi upānahārūḍhena vā oguṇṭhikākṛtena vā
śalākāṃ praticchituṃ // atha khalu hastāṃ nirmmādiyāṇa upānahāṃ
 muñciya ekaṃśakṛtena śalākā praticchitavyā / yaṃ kālaṃ śalākā cāritā bhavanti / bhikṣū gaṇitā bhavanti / sāmagrī ārocitā bhavati / dāyakadānapati pṛcchitavyāḥ ḥ / kim vaśiṣyatha atha (4a2) gacchatha / yadi tāva jalpanti / gacchāma nti(tti) deyadharmma pratiṣṭhāpayitavyo / deyadharmmam anumodāpayitavyo / dhārmyā kathayā saṃdarśiya samādāpiya samuttejiya saṃpraharṣayitvā udyojayitavyā / (i.p.50) athedāniṃ jalpanti vasiṣyāma nti(tti) / vaktavyaṃ / bāhyato tāva yūyaṃ muhūrttam āgametha saṃgho tāva poṣadhaṃ kariṣyati / yaṃ kālaṃ dāyakadānapati nirddhāvitā bhavanti / tato sūtroddeśa(4a3)kena jānitavyaṃ / yadi tāva nātiśītaṃ bhavati nātyūṣṇam vā corabhayam vā na bhavati siṃhabhayaṃ vā vyāghrabhayaṃ vā na (j.12) bhavati / na dūradūre vā pariveṇā bhavanti bhikṣū vā na jarādurbbalā vā vyādhidurbbalā bhavanti / sukhopaviṣṭā bhavanti vistareṇa śrotukāmā bhavanti / tato vistareṇa prātimokṣasūtraṃ uddiśitavyaṃ / atha dāni sarvvarātrikā bhavati / bhāṣaṇakā (4a4) adhyeṣitavyāḥ / tvayā bhāṣitavyaṃ tvayā bhāṣitavyan ti //

yathādhyeṣṭehi / bhāṣiyāṇaṃ sarvvarātri dharmmavṛṣṭiyer vvītināmiyāna dāyakadānapati dharmyā kathayā saṃdarśayitavyā yāva udyojayitavyā / tato yathāsukhaṃ karttavyaṃ / abhipramodatu āyuṣmanto apramādena saṃpādayitavyaṃ / evaṃ sarvvehi poṣadhe pratipadyitavyaṃ na pratipadyanti vinayātikramam ā(4a5)sādayanti* ////

 i.4 ms.4a5 (j.12.11); ch.499c28 bhagavān śrāvastyām viharati śāstā devānāñ ca manuṣyāṇāñ ca vistareṇa nidānaṃ kṛtvā saṃghasya dāni bāhirakaṃ bhaktaṃ āyuṣmān nandano saṃghasthaviro dvitīyasthaviro upanandano āgato bhikṣū āgatāḥ / saṃghasthaviro nāgacchāti / odano śītalo bhavati / sūpo śītalo bhavati / ghṛtaṃ thīyati māṃsaṃ thīyati vyañjanāni śītalī(4a6)bhavanti / dāyakadānapati pṛcchanti / ārya kiṃ samagro bhikṣusaṃgho āhaṃsu nohedaṃ dīrghāyu ko khu nāgacchati / āhaṃsu saṃghasthaviro nāgacchati / te dāni ojjhāyanti / vayaṃ yeca(va) tāva karmmāntāṃ cchoriya āgatāgacchāgacchāma samagraṃ bhikṣusaṃghaṃ pariviśiṣyāmaḥ / saṃghasthaviro pi nāgacchati / (j.13) so dāni paścād āgacchiyāṇa bhuṃjiyāṇa saṃkṣiptena dakṣiṇām ādiśiya na parikathāṃ (4a7) karoti / nāpi dāyakadānapatiṃ dharmyā kathayā (i.p.51) saṃdarśayati samādāpayati / samuttejayati / saṃpraharṣayati / utthihi(ya) gato navakā bhikṣū pṛcchanti / āgato saṃghasthaviro āhaṃsu āgato ca gato ca te dāni odhyāyati naiva saṃghasthavirasya āgatir (na) ggatiḥ prajñāyati / etaṃ prakaraṇaṃ bhikṣū bhagavato ārocayeṃsu / bhagavān aha / śabdāpayatha nandanaṃ / so (4b1) dāni śabdāvito bhagavān āha / satyaṃ nandana evan nāma saṃghasya bāhirakaṃ bhaktaṃ (nandano) saṃghasthaviro upanandano dvitīyasthaviro ti tad eva sarvvaṃ bhagavān vistareṇa pratyārocayati / yāva navakā bhikṣū odhyāyanti / yāva saṃghasthavirasyāgatir nna gati prajñāyate / āha / āma bhagavan bhagavān āha / tena hi saṃghasthavireṇa evaṃ bhaktāgre pratipadyitavyaṃ / kin ti dāni saṃghasthavire(4b2)ṇa evaṃ bhaktāgre pratipadyitavyaṃ / saṃghasthavireṇa jānitavyaṃ / kasyādya bhaktaṃ ubhayato sāṃghikaṃ sarvvaṃ sāṃghikaṃ pariveṇikaṃ / pāṭiyabhaktaṃ grāme vihāre eṣo dāni koci saṃghaṃ bhaktena śuvetanāya nimantreti / na dāni saṃghasthavireṇa gatāgatasya adhivāsayitavyaṃ / atha khalu saṃghasthavireṇa jānitavyaṃ ko yaṃ nimantreti / āgantuko gamiko gṛhastho pravrajito strī puruṣo dā(4b3)rako dārikā pṛcchitavyaṃ / kin nāmako si (j.14) kiṅ gotrako si / kiṃ karmmikā te mātāpitarau katamaṃ deśaṃ gṛhaṃ katamāyāṃ rathyāyāṃ kuto mukhaṃ gṛhasya vā sākāraṃ soddeśaṃ pṛcchiyāṇaṃ tato dhivāsayitavyaṃ / nāpi dāni adhivāsita(ṃ) mayeti / yatrollagnāye āsitavyaṃ /

 atha khalu prakṛtyeva māsacāriko pakṣacāriko vā preṣayitavyo gaccha jānā(4b4)hi kiṃ sajjiyatīti / anekāya tahi jātakaṃ bhaveyaṃ mṛtakam vā bhaveya sandhi vā cchinno agnidāho vā rājakulāto vā upadravo ḍhossā vā viṭā vā vātaputro vā viheṭhanābhiprāyā nimantrayeṃsu tena gacchiya pṛcchitavyaṃ / koci imaṃhi itthannāmo nāma upāsako yadi tāva āhaṃsu nāsti asmākaṃ koci evaṃ nāma upāsako vaktavyaṃ [bhi]kṣu(4b5)saṃgho tena nimantrito kiṃ sidhyati vā pacyati vā / yadi tāva āhaṃsu kasya bhaktaṃ kasya sidhyati kasya pacyatīti jānitavyaṃ / vipralabdho bhikṣusaṃgho ti (i.p.52) āgacchiya yadi tāva anugraho bhavati anugraho sādhayitavyo / anugraho na bhavati bhaktāni bhavanti / bhaktāni uddiśitavyāni / bhaktāni na bhavanti raṇaraṇā(ya) gaṇḍi āhaṇiya vaktavyaṃ / āyu(4b6)ṣman vipralabdho bhikṣusaṃgho svakasvakāṃ vṛttiṃ paryeṣatha / sarvvehi paṭipāṭikāya piṇḍāya praviśitavyaṃ / atha dāni te jalpanti / bhante etaṃ sidhyati praviśati(tu) bhikṣusaṃgho ti tato raṇaraṇāya gaṇḍī āhaṇiya yadi tāva hemanto bhavati anukālaṃ (j.15) praviśitavyaṃ / mā kālo tikrayi(mi)ṣyatīti / atha dāni grīṣmo kālo bhavati śītalakasaṃgena anukālyaṃ praviśitavyaṃ //

 atha (4b7) dāni varṣārātro kālo bhavati devāntarāyena anukālyaṃ praviśitavyaṃ / mā kālo atikramiṣyatīti / yadi tāva (na) saṃjña(jja)m bhavati / mahanto ca kālo bhavati kahiñci ca gantukāmo bhavati / kasyacita bhikṣusya jalpitavyaṃ / amukaṃ kulaṃ upasaṃkramiṣyatha yadā sajjaṃ bhaveya / tato mā paṭisaresi / na dāni tena āmantritaṃ mayā ti bhadrapālakṛtyehi haṇṭhitavyaṃ / atha khalu prati(5a1)kṛtyeva āgantavyaṃ praviśatehi jānitavyaṃ / kathaṃ āsanā prajñaptāḥ / atidakṣiṇam anuvāmāṃ kadāci maṅgalakaraṇīye atidakṣiṇaṃ prajñaptaṃ bhavati / tathā yeva upaveṣṭavyaṃ / atha dāni pretakaraṇīye anuvāmaṃ prajñaptaṃ bhavati / tathā yeva upaveṣṭavyaṃ nāpi dāni kṣamati / praviśantehi bhaṇḍaṃ laṃghaṃtehi kāṃsabhājanaṃ laṃghaṃtehi dārakadārikāṃ laṃghaṃtehi gantuṃ / atha khalu bhaṇḍaṃ pa(5a2)rivarjantehi kāṃsabhājanaṃ parivarjantehi dārakadārikāṃsa parivarjantehi praviśitavyaṃ / nāpi dāni kṣamati gatāgatasya upaviśanta(tu)ṃ / atha khalu hastena āsanaṃ pratyavekṣitavyaṃ / anaikāyo tatra garbharūpāṇi sopāyitakāni bhaveṃsuḥ / kāṃsabhājanāni vā thapitakāni bhaveṃsuḥ / atha khalu hastena parāṃmṛśiyāṇa jānitavyaṃ / oheṣya(yya)kānāṃ (j.16) glānakānāṃ pratikṛtye(5a3)va dāpitavyaṃ / atha dāni so manuṣyo anācīrṇṇadāno vā bhavati / tittino vā bhavati na dāni adhyupekṣitavyaṃ / vaktavyaṃ dīrghāyu avaśyan teṣāṃ dātavyaṃ piṇḍapātaṃ (i.p.53) / atha dāni dāyakadānapati jalpanti paṭipāṭikāya gṛhnatha nti(tti) hemanto ca kālo bhavati vaktavyaṃ nahi nti(tti) / bhagavatā anekaparyāyeṇa glāno paritto kim vā ambhehi vihāraśū(5a4)nyaṃ śakyaṃ karttuṃ ti laghu kālo atikramati / detha yūyan ti atha dāni grīṣmo vā varṣā vā rātro vā kālo bhavati cirehi kālo atikramati / paṭipāṭikāya gṛhnitavyaṃ / tato saṃghasthavireṇa jānitavyaṃ / kiṃ ārabhya deti tathā yeca(va) nimantraṇāpetavyaṃ bhojanaṃ dīyati mahanto piṇḍo parigṛhīto bhavati / saṃghasthavireṇa vaktavyaṃ / sarvveṣāṃ etta(5a5)ka-ettakaṃ bhaviṣyati / āha / nahi āryasya etaṃ evaṃ dīyati vaktavyaṃ / tathā dehi / yathā sarvveṣāṃ samaṃ bhavati / atha dān āha bhaviṣyatīti pratīcchitavyaṃ / atha dāni so thokinā arthiko bhavati vaktavyaṃ mama thokaṃ dehi heṣṭhā bahuṃ evaṃ // pe // sūpasya ghṛtasya māṃsasya olaṃkānāṃ dadhisya tato nāpi kṣamati saṃghasthavireṇa labdho piṇḍo (5a6) dvāraṃ paśyiya lapyala(p)yāye bhuṃjiyāṇa utthihiya gantuṃ / atha khalu odanasampattir vvā āgamaṃtena bhuṃjitavyaṃ / vyañjanasampattir vvā āgamaṃtena bhuñjitavyaṃ na bhuñjitvā hastaṃ nikṣipiya āsitavyaṃ / mā heva otrapeṃsu / atha khalu anujānetavyaṃ / yadā navakāḥ santarpitā bhavanti / upagrāyanti pānīyaṃ vā pibanti / hastām vā ukkaḍhḍhiya āsanti / na dāni saṃghasthavireṇa bhuñja(5a7)ntakenaiva utthāya āsanāto gantavyaṃ / labdho piṇḍo dvāraṃ paśyiya / atha khalu saṃghasthavireṇa āgametavyaṃ / dīrghodakaṃ dāpetavyaṃ / parikathā karttavyā / dakṣiṇā ādisitavyā / jānitavyaṃ / kim ālambanaṃ bhaktaṃ jātakaṃ mṛtakam vā ce(ve)vāhikam vā gṛhapraveśakam vā āgantukasya gamikasya gṛhasthasya pravrajitasyeti /  yadi tāva jāna(ta)kaṃbhavati / nāyaṃ dakṣiṇā ādi(śi)ta(5b1)vyā / ayaṃ kumāro śivapathikāya cchandito aṅguṣṭhasnehena yāpaye saptarātraṃ śunakhā śṛgālā ca naṃ laṃghayantu / (i.p.54) kākā ca akṣimalaṃ harantā (j.18) nāyaṃ evaṃ dakṣiṇā ādiśitavyā /

 atha khalu dakṣiṇā ādiśitavyā / ayaṃ kumāro śaraṇaṃ upetu buddhaṃ vipaśyiñ ca śikhi(ñ) ca viśvabhuṃ krakucchanda konākamuniñ ca kāśyapaṃ mahāyaśaṃ śākyamuniñ ca gautamaṃ / etehi buddhehi maharddhikehi (5b2)ye devatā santi abhiprasannā tā naṃ rakṣaṃtu tā ca naṃ pālayantu yathā naṃ icchati mātā yathā naṃ icchati pitā ato śreyataro bhotu kumāro kulavarddhano / evaṃ dakṣiṇā ādiśitavyā /

 atha dāni mṛtakaṃ bhavati / nāyaṃ kṣamati / evaṃ dakṣiṇā ādiśituṃ adya te sudivasaṃ sumahābalaṃ bhadrakākṣaṇa muhūrttaṃ prasthitā adya te suvihite suvihitehi / dakṣiṇā agrabhājanaga(5b3)gatā virocati / (j.19) nāyaṃ evaṃ dakṣiṇā ādiśitavyā /

 atha khalu dakṣiṇā ādiśitavyā /
 sarvvasatvā mariṣyanti maraṇāntaṃ hi jīvitaṃ /
 yathākarmma gamiṣyanti puṇyapāpaphalopagāḥ //

 nirayaṃ pāpakarmmāṇo kṛtapuṇyā ca svarggatiṃ /
 apare mārggam bhāvayitvā parinirvvānti anāśravā iti //

 (i.p.55) evaṃ dakṣiṇā ādiśitavyā //
 atha dāni vedā(vā)hikaṃ bhavati / nā(5b4)yaṃ dakṣiṇā ādiśitavyā /
 nagnā nadī anodikā nagnaṃ rāṣṭraṃ arājakaṃ / istrī pi vidhavā nagnā sacesyā daśa bhrātaro (j.20) nāyaṃ evaṃ dakṣiṇā ādiśitavyā /

 atha khalu dakṣiṇā ādiśitavyā / 
 istri pi peśalā bhavatu śrāddhā bhavatu pativratānugā
 śīlavatī yo(tyā)gasampannā samyagdṛṣṭi ca yā iha /
 puruṣo pi peśalā bhavatu śrāddho bhavatu vratā(5b5)nugo /
 śīlavāṃ tyāgasampanno samyagdṛṣṭi ca yo iha //


 ubhau śraddhāya sampannā ubhau śīlo(le)hi saṃvṛtā /
 ubhau puṇyāni kṛtvāna samaśīlavratā ubhau //

 vidhinā devalokas tu modantu kāmakāmino /
 tām eva bhāryāṃ careyā yo asyā sīlehi saṃvṛtā //

 asatiṃ parivarjeyā mārggaṃ pratibhayaṃ yathā /
 evaṃ dakṣiṇā ādiśitavyā //

 atha dā(5b6)ni gharapraveśanikaṃ bhavati / nāyaṃ dakṣiṇā ādiśitavyā / (j.21) ādīptasmiṃ āgare yo niharati bhaṇḍakaṃ taṃ khu tasya svakaṃ bhavati / na khalu yo tatra dahyati / evam ādīpite loke mṛtyunā ca jarayā ca yo nīharati / dānena dinnaṃ taṃ āhuti hutaṃ / nāyaṃ evaṃ dakṣiṇā ādiśitavyā //

 atha khalu dakṣiṇā ādiśitavyā vibhaktabhāgaṃ ruciraṃ manoramaṃ (i.p.56) praśastam ārye[h]i navaṃ nive(5b7)śanaṃ / praviśya vṛddhiye varāye bhūrīye śirīye lakṣmīparigraheṇa ca / imasmi āgāre nivasantu devatāḥ / mahābhiṣaṅka na ca anukampikā yaṃ vibhavadhanadhānyena sambhavo bhūr ime ca sā yasmiṃ pradeśe 
 medhāvī vā saṃkalpeti paṇḍito
 śīlavātantra(n tatra) bhojeyā saṃyatāṃ brahmacāriṇo /
 (j.22) yā tatra devatā asyā tāsāṃ dakṣiṇām ādiśehi /
 tāye vastumālānāṃ cirarātrāya ka(6a1)lpate //


 bhojanāvastupālā satkṛtā pratimānitā /
 grāme vā yadi vāraṇye nimne vā yadi vā sthale
 divā vā yadi vā rātrau devā rakṣantu dāyakān //

 devānukampito poṣo sadā bhadrāṇi paśyati //

 evaṃ dakṣiṇā ādiśitavyā /

 atha dāni gamikaṃ bhaktaṃ bhavati / nāyaṃ dakṣinā ādiśitavyā / sarvvā diśāsu bhayā samākulā 
 sa-uttarā sapurastimā [dakṣi]ṇā paścimā ca
 sa(6a2)sarvvo ca loko saṃkulajāto
 mā pramajji jinaśāsane //


 nāyaṃ evaṃ dakṣiṇā ādiśitavyā //

 atha khalu diśā sauvastikā dakṣiṇā vistareṇa dakṣiṇā ādiśitavyā / yathā pātrapratisaṃyukte evaṃ dakṣiṇā ādiśitavyā / atha dāni pravrajitasya bhavati / nāyaṃ dakṣiṇā ādiśitavyā 
 (j.23)putram vā paśum vā ārabhya dhanadhānyapriyāṇi vā
 (i.p.57) devabhāvaṃ vā manuṣyam vā pañcadho (6a3) manasi prīyanti /
 na evaṃ dakṣiṇā ādiśitavyā //


 atha khalu dakṣiṇā ādiśitavyā /
 suduṣkaraṃ pravrajitasya dānaṃ pātreṇa bhaikṣaṃ abhisāharitvā /
 kulāt kulaṃ cariya piṇḍapātaṃ kruddhaprasannānāṃ mukhaṃ
 udīkṣiyaṃ //

 so yaṃ śreṣṭhāyatane pratiṣṭhito pātrasaṃhṛto lābho prītiṃ janehi suvihitā tathā hi dinnaṃ imaṃ dānan ti /  evaṃ dakṣiṇāṃ / (6a4) ādiśiya gantavyaṃ / evaṃ saṃghasthavireṇa bhaktāgre pratipadyitavyaṃ / na pratipadyati //

abhisamācārikāṃ dharmmān atikramati // * //

 i.5 ms.6a4 (j.23.12); ch.499c28 bhagavān śrāvastyām viharati / śāstā devānāñ ca manuṣyāṇāñ ca / vistareṇa nidānaṃ kṛtvā saṃghasya dāni bāhirakaṃ bhaktaṃ / āyuṣmān nandano saṃghasthaviro upanandano dvitīyasthaviro saṃghasthaviro āga(6a5)to dvitīyasthaviro nāgacchati / dāyakadānapati pṛcchanti / ārya kiṃ samagro bhikṣusaṃgho bhikṣū āhaṃsu / noheti dīrghāyu ko dāni nāgacchati (j.24) āhaṃsu dvitīyasthaviro nāgacchati / te dāni odhyāyanti / paśyatha bhaṇe vayaṃ yeva bhā(tā)va karmmāntāṃ cchoriya āgacchāma samagraṃ bhikṣusaṃghaṃ pariviśiṣyāma / āryamiśrāṇāñ ca pādāṃ vandiṣyāmaḥ (6a6) dvitīyasthaviro nāgacchati / saṃghasthaviro pi odhyāyati / asmākaṃ bhagavāṃ daṇḍakarmman deti / dvitīyasthavirasya munti(tti)kā // etaṃ prakaraṇaṃ bhikṣū bhagavato ārocayeṃsu / bhagavān āha / śabdāpayatha upanandanaṃ so dāni śabdāpito bhagavān āha / satyaṃ upanandana evaṃ nāma saṃghasya bāhirakaṃ bhaktaṃ nandano saṃghasthaviro tvaṃ dvitīyasthaviro saṃghasthaviro āgato bhi(6a7)kṣū āgatāḥ / tvaṃ nāgacchasi / dāyakadānapati pṛcchati / ārya kiṃ samagro bhikṣusaṃgho bhikṣū āhaṃsu / nahi ko khalu nāgacchati dvitīyasthaviro nāgacchati / te dāni odhyāyanti / vayaṃ (i.p.58) yeva tāva karmmāntaṃ / cchoriya āgatā gacchāmaḥ / samagraṃ bhikṣusaṃghaṃ pariviśiṣyāmaḥ / āryamiśrāṇāṃ ca pādāṃ vandiṣyāmaḥ / dvitīyasthaviro nāgacchati / saṃghasthaviro pi odhyāyati / a(6b1)smākaṃ bhagavān daṇḍakarmma deti / dvitīyasthavirasya muttikā / āha / āma bhagavan bhagavān āha / tena hi evaṃ dvitīyasthavireṇa bhaktāgre pratipadyitavyaṃ / kin ti dāni dvitīyasthavireṇa bhaktāgre pratipadyitavyaṃ / eṣo dāni koci bhikṣusaṃghaṃ bhaktena nimantrayati / saṃghasthaviro (j.25) na pratibalo bhavati / dvitīyasthavireṇa jānitavyaṃ / ko nimantreti / bhikṣubhikṣunī upāsakopāsikā āga(6b2)ntuko gamiko vāṇijako sārthavāho kin nāmako kiṃ jātiko kiṃ karmmikā se mātāpitarau katamasmin deśe gṛhaṃ katamāyāṃ rathyāyāṃ kuto mukhaṃ gṛhasya dvāraṃ / sākāraṃ soddeśaṃ pṛcchiya tato dhivāsayitavyaṃ / nāyaṃ adhivāsitaṃ mayeti / yatrollagnāye āsitavyaṃ / yadi tāva saṃghasthaviro na pratibalo bhavati dvitīyasthavireṇa aparejjukāye ca māsacā(6b3)riko vā pakṣacāriko / preṣayitavyo vaktavyaṃ gaccha jānāhi / asuke deśe asukāyāṃ rathyāyāṃ itthaṃnāmo nāma upāsako tena bhikṣusaṃgho nimantrito jānāhi kiṃ sidhyati kiṃ pacyati / tena pravisiyāṇaṃ tahiṃ pṛcchitavyaṃ / ārogyaṃ dīrghāyu koci imaṃhi itthaṃnāmo nāma upāsako āha bhante kiṃ kariṣyasi / vaktavyaṃ / tena bhikṣusaṃ,(6b4)gho bhaktena nimantrito kiṃ sidhyati vā kiṃ pacyati vā ti / yadi tāvad āha / bhante kisya upāsako kahiṃ upāsako ti nāmāsmākaṃ koci upāsako na sidhyati / na pacyati tti jānitavyaṃ vipralabdho bhikṣusaṃgho ti / āgacchiyāṇaṃ yadi tāva anugraho bhavati / anugraho sādhitavyo anugraho na bhavati / bhaktakāni bhavanti / bhaktakā uddiśitavyāni / (6b5) (j.26) bhaktakāni na bhavanti / raṇaraṇāya gaṇḍiṃ āhaṇiyāṇaṃ ārocitavyaṃ vaktavyaṃ / āyuṣma(n)to vipralabdho bhikṣusaṃgho svakasvakāṃ vṛttiṃ paryeṣatheti / sarvvehi paṭipāṭikāya piṇḍāya caritavyaṃ / atha dāni āha bhante etaṃ sidhyati etaṃ pacyati / praviśantu āryamiśrāḥ raṇaraṇāya gaṇḍiṃ āhaṇiyāṇaṃ praviśitavyaṃ, / (i.p.59) yadi tāva hemantakālo bhava(6b6)ti anukallatarakam praviśitavyam / ba(la)huṃ kālo atikramati / atha dāni grīṣmakālo bhavati / uṣṇasantāpena anukarṇṇa(lla)tarakaṃ, praviśitavyaṃ / atha dāni varṣārātrakālo bhavati / devāntareṇa praviśitavyaṃ, / tato nāpi kṣamati bhaṇḍaṃ laṃghaṃyantehi praviśituṃ / atha khalu bhaṇḍaṃ parivarjayantehi / yāva dārakadārikāṃ parivarjayantehi / praviśitavyaṃ tato na kṣamati / gatāgatasya (6b7) upaviśituṃ, / anekāye tahiṃ āsanehi dārakadārikā vā sovāpitā bhaveṃsu / atha khalu hastehi pratyavekṣiyāṇaṃ anantarikāṇāṃ āsanāni varjayantehi // upaviśitavyaṃ / yadi tāva hemantakālo bhavati / laghu kālo atikramati / oheyyaglānakānāṃ piṇḍapāto dāpayitavyo / atha dāni dāyakadānapati jalpanti / bhante paṭipāṭikāya gṛhnatha nti(tti) / vaktavyaṃ / nahi / bhagava(7a1)tānekaparyāyeṇa glāno parītto kim asmābhiḥ vihārako śūnyako karttavyo / laghu kālo ti(j.27)kramati / detha yūyaṃ ti atha grīṣmakālo varṣārātro vā bhavati / cireṇa kālo atikramati / oheyyaglānakānāṃ paṭipāṭikāye piṇḍapāto gṛhnitavyo / saṃghasthaviro na pratibalo bhavati / dvitīyasthaviro pratibalo bhavati na kṣamati / dvitīyasthavireṇa hantahantāye bhuñjiyāṇaṃ labdho pi(7a2)ṇḍo dvāraṃ paśyiya utthiya gantuṃ / atha dāni saṃghasthaviro na pratibalo bhavati dvitīyasthaviro pratibalo bhavati / dvitīyasthavireṇa odanasampatti āgamayantena bhuñjitavyaṃ / vyañjanasampattim vā / āgamayantena bhuñjitavyaṃ / yaṃ kālaṃ navakā bhikṣū u(pa)grāyanti vā pānīyam vā pibanti hastāni okaḍhiya āsanti tato yadi tāva saṃghasthaviro na pratibalo bhavati / dvitīyasthavireṇa jānita(7a3)vyaṃ kimāraṃbaṇaṃ / eva(ta)ṃ bhaktaṃ jātakaṃ mṛtakaṃ vevāhikaṃ gharapraveśakaṃ āgantukasya gamikasya gṛhasthasya pravrajitasyeti / yathā bhavati / tathā dakṣiṇā ādiśitavyā / yathā prathamake śikṣāpade evaṃ dvitīyasthavireṇa bhaktāgre pratipadi(dyi)tavyaṃ / tathā yeca(va) dakṣiṇā ādiśitavyā / yā(yo) tato āgantavyaṃ / evaṃ dvitī-yasthavireṇa bhaktāgre pratipadyitavyaṃ, / (7a4) na pratipadyati / abhisamācārikān dharmmān atikramati // * //

(i.p.60) i.6 ms.7a4 (j.28.1); ch.501c4 (j.28) bhagavān śrāvastyām viharati / śāstā devānāñ ca manuṣyāṇāñ ca vistareṇa nidānaṃ kṛtvā saṃghasya dāni bāhirakaṃ bhaktaṃ / āyuṣman nandano saṃghasthaviro āyuṣmān upanandano dvitīyasthaviro saṃghasthaviro āgato dvitīyasthaviro āgato bhikṣū osarantikāye āgacchanti / dāyakadā(7a5)napati pṛcchanti / ārya kiṃ samagro bhikṣusaṃgho bhikṣu āhaṃsu / nohetaṃ dīrghāyu ko dāni nāgacchati bhikṣū āhaṃsu / osarantikāye āgacchanti / te dāni odhyāyanti / vayam eva tāva karmmāntāṃ cchoraya āgatā gacchāmaḥ samagraṃ bhikṣusaṃghaṃ pariviśiṣyāmaḥ / āryamiśrāṇāṃ ca pādāṃ vandiṣyāma nti(tti) / ime pi āryamiśrā osarantikāye āgacchanti / saṃghastha(7a6)viro ca dvitīyasthaviro ca odhyāyanti / asmākaṃ bhagavān daṇḍakarmman deti // imeṣāṃ muktikā / etaṃ prakaraṇaṃ bhikṣū bhagavato ārocayeṃsu / bhagavān āha //

śabdāpayatha bhikṣūn / te dāni śabdāpitāḥ / bhagavān āha // satyaṃ bhikṣavo evaṃ nāma saṃghasthavirasya bāhirakaṃ bhaktaṃ nandano saṃghasthaviro upanandano dvitīyasthaviro āgato yūyaṃ osarantikāye āgacchatha dāyaka(7a7)dānapati pṛcchanti / ārya kiṃ samagro bhikṣusaṃgho nti(tti) / bhikṣū āhaṃsu nohīdaṃ dīrghāyu ko dāni na(nā)gacchati bhikṣū osarantikāye āgacchanti / te dāni odhyāyanti vayam eva tāva karmmāntā cchoriya āgatā gacchāma / samagraṃ bhikṣusaṃghaṃ pariviśiṣyāma nti(tti) / āryamiśrāṇāñ ca pādam vandiṣyāma nti(tti) / ime pi āryamiśrā (j.29) osarantikāye āgacchanti / saṃghasthaviro ca / dvitīyasthaviro ca odhyā(7b1)yanti / asmākaṃ bhagavān daṇḍakarmman deti / imeṣāṃ mottikā āhaṃsu / āma bhagavan bhagavān āha / tena hi sarvvehi evaṃ bhaktāgre pratipadyitavyaṃ / kin ti dāni evaṃ sarvvehi bhaktāgre pratipadyitavyaṃ / eṣo dāni koci saṃghaṃ bhakta(ktena) nimantreti / saṃghasthaviro na pratibalo bhavati dvitīyasthaviro na pratibalo bhavati / yo tatra pratibalo bhavati / tena jānitavyaṃ / ko yaṃ ni(7b2)mantreti bhikṣubhikṣuṇī upāsaka-upāsikā gṛhastho pravrajito vāṇijako sārthavāho āgantuko gamiko nāpi kṣamati / gatāgatasya adhivāsituṃ // atha khalu pṛcchitavyaṃ / kin nāmako si kiṃ gotrako si kiṃ karmmikā te (i.p.61) mātāpitarau / katame deśe gṛhaṃ kuto mukhaṃ katamāye rathyāye kuto mukhaṃ gṛhasya dvaraṃ sākāraṃ soddeśaṃ pṛcchiyāṇaṃ / tato dhivāsayitavyaṃ nāpi dā(7b3)ni kṣamati / adhivāsitaṃ mayeti / tatrollagikāye āsituṃ / atha khalu yadi tāva saṃghasthaviro na pratibalo bhavati / dvitīyasthaviro na pratibalo bhavati yo pratibalas tena prakṛtyeva māsacāriko vā pakṣacāriko vā preṣayitavyo / anekāye tahiṃ jātakaṃ mṛtakam vā bhaveya rājabhayaṃ vā corabhayam vā ḍhossabhayam vā vātaputrabhayam vā viheṭhanā(7b4)bhiprāyā nimantrayeṃsu // tena gacchiyāṇa tahiṃ gṛhaṃ pṛcchitavyaṃ / koci ima(ṃ)hi evannāmako upāsako dānapatī vā vāṇijakā (j.30) vā ti kim vā etat ti vaktavyaṃ bhikṣusaṃgho tena bhaktena nimantrito yadi tāva āhaṃsu nāsti koci imaṃhi evaṃnāmako kiḥsa upāsako / kasya bhaktaṃ kathaṃ bhaktaṃ ti jānitavyaṃ / vipralabdho bhikṣusaṃgho tti tato āgacchiya yadi tāva (7b5) anugraho bhavati sādhayitavyo anugraho na bhavati / bhaktakāni bhavanti bhaktakāni uddiśitavyāni / atha dāni bhaktakāni na bhavanti / raṇaraṇāya gaṇḍiṃ āhaṇiya yāva sarvvehi paṭipāṭikāye pātrāṇi gṛhniya praviśitavyaṃ piṇḍapātaṃ / atha dāni te jalpanti bhante eva(ta)ṃ sidhyati / etaṃ pacyati / yāvat pātrāṇi gṛhniya praviśitavyaṃ / yadi tāva hemantakālo bhavati / a(7b6)nukarṇṇa(lla)ṃ praviśitavyaṃ / laghuṃ kālo atikrāmati //

 atha dāni grīṣmakālo bhavati anukālaṃ uṣṇaṃśaṃkena praviśitavyaṃ / varṣārātro bhavati devāntareṇa anukarṇṇa(lla)aṃ praviśitavyaṃ / tato na kṣamati / bhaṇḍam vā laṃghayatena praviśituṃ bhājanam vā laṃghayantehi / praviśituṃ dārakadārikā laṃghayantehi praviśituṃ / atha khalu bhaṇḍaṃ pariharantehi dārakadārikāṃ pariharantehi praviśitavyaṃ ta(7b7)to nāpi kṣamati / praviṣṭehi gatāgatasya upaviśituṃ / anekāye tahiṃ āsanehi garbharūpā sovāpitāni bhaveṃsu // bhājanakāni vā thapitakāni bhaveṃsuḥ / atha khalu hastena pratyavekṣiyāṇa ānantariyāṇāṃ āsanāni varjayantehi / yathāvṛddhikāye upaviśitavyaṃ / tato yadi tāva hemantakālo bhavati / (j.31) laghu kālo atikramati / (i.p.62) oheyyaglānakānāṃ piṇḍapā[to] ++[pa]yitavyo / a(8a1)tha dāni dāyakadānapati jalpanti / bhante oheyyaglānakānāṃ paṭipāṭikāyo piṇḍapātaṃ gṛhnatheti vaktavyaṃ / nahīti / laghu kālo atikramati / bhagavatā ca anekaparyāyeṇa glāṇo parindito kiṃ ambhehi śakyam vihārako śūnyako kartun ti / atha dāni grīṣmo vā varṣārātro vā kālo bhavati / na lahuṃ kālo atikramati / oheyyaglānakānāṃ paṭipāṭikāye piṇḍapāto [gṛhnitavyo] na kṣamati la(8a2)bdhālabdhaṃ hantahantāye bhuñjiya labdho piṇḍo dvāraṃ paśyiya utthiya gantuṃ / atha khalu yadi tāva saṃghasthaviro na pratibalo bhavati dvitīyasthaviro na pratibalo bhavati / yo tatra pratibalo bhavati / tena odanasaṃpattī vā āgametavyaṃ vyañjanasampattī vā āgamaṃtena bhuñjitavyaṃ / tena dakṣiṇā ādiśitavyā / jānitavyaṃ kim ālambanaṃ / etaṃ bhaktaṃ jātakaṃ mṛtakaṃ [vevā]hikaṃ vā gharapra(8a3)veśikaṃ vā āgantukasya gamikasya gṛhasthasya pravrajitasyeti / tato yadi tāva jātakaṃ bhavati nāyaṃ dakṣiṇā ādiśitavyā / (j.32) (ayaṃ) kumāro si/vapasi(thi)kā(ya) ccho(ccha)(ndi)to aṅguṣṭhasneha(he)na yāpayati / saptarātraṃ śunakhā śṛgā(lā) ce(ca) naṃ laṃghayantaṃ / kāko ca se akṣimalaṃ harantaṃ ti nāyaṃ evaṃ dakṣiṇā ādiśitavyā /

 atha khalu dakṣiṇā ādiśitavyā / 
 ayaṃ kumāro śaraṇaṃ upetu (8a4)
 buddhaṃ vipaśyiñ ca śikhiñ ca viśvabhuva /
 krakucchando ca kanakamuniñ ca kāśyapaṃ
 mahāmuniṃ śākyamuniṃ ca gotamaṃ //


 etehi buddhehi maharddhikehi ye devatā santi abhiprasannāḥ / (i.p.63) tā naṃ rakṣantu (tā ca naṃ pālayantu) yathā icchati se mātā / yathā icchati se mā(pi)tā ato śreyataro bhavaṃtu kumāro kulavarddhano (j.33) evaṃ dakṣiṇā ādiśitavyā / tathā yeva dakṣiṇāyo vistareṇa karttavyāyo yathā (8a5) saṃghasthavirasya bhaktāgre evaṃ sarvvehi bhaktāgre pratipadyitavyaṃ / na pratipadyaṃti //

asi(bhisa)mācārikāṃ dharmmāṃ atikrāmati // * //

 i.7 ms.8a5 (j. 33.5); ch.501c14 bhagavān śrāvastyāṃ viharati / śāstā devānāñ ca manuṣyāṇāñ ca vistareṇa nidānaṃ kṛtvā / te dāni āyuṣmanto nandanopanandanā ṣaḍvarggikāś ca upasaṃpādenti / te dāni upasaṃpādiya na ovadanti / na anuśāsanti / te dāni indra(8a6)gavā viya varddhayanti / śivacchagalā dhipa(viya) varcati(ddhayanti) / anākalpasampannāḥ / anīryāpathasampannāḥ / na jānanti / katham upādhyāye pratipadyitavyaṃ, / katham ācārye pratipadyitavyaṃ / kathaṃ vṛddhatarake pratipadyitavyaṃ / kathaṃ saṃghamadhye pratipadyitavyaṃ / kathaṃ grāme pratipattavyaṃ / kathaṃ āraṇye pratipattavyaṃ / kathaṃ nivāsayitavyaṃ / kathaṃ prāvaritavyaṃ / kathaṃ saṃghāṭīpātracīvaradhāraṇe pratipadyitavyaṃ // (8a7) etaṃ prakaraṇaṃ bhikṣū bhagavato ārocayeṃsu bhagavān āha / śabdāpayatha nandanopanandanāṃ / ṣaḍvarggikāṃś ca / te dāni śabdāpitā / bhagavān āha // evaṃ nāma yūyaṃ upasaṃpādetha / upasaṃpādiya na ovadatha na anuśāsayatha nti(tti) / tad evaṃ sarvvaṃ bhagavān vistareṇa pratyārocayati / yāva (j.34) kathaṃ saṃghāṭīpātracīvaradhāraṇe pratipadyitavyaṃ / āhaṃsu / āma bhagavan  bhagavān āha / evaṃ (8b1) dāṇi yūyaṃ upasaṃpādiya naivovadatha nānuśāsatha tena hi evaṃ upādhyāyena śrā(sār)ddhavihāresmiṃ pratipadyitavyaṃ / kin ti dāni upādhyāyena śra(sār)ddhevihāresmiṃ pratipadyitavyaṃ / upādhyāyena tāva śrā(sār)ddhevihāriṃ upasaṃpādetukenaiva ubhayato vinayo grāhayitavyo ubhayato vinayaṃ na pārayati ekato vinayo (i.p.64) grāhayitavyo / ekato vinayaṃ na pārayati / pañcasūtrāṇi vista(8b2)reṇa grāhayitavyo pañcasūtrāṇi na pārayati catvāri dhā(vā) trīṇi duve ekaṃ sūtraṃ vistareṇa grāhayitavyo / ekaṃ sūtraṃ na pāreti triṃśato pi grāhayitavyo / śiṣṭakaṃ abhīkṣṇa(śruti)kāyo gāthāyo ca triṃśato pi na pāreti dve aniyatāṃ grāhayitavyo / śiṣṭakaṃ abhīkṣṇaśrutikāyo gāthāyo ca dve aniyatā na pārenti / antamasato catvāri pārājikāṃ grāhayitavyo śiṣṭakaṃ abhīkṣṇaṃśrutikāyo gā(8b3)thāyo ca śekhayitavyo / anuśāsayitavyo kālyaṃ madhyantikaṃ sāyaṃ sāyaṃ abhidharmmeṇa vā abhivinayena vā abhidharmmo nāma navavidho sūtrānto sūtraṃ geyaṃ vyākaraṇaṃ gāthā udānaṃ itivṛttakaṃ jātakaṃ vaipulyādbhutādharmmā / abhivinayo nāma prātimokṣo saṃkṣiptavistaraprabhedena / atha dāni na pratibalo bhavati / uddiśituṃ, / āpattikauśalyaṃ śi(8b4)kṣitavyo / sūtrakauśalyaṃ skandhakauśalyaṃ āyatana(j.35)kauśalyaṃ pratītyasamutpādakauśalyaṃ / sthānāsthānakauśalyaṃ ācāraṃ śekhayitavyo / anācārato cā(vā)rayitavyo / atha dāni ovadati / so eva tasya ovādo evaṃ svādhyāyati / araṇye vasati / prahāṇe upaviśati / so evāsya ovādo upādhyāyo śra(sār)ddhevihāri upasaṃpādiya na ova(8b5)dati / na anuśāsati / na uddiśati / na svādhyāyati / na araṇye vasati / na prahāṇe upaviśati / antamasato vaktavyo / apramādena saṃpādehīti / na ovadati vinayāti(kra)maṃ āsādayati / evam upādhyāyena śra(sār)ddhevihārismiṃ pratipadyitavyaṃ / na pratipadyati / abhisamācārikān dharmmān atikramati // * //

 i.8 ms.8b5 (j.35. 9); ch.502a2  bhagavān śrāvastyām viharati / śāstā devā(8b6)nāñ ca manuṣyāṇāñ ca vistareṇa nidānaṃ kṛtvā te dāni bhikṣū upasaṃpādenti / te dāni upasaṃpāditāḥ / upādhyāyasya na allimya(yya)ṃti / te dāni bhikṣū odhyāyanti / asmākaṃ bhagavān daṇḍakarmman deti / imeṣāṃ muktikā / kathaṃ ambhehi ovavaditavyāḥ / anuśāsitavyāḥ / ye ime asmākaṃ na ava(naiva a)llīyaṃti / na pratyālīyaṃti / etaṃ prakaraṇaṃ bhikṣū bhagavato āroca[yeṃsu /]  bhagavān āha / te(8b7)na hi evaṃ sārddhevihāriṇā upādhyāye pratipadyitavyaṃ // kin ti dāni evaṃ sārddhevihāriṇā upādhyāye pratipadyitavyaṃ / sāve(rddhe)vihāriṇā nā(tā)va kalyata eva (j.36) utthaṃtena upādhyāyasya (i.p.65) vihārasya dvāraṃ ākoṭayitavyaṃ yaṃ kālaṃ abhyanujñā dinnā bhavati / tato dvāraṃ sukhākaṃ apaduriyāṇa tato prathamaṃ dakṣiṇo pādo praveśitavyo paścā vāmo praveśaya vanditvā sukhaśayitaṃ / pṛcchitavyo u(9a1)ddiśitvā pratipṛcchitvā khe(ṭa)kaṭa(ṭā)hako nikkālayitavyo prasrāvakumbhikā nikkālayitavyā pīṭhikā prajñapayitavyā / hemantakālo bhavati mandamukhi prajvālayitavyā / mukhodakaṃ dāpayitavyaṃ / dantakāṣṭhaṃ dhoviya upanāmayitavyaṃ / su(mu)khodakam āsiñcitavyaṃ / hastāṃ nirmmādiya hastanirmmādanaṃ dātavyaṃ / peyā ukkaḍhitavyā / peyā peyiṃtā pe(ya)pātraṃ śodhitavyaṃ / śo[dhitvā] bha[ktu]ddeśāto (9a2) bhaktakaṃ grahetavyaṃ / bhaktavisarggo karttavyo pātraṃ nirmmāpayitavyaṃ / pātraṃ pratiśāmayitavyaṃ / gocaraṃ praviśantasya grāmapraveśanikāni cīvarāṇi upanāmayitavyāni / vihāracaraṇakāni cīvarāṇi pratiśāmayitavyāni / ātmano cīvarakaṃ gṛhniya pṛṣṭhato nugantavyaṃ / nāpi dāni khurākhuraṃ / atha khalu nātyāsanne (j.37) nātidūre tena dāni gocarāto nirggatasya upādhyāyasya cīvarāṇi praspho(9a3)ṭiya sāhariya pratisāmayitavyāni / ātmano skandhe dapi(yi)ya śīrṣaṃ onāmiya purato gantavyaṃ / vihāraṃ āgacchiyāṇa pīṭhikā prajñapayitavyā grāmapraveśanikāni cīvarāṇi ekānte sthapetavyāni / vihāracaraṇakāni cīvarāṇi upanāmayitavyāni / pādodakaṃ upanāmayitavyaṃ / pādataṭṭhakaṃ upanāmayitavyaṃ / pādā dhopayitavyā / uṣṇaṃ bhavati snāpetavyo (9a4) śītaṃ bhavati / mandamukhī prajvālayitavyā / yadi piṇḍacāro aṇṭhito bhavati / upanāmayitavyo / nānānāvarṇṇitaṃ bhavati pṛcchitavyo suvihita kuto idaṃ labdhaṃ asukāto veśikakulāto vaḍaṃ vidhavāye sthūlakumārīye paṇḍakasya asukāye bhikṣuṇīye uśśakiyapariśaṅkiyāṇi kulāni vyapadiśati / vāretavyo vaktavyo mā tahiṃ gaccha / atha dān āha / asu(9a5)kesmi kule buddhavacanaṃ jalpitaṃ / tato labdhaṃ / vaktavyaṃ kārehi dhūmaṃ mā ca puno āmiṣacakṣu deśesi hastān nirmmādiya (i.p.66) hastanirmmādanaṃ dātavyaṃ / piṇḍapāto ukkaḍhitavyo piṇḍapāta upanāmayitavyo bhuñjantasya pānīyaṃ cāritavyaṃ / vījanavāto dātavyo bhaktavisarggo va(ka)rttavyo bhuktāviśya pātraṃ apakarṣitavyaṃ / apakkā ca bhājanaṃ bhaktopadhānaṃ śa(9a6)yyāsanaṃ (j.38) pratiśāmetavyaṃ / cīvarāṇi pātraṃ śodhetavyaṃ / pātraṃ pratisāmetavyaṃ / vihārako siñcitavyo sanmārjitavyo kālena kālaṃ gomayakārṣī dātavyā / śayyāśanaṃ prasphoṭayitavyaṃ / cīvarāṇi dhovetavyāni / siñcitavyāni / raṃjitavyāni pātraṃ dahitavyaṃ / rañjitavyaṃ / divāvihāraṃ gacchantasya pīṭhikā nayitavyā niṣīdanaṃ nayitavyaṃ / pustako nayitavyo kuṇḍikā nayitavyā / udde(9a7)śaṃ gṛhniya ekamante svādhyāyatena āsitavyaṃ / atha dāni divāvihāraṃ gantukāmo bhavati āpṛcchiā(ya) gantavyaṃ / yadi dāni tahiṃ kenaci saha svādhyāyatukāmo bhavati / āpṛcchitavyaṃ / vaktavyaṃ / karomi amukena saha svādhyāyan ti / tena dāni jānitavyaṃ / yadi so bhavati śaithaliko vā bāhuliko vā / āvaḍḍhako vā asikṣākāmo vaktavyaṃ / māśrayo utpadyeyā / atha dāni bhadrako bhava(9b1)ti / guṇavāṃ śikṣākāmo vaktavyaṃ / karohi divāvihārato āgacchantasya pīṭhikā ānayitavyā / niṣīdanaṃ ānayitavyaṃ / pra(pu)stako ānayitavyo / kuṇḍikā ānayitavyā / āgatasya samānasya hastanirmādanaṃ dātavyaṃ puṣpāṇi dātavyāni cetipa(ya)ṃ ca(va)ndantasya pṛṣṭhato nugantavyaṃ / pīṭhikā prajñapayitavyā / hemantakālo bhavati / mandamukhī prajvālayitavyā / pādā dhovayitavyā / pādā mrakṣetavyo / śayyā prajñāpayita/(9b2)vyā / yadi mahājaniko bhavati / antamasato hastena samavadhānaṃ dhātavyaṃ / dīpo prajvālayitavyo / kheṭakaṭāhakaṃ (j.39) upanāmayitavyaṃ / prasrāvakumbham upanāmayitavyaṃ / sukhaṃ pratikramāpayitavyaṃ / uddiśitvā vā paripṛcchitvā vā yadi vihāro prāpuṇati / āpṛcchitavyaṃ / amukaṃ vihāraṃ gṛhnāmi / atha dāni dvitīyena saha prāpuṇati vihāraṃ upādhyāyena jānitavyaṃ / yadi so bhavati śaithiliko (9b3) vā bāhuliko vā a(ā)vaḍḍhako vā (a)śikṣākāmo vaktavyaṃ / mā gṛhna (i.p.67) mā saṃsarggadoṣo bhaviṣyatīti / atha dāni bhavati / bhadrako guṇavān śikṣākāmo vaktavyo gṛhna yāvan na utthāpīyati sā eva me āpṛcchanikā atha dāni utthāpīyati pa(ya)ttikāṃ vārāṃ āpṛcchitavyaṃ / yadi dāni tahiṃ kenacit saha svādhyāyatukāmo bhavati / āpṛcchitavyaṃ / karomi amukena sārddhaṃ svādhyā(9b4)yaṃ / upādhyāyena jānitavyaṃ / evaṃ śra(sār)ddhevihāriṇā upādhyāye pratipadyitavyaṃ / na pratipadyate(ti) / abhisamācārikān dharmmān atikrāmati // * //

 i.9 ms.9b4 (j.39.13); ch.502b13 bhagavān śrāvastyām viharati / śāstā devānāñ ca manuṣyāṇāñ ca vistareṇa nidānaṃ kṛtvā te dāni āyuṣmanto nand(an)opanandano ṣaḍvarggikā ca niśrayaṃ dapi(yi)ya naiva antevāsi ovadanti / na anuśāsanti / te dāni indragavā viya (9b5) varddhanti śivacchagalā viya varddhanti / anākalpasampannāḥ anīryāpathasaṃpannāḥ / na jānanti katham upādhyāye pratipadyitavyaṃ / kathaṃ ācārye pratipadyitavyaṃ / kathaṃ vṛddhatarakeṣu pratipadyitavyaṃ / (j.40) kathaṃ saṃghamadhye pratipadyitavyaṃ / kathaṃ grāme pratipadyitavyaṃ, / kathaṃ araṇye pratipadyitavyaṃ / kathaṃ nivāsayitavyaṃ / kathaṃ prāvaritavyaṃ / kathaṃ saṃghāṭīpātracīvaradhāraṇe pratipadyitavyaṃ // (9b6) etaṃ prakaraṇaṃ bhikṣū bhagavato ārocayeṃsu / bhagavān āha // śabdāpayatha nand(an)opanandanāṃ ṣaḍvarggikānāṃ ca te dāni śabdāpitā / bhagavān āha / satyaṃ bhikṣavo nand(an)opanandanā ṣaḍvarggikāś ca evan nāma yūyaṃ niśrayaṃ detha niśrayaṃ dadiyāṇa antevāsikāṃ na ovadatha nānuśāsatha tad eva sarvvaṃ bhagavān vistareṇa pratyārocayati / yāva kathaṃ saṃghāṭīpātracīvaradhāraṇe pratipadyitavyaṃ / āhaṃ(9b7)su / āma bhagavan bhagavān āha / evaṃ ca yūyaṃ niśrayaṃ dadiyaṃ antevāsikāṃ naiva ovadatha nānuśāsatha / tena hi evaṃ ācāryeṇa antevāsikasmiṃ pratipadyitavyaṃ / kin ti dāni ācāryeṇa antevāsikasmiṃ pratipadyitavyaṃ / ācāryeṇa tāva niśrayaṃ dentena antevāsi ubhayato vinayaṃ grāhayitavyo / ubhayato pi vinayaṃ na pāreti / ekato vinayato grāhayitavyo / ekato vinayaṃ (i.p.68) na pāre(10a1)ti pañcasūtrāṇi vistareṇa grāhayitavyo / pañcasūtrāṇi na pāreti catvāri trīṇi dve ekaṃ sūtraṃ vistareṇa grāhayitavyo / ekaṃ sūtraṃ na pāreti / dvānavatīto grāhayitavyo dvānavatīto na śaknoti triṃśatito grāhayitavyo śiṣṭakaṃ abhīkṣṇaśrutikāyo gāthāyo ca triṃśatito na pāreti dve aniyatāṃ grāhayitavyo śiṣṭakaṃ abhīkṣṇaśrutikāye gāthāyo ca / dve aniyatā na pāreti / anta(10a2)masato catvāri pārājikāṃ grāhayitavyo śiṣṭakaṃ abhīkṣṇaśrutikāye gāthāyo va(ca) śekhayitavyo / dhātukauśalyaṃ (j.41) skandhakauśalyaṃ āyatanakauśalyaṃ pratītyasamutpādakauśalyaṃ ācāraṃ śekhayitavyo / anācārato dhā(vā)rayitavyo / eṣo ācāryo niśrayaṃ dadiya antevāsi naiva ovadati / nānuśāsati / vinayātikramam āsādayati / evam ācāryeṇa antevāsismiṃ pratipa(10a3)dyitavyaṃ / na pratipadyati / abhisamācārikān dharmmān ātikramati // * //

 i.10 ms.10a3 (j.41:6); ch.502b16 bhagavān śrāvastyām viharati / śāstā devānāñ ca manuṣyāṇāñ ca vistareṇa nidānaṃ kṛtvā te dāni bhikṣū niśrayan deṃti te antevāsikā ācārikasya niśrayaṃ gṛhniya naiva allīyanti / na pratyallīyanti te dāni bhikṣū odhyāyanti / asmākaṃ bhagavā(n) daṇḍakarmman deti / imeṣāṃ muktikā yā (10a4) dāni asmākaṃ (naiva) allīyanti na pratyalīyanti / kathaṃ ime ambhehi ovaditavyāḥ / anuśāsitavyāḥ / etaṃ prakaraṇaṃ bhikṣū bhagavato ārocayeṃsu / bhagavān āha / śabdāpayatha bhikṣūna te dāni śabdāpitāḥ / bhagavān āha / tena hi evaṃ antevāsinā ācārye pratipadyitavyaṃ / antevāsinā tāva kalpa(ya)to yeva utthatta(nta)kena evaṃ ācāryasya vihārasya dvā(10a5)raṃ ākoṭayitavyaṃ / yaṃ kālaṃ abhyanujñā dinnā bhavati / dvāraṃ sukhākaṃ apaduriyāṇaṃ prathamaṃ dakṣiṇo pādo praveśayitavyo / paścād vāmaṃ pādaṃ praveśayāṇa ācāryasya sukharātri

 (i.p.69) pṛcchitavyā / kheṭakaṭāhaṃ (j.42) niṣkāśayitavyāṃ(vyaṃ / ) yāvat pādodakaṃ dāpayitavyaṃ / pādodakaṃ upanāmayitavyaṃ / pādataṭṭhakaṃ upanāmayitavyaṃ / pādā dhovayitavyā / pādā mra(10a6)kṣayitavyā / kheṭakaṭāhakaṃ praveśayitavyaṃ / prasrāvakumbhikā praveśayitavyā / dīpako prajvālayitavyo / śayyā prajñapayitavyā / evaṃ aparaṃ divasaṃ prasrāvakumbhikā niṣkāśayitavyā / tad eva sarvvaṃ navakaparicaryā karttavyā / vistareṇa yathā śra(sār)ddhevihārisya yāva dīpaṃ ādīpiya śayyāṃ prajñapiya sukhaṃ pratikrāmayitavyo / evaṃ antevāsinā ācārye pratipadyita(10a7)vyaṃ / na pratipadyati abhisamācārikān dharmmān atikramati // * //

 uddānaṃ //

 evaṃ saṃghasthavireṇa poṣadhe pratipadyitavyaṃ, / evaṃ dvitīyasthavireṇa poṣadhe pratipadyitavyaṃ / evaṃ sarvvehi poṣadhe pratipadyitavyaṃ / evaṃ saṃghasthavireṇa bhaktāgre pratipadyitavyaṃ / evaṃ dvitīyasthavireṇa bhaktāgre pratipadyitavyaṃ / evaṃ sarvvehi bhaktāgre pratipadyitavyaṃ / 
 evaṃ upādhyāye(10b1)na śra(sār)ddhevihārismiṃ pratipadyitavyaṃ /
 (j.43) evaṃ śra(sār)ddhevihāriṇā upādhyāye pratipadyitavyaṃ /
 evaṃ ācāryeṇa antevāsismiṃ pratipadyitavyaṃ /
 evaṃ antevāsinā ācārye pratipadyitavyaṃ // * //


 (i.p.70) ii.1 ms.10b1 (j. 44.1); ch.502b25 bhagavān śrāvastyām viharati / śāstā devānāñ ca manuṣyāṇāñ ca vistareṇa nidānaṃ kṛtvā pañcārthavaśāṃ saṃpaśyamānās tathāgatā arhantaḥ samyaksambuddhāḥ / pañcāhikāṃ vihā(10b2)racārikām anucaṃkramanti / anuvicaranti / katamāṃ pañca kaccim me śrāvakāḥ na karmmārāmā na karmmaratāḥ / na karmmārāmatānuyogam anuyuktā viharanti / na bhāṣyārāmāḥ na bhāṣyaratāḥ / na bhāṣyārāmatānuyogam anuyuktā viharanti / na nidrārāmāḥ na nidrāratāḥ / na nidrārāmatānuyogam anuyuktā viharanti / glānakānāñ ca bhikṣūṇāṃ anukampārthaṃ ye te (10b3) śrāddhāḥ kulaputrāḥ (tathāgatam evoddiśya) śraddhayād āgārād anagārikāṃ pravrajitāḥ / te ca tathāgataṃ dṛṣṭvā atīva udārāṇi prītiprāmodyāni pratilabhiṣyanti / imā(ṃ pa)ñcārthavaśāna saṃpaśyamānās tathāgatā arhantaḥ samyaksaṃbuddhāḥ paṃcāhikāṃ vihāracārikām anucaṃkramanti / anuvicaranti / adrākṣīd bhagavāṃ pañcāhikāṃ vihāracārikām anucaṃkramanto anuvi(10b4)caranto śayyāsanaṃ ujjhitaprakīrṇṇaṃ utpādakaṃ (j.45) u(du)tthitakaṃ vātātapena vināśiyantaṃ varṣeṇa ovarṣiyantaṃ prāṇakehi khajjantaṃ pakṣihi ohayiyantaṃ omayilamayilaṃ pāṭitavipāṭitaṃ / ātape dinnaṃ bhagavāṃ jānanto yyeva bhikṣūṃ pṛcchati kasyemaṃ bhikṣavo śayyāsanaṃ ujjhitaprakīrṇṇaṃ peyālaṃ // yāva omayilamayilaṃ pāṭitavipāṭitaṃ / ātape dinnaṃ āhaṃsu / etaṃ (10b5) bhagavaṃ sāṃghikaṃ / bhagavān āha / evaṃ ca yūyaṃ apratyāstaraṇakā śayyāsanaṃ paribhuṃjatha / tena hi evaṃ śayyāsane pratipadyitavyaṃ / kin ti dāni (evaṃ) śayyāsane pratipadyitavyaṃ / na dāni kṣamati sāṃghikaṃ śayyāsanaṃ adhyupekṣituṃ / utpādakam vā u(du)tthitakam vā prāṇakehi vā khajjantaṃ varṣeṇa (vā) ovarṣaparyantam vātātapena vā vināśiyantaṃ pakṣīhi thā(vā) oh(ay)iyantaṃ / atha khalu yadi tā(10b6)va ujjhitaprakīrṇṇaṃ bhavati / sāharitvā ekānte sthāpayitavyaṃ / utpādakaṃ bhavati / sam(aṃ (i.p.71) th)āpetavyaṃ / varṣeṇa ovarṣīyati vātātapena cā(vā) vināśīyati / cchanne praviśayitavyaṃ / prāṇakehi khādyati / pakṣīhi ohapi(yi)yante prasphoṭiyāna cchanne praveśayitavyaṃ / na dāni vihāro adhyupekṣitavyo / oddirṇṇako praluggako acaukṣo vā apratisaṃskṛto vā // atha khalu yadi tāva tṛṇacchadano bhavati / tṛ(10b7)ṇapūlako dātavyo / apakkacchadano bhavati / apakkā dātavyā / (j.46) kabhallacchadano bhavati kabhallikā dātavyā / sudhāmṛttikācchadano bhavati mṛtpiṇḍo dātavyo / varṣāya ovṛṣṭo bhavati vikha(cikkha)llikā opūre(ta)vyā vaṃghorikā dātavyā gomayaśāṭo dātavyo na dāni kṣamati / sāṃghikaṃ śayyāsanaṃ evam eva paribhuñjitaṃ(tuṃ) / apratyāstaraṇaṃ vā tṛṇaṃ vā tṛṇaṃ vā antarākṛtvā leṅkaṭakaṃ vā atha khalu pra(11a1)tyāstaraṇaṃ karttavyaṃ / nāpi kṣamati kalpaṃ karttuṃ / paṭikām vā loḍḍhakam vā pratyāstaraṇaṃ karttuṃ / atha khalu dviguṇitā nāma karttavyā viśiṣṭā mañcāto vā yadi tāva kambalasya bhavati / ekapuṭaṃ vā dvipuṭam vā karttavyaṃ / atha dāni karpāsasya bhavati dvipuṭā vā tripuṭā vā karttavyo samantena sūtreṇa śiviyāṇaṃ / tato madhyeṇa dīrghasūtrāṇi dātavyāni tato na kṣamati / śayyāsanaṃ omayilomayilaṃ vā pāṭitavipāṭitam vā adhyu(11a2)pekṣituṃ / atha khalu kālena kālaṃ bodhi(dhovi)tavyaṃ / kālena kālaṃ śiṃcitavyaṃ / kālena kālaṃ ātape dātavyaṃ / na kṣamati sāṃghikena śayyāsanena prāvṛtena bhaktāgre vā tarpaṇāgre vā sāmāyikam vā upaviśituṃ / na kṣamati śayyāsanaṃ sāṃghikaṃ prāvariyaṃ dīrghaca(ṃ)kramaṃ caṃkramituṃ // atha dāni bhikṣuḥ śirāviddhako vā bhavati virecanapītako vā glānako vā bhavati vastrapuggalikaṃ antarīkaraṇaṃ dadi(11a3)ya caṃkramati / anāpattiḥ / nāpi kṣamati sāṃghikaṃ śayyāsanaṃ paudgalikaparibhogena paribhuñjituṃ / atha khalu sāṃghikaṃ śayyāsanaṃ prajñapayitavyaṃ / (j.47) pratyāstaraṇaṃ dadiya tato paribhuñjitavyaṃ / atha dāni sāṃghikaṃ śayanāsanaṃ mahantaṃ bhavati / uparito bhuṃjitavyaṃ (i.p.72) yathā nāśaṃ na gacche / atha dāni hemantakālo bhavati sāṃghikaṃ śayyāsanaṃ prāvariya śayati / (11a4) antarīkaraṇa(ṃ) dātavyaṃ / na deti vinayātikramam āsādayati / evaṃ śayyāsanaṃ(ne) pratipadyitavyaṃ / na pratipadyati / abhisamācārikān dharmmān atikramati // * //

 ii.2 ms. 11a4 (j.47.6); ch.502c13 bhagavān śrāvastyām viharati śāstā devānāñ ca manuṣyāṇāñ ca vistareṇa nidānaṃ kṛtvā te dāni bhikṣū upagacchanikā(yāṃ) kāle vihāran na pratisaṃskarenti / pañcārthavaśāṃ saṃpaśyamānāṃs tathāgatā arha(11a5)ntaḥ samyaksaṃbuddhāḥ pañcāhikāṃ vihāracārikām anucaṃkramanti / anuvicaranti / katamāṃ pañca / kacci me śrāvakāḥ na karmmārāmāḥ na karmmaratāḥ / na karmmārāmatā-anutyā(yo)gam anuyuktā viharanti na bhāṣyārāmāḥ / na bhāṣyaratāḥ na bhāṣyārāmatānuyogam anuyuktā viharanti / na nidrārāmāḥ na nidrāratāḥ na nidrārāmatānuyogam anuyuktā viharanti / glānakā(11a6)nāñ ca bhikṣūṇām anukampārthaṃ ye ca te śrāddhāḥ kulaputrāḥ tathāgatam evoddiśya āgārād anagārikāṃ pravrajitāḥ / te ca tathāgataṃ dṛṣṭvā atiri(tī)vodārāṇi prītiprāmodyāni pratilabhiṣyanti / imāṃ pañca arthavaśāṃ saṃpaśyamānās tathāgatā arhantaḥ samyaksambuddhāḥ pañcāhikāṃ vihāracārikāṃ anucaṃkramanti / anuvicaranti / (j.48) adrākṣīd bhagavāṃ pañcāhikāṃ vihāracārikāṃ anucaṃkramanto anuvi(11a7)caranto vihārakān ondri(ddri)nnakāṃ praluggakāṃ acokṣāṃ apratisaṃskṛtāṃ śayyāsanaṃ ujjhitaprakīrṇṇe(rṇṇaṃ) omayilemayilaṃ pāṭitavipāṭitaṃ mañcām pīṭhā(ṃ) ondri(ddri)ṇṇakāṃ paluggakāṃ ucchi(dutthi)takāṃ vātātapena opūriyaṃtāṃ prāṇakehi khajjantāṃ varye(ṣe)ṇa ovaryi(ṣi)yantāṃ kākaśakuntehi ohayiyantāṃ bhagavān jānanto pṛcchati / kasyeme bhikṣavo vihārakā odriṇṇakā paluggakā acaukṣā apratisaṃskṛtā śayyāsa(11b1)naṃ ujjhitaprakīrṇṇaṃ 
omayilomayilaṃ pāṭitavipāṭitaṃ mañcā pīṭhā (i.p.73) ondri(ddri)ṇṇakā
paluggakāṃ u(du)tthitakāṃ vātātapena opūriyantāṃ prāṇakehi khajjantāṃ
varṣeṇa ovarṣiyantāṃ kākaśakuntehi ohayiyantāṃ bhikṣū āhaṃsu // imaṃ
 bhagavan saṃghasya ye dharmmā(varṣā)ṃ upagacchiṣyanti / te pratisaṃskariṣyanti / bhagavān āha / tena hi evaṃ varṣopanāyike śayyāsane pratipadyitavyaṃ / kin ti dāni evaṃ varṣopanāmi(yi)ke śayyāsane pra(11b2)tipadyitavyaṃ / eṣā dāni saṃghasya varṣopanāmi(yi)kā bhavati / prakṛtyaiva tāva dāyakadānapati pratisaritavyā / tato vihārakā pratisaṃskarttavyāḥ / ye vihārakā uddiṇṇakā paluggakā bhavanti / acokṣā vā apratisaṃskṛtā vā bhavanti / (j.49) yadi tāva sudhācchadano bhavati / sudhāpiṇḍo dātavyo / iṣṭakācchadano bhavati / iṣṭakā dātavyā / apakkācchadano bhavati / apakkā dātavyā / kabhalla(11b3)cchadano bhavati / kabhallikā dātavyā / tṛṇacchadano bhavati / tṛṇapūlako dātavyā / mañcā vā pīṭhā vā ondri(ddri)ṇṇakā paluggakāṃ bhavanti / muṃjā karttitavyā / balbajā karttitavyā mañcā dhra(bu)ṇitavyā uppādakā bhavanti sayeccha(maṃ ttha)payitavyā / dutthapitā bhavanti / sutthapitā karttavyā / vātātapena ota(pū)riyanti / kākaśakuntehi vā ohapi(yi)yanti / cchanne sthapitavyā / evaṃ śayyāsanaṃ (11b4) bhavati / omayilamayilaṃ pāṭitavipāṭitaṃ dhoviya sīvitavyaṃ / mṛttikāpiṇḍo dāpayitavyo / mūṣika-ucchi(kki)rā vā yāca(va) vaṃghorikā pūretavyā / yaṃ tahiṃ pariveṇe bhavaṃti / bhaṇḍaṃ niyatakaṃ sarvvaṃ samudānitavyaṃ / pañcehi aṅgehi samanvāgato bhikṣuḥ śayyāsanaprajñāpaka saṃmutīye saṃmanyitavyo / katamehi pañcahi / yo na cchandāye na do(11b5)ṣāye na mohāye na bhayāye prajñaptaṃ ca jānāti / imehi pañcahi / peyālaṃ, //

 (j.50) ka(r)mmaṃ kṛtvā yāva te dāni samantena āṣāḍhamāsaṃ śayyāsanaṃ grāhetavyaṃ / vihārā pariveṇā agniśālā bhaktaśālā / upasthānaśālā / dvārakoṣṭhako varccakuṭī udupāno jantāko caṃkramā vṛkṣamūlā vihārakā (i.p.74) grāhayitavyā / asuke vihāre ettakā mañca(11b6)kā pīṭhakā vā ettakaṃ āstaraṇaṃ ettakaṃ prāvaraṇaṃ tato likhitavyaṃ / bhurjake phalake vā paṭṭikāyām vā / yadi tāva āraṇyakaṃ śayyāsanaṃ bhavati / dūre dūro(re) pariveṇā bhava(ṃ)ti / trayodaśīyaṃ vā cāturddaśīyaṃ vā tena śayyāsanoddeśo karttavyo / atha dāni grāmāntikaṃ śayyāsanaṃ bhavati / āsanne āsanne pariveṇā bhavanti / cāturddaśīyam vā pāñcadaśīyam vā śayyāsano(11b7)ddeśo karttavyo / taṃ likhitaṃ saṃghasthavirasya allīpitavyaṃ / vaktavyaṃ / āyuṣman amuke vihārake ettakā mañcā ettakā pīṭhāḥ / ettakaṃ āstaraṇaṃ ettakaṃ prāvaraṇaṃ katamo tava vihārako rucyati / yo saṃghasthavirasya vihārako rucyati so dātavyo / atha dāni saṃghasthaviro jalpati / vihāraṃ yūyaṃ (j.51) uddiśatha varṣāvāsikaṃ samaṃ kariṣyāma nti(tti) / yaṃ saṃghasthaviro jalpati / tathā karttavyaṃ, / (12a1) tato vihārakā uddiśitavyāḥ / vṛddhāntato prabhṛti yāva avarya(ṣa)kaparyantaṃ na kṣamati / śrāmaṇerāṇāṃ vihāra(rā) uddiśituṃ / atha dāni teṣāṃ upādhyāyācāryā jalpanti / uddiśatha yūyaṃ eteṣāṃ vayaṃ pratisaṃskariṣyāma nti(tti) / tato śrāmaṇerakāṇāṃ pi vihārakā uddiśitavyā / atha dāni bahuṃ bhavati / tato dvitīyakālikā uddiśitavyā / atha dāni tahi(ṃ) koci bhavati / āṭakkarasiṃhanādiko (12a2) paryāpto grīṣme śayyāsanaṃ uddiśitavyaṃ / guptyarthaṃ paribhogārthaṃ utthiṣyaṃ utthāpayiṣyaṃ ko vihārako ti / vaktavyo na eṣo bhava kiñcita bhogārthaṃ vadiṣanti ma pratisaṃskāraṇārthaṃ eṣo caṃ uddiśīyati / atha dāni stokā vihārakā bhavanti / dviṇṇāṃ trayāṇāṃ (vā) janānāṃ eko vihārako uddiśitavyo / atha dāni evaṃ pi stokā bhavanti / caturṇṇāṃ pañcānām vā janānāṃ eko vihā(12a3)rako uddiśitavyo / atha dāni ekavastukaṃ bhavati / bhikṣū ca bahu(hū) bhavaṃti / vṛddhānāñ ca mañcā prajñāpayitavyāḥ / navakānāṃ pīṭhāḥ prajñāpayitavyāḥ / atha dāni evaṃ pi stokaṃ bhavati / vṛddhānāṃ pīṭhāḥ prajñāpayitavyāḥ / navakānāṃ saṃstaraṇā (j.52) (i.p.75) prajñāpayitavyāḥ / atha dāni evaṃ pi stokaṃ bhavati / (atha dāni) alpo(lpā)vakāśo bhavati / vṛddhehi saṃstaraṇe pratipa(12a4)dyitavyaṃ / navakehi paryana(ṅke) vītināmayitavyaṃ / atha dāni evaṃ pi alpāvakāśo bhavati / vṛddhehi cchanne praviśitavyaṃ / navakehi vṛkṣamūlehi caṃkramehi niṣadyāhi abhyavakāśe vītināmayitavyaṃ / hemante śayyāsanaṃ uddiśitavyaṃ, / guptyarthaṃ paribhogārthaṃ utthiṣyaṃ utthāpayiṣyaṃ varṣāsu śayyāsanaṃ uddiśitavyaṃ / guptyarthaṃ paribhogārthaṃ utthā(12a5)syaṃ utthāpayitavyaṃ / nāpi kṣamati śayyāsanaṃ adhyupekṣituṃ omayilomayilaṃ pāṭitavipāṭitaṃ mañcā vā pīṭhā vā oddriṇṇakā vā paluggakā vā adhyupekṣituṃ / atha khalu kālena kālaṃ śayyāsanaṃ sīvitavyaṃ / bodhi(dhovi)tavyaṃ / kālena kālaṃ muñjā karttitavyā / balbajā karttitavyā / tato mañcā ca pīṭhā ca bra(bu)ṇitavyā / evaṃ varṣopanāmi(yi)ke śayyāsane pratipa(12a6)dyitavyaṃ / na pratipadyati / abhisamācārikān dharmmān atikramati // * //

 ii.3 ms.12a6 (j.52.15); ch.503a24 bhagavān śrāvastyām viharati / śāstā devānāñ ca manuṣyāṇāñ ca vistareṇa nidānaṃ kṛtvā yāva adrākṣīd bhagavāṃ pañcāhikāṃ vihāracārikām anucaṃkramanto (j.53) anuvicaranto vihārakāṃ oddriṇṇakāṃ paluggakāṃ ullāya gṛhītakāṃ acokṣāṃ apratisaṃskṛtāṃ udakasya pūrāṃ udakabhramām aśodhi(ta)kāṃ dvārāhi (12a7) dvīpikāhi khajjanto mañcāṃ pīṭhāṃ ondri(ddri)ṇṇakāṇāṃ paluggakāṃ u(du)tthitakāṃ varṣeṇa (o)varṣiyantāṃ prāṇakehi khajjantāṃ bhagavāna jānanto pṛcchati / kiṃ imaṃ bhikṣavo vihārakā ullaggakā ollāye gṛhītakāḥ / acaukṣā apratisaṃskṛtā udakasya pūrāṃ udakabhramā aśodhitakā dvā(re) dvīpikāhi khajjantā mañcā pīṭhā ondri(ddri)ṇṇakāṃ paluggakāṃ utpādakāṃ u(du)tthitakāṃ varṣeṇa o(12b1)varṣiyantāṃ prāṇakehi khajjantā(ṃ) bhikṣū āhaṃsuḥ / ye bhagavān (i.p.76) arṣāṃ vasiṣyanti te pratisaṃskariṣyanti / bhagavān āha / tena hi evaṃ varṣopagatehi śayyāsane pratipadyitavyaṃ / kin ti dāni evaṃ varṣopagatehi śayyāsane pratipadyitavyaṃ / ete dāni bhikṣavo varṣopagatā bhavanti / tena hi vihārakā pratyavekṣitavyā / yadi tāva ondri(ddri)ṇṇakā vā paluggakā vā bhavanti / yāvat mūṣikokkārā vā cikkhallikā vā pra(12b2)tisaṃskārayitavyā / yadi tāva vihārako sudhācchadano bhavati (sudhāpiṇḍo dātavyo) / iṣṭakācchadano bhavati / iṣṭakā dātavyā / (j.54) apakvacchadano bhavati / apakvā dātavyā / kabhallacchadano bhavati (kabhallikā dātavyā / tṛṇacchadano bhavati) / tṛṇapūlako dātavyo / urṇṇā(llā)ye gṛhītako bhavati / piṇḍaṃ śāṭiya mṛttikāye limpitavyo / mūṣa-ukkārā vilikhkhi(cikkhali)kā pūretavyā / yadi tāva uppeḍanako vihārako bhavati / śakkāroṭena vā pūretavyā u(a)pa(12b3)kvapāṃsukena vā / atha dāni uppaṃsulo bhavati / gomayakārṣī dātavyā / udakabhramā vā / praṇālibhramā vā paripūritā bhavanti śodhayitavyāḥ / muṇḍaharmmiyā pratisaṃskarttavyā / śayyāsanaṃ omayilomayilaṃ bhavati / pāṭitavipāṭitaṃ dhovayitavyaṃ / rañjetavyaṃ / mañcā vā pīṭhā vā bhagnakā bhavanti / chinnagaṇṭhikā karttavyā / ondri(ddri)ṇṇakā vā paluggakā bhavanti / mu(12b4)ñjā karttitavyā / mañcā bra(bu)ṇitavyā / pīṭhikā bra(bu)ṇitavyā / uppādakā bhavanti samaṃ thāpeyitavyā / u(du)tthitakā bhavanti / sutthitā thapetavyā / vātātapena opūriyanti / naivāte thapitavyāḥ / varṣeṇa ovarṣiyanti / cchanne thapitavyā / prāṇakehi khajjanti cchandiyāṇaṃ pratipādikehi thapayitavyā / nāpi kṣamati / śayyāsanaṃ adhyupekṣituṃ / omayilomayilaṃ vā pāṭitavi(12b5)pāṭitaṃ vā // atha khalu kālena kālaṃ dhovitavyaṃ / sīvayitavyaṃ / rañjiya(jayi)tavyaṃ / mañcā vā pīṭhā vā uppādakā bhavanti / samāṃ thapitavyāḥ / dutthitā bhavanti / susthitā thapitavyāḥ / ondri(ddri)ṇṇakā bhavanti / palugnakā vā muñjā karttitavyā / balbajā karttitavyā / (j.55) mañcā buṇitavyāḥ / (i.p.77) pīṭhā buṇitavyāḥ / pādakā u(du)tthitakā bhavanti / suthapitā karttavyāḥ / vihārakā kālena (12b6) kālaṃ siñcitavyāḥ / saṃmārjitavyāḥ / gomayakārṣī dātavyāḥ / udakabhramāḥ pranāḍikābhramā vā kālena kālaṃ śodhitavyāḥ / pañcāhe pañcāhe śayyāsanaṃ pratyotāpetavyaṃ / mañcā vā pīṭhā vā anyāyataḥ karttavyaṃ / vihāro omasvediko bhavati / mañco bhitti(to) mocetvā pratipādikā dātavyāḥ / yathā prāṇakehi na khādyeyā santānikā śāṭitavyo / anvarddhamāsaṃ gomayaśā(12b7)ṭo dātavyo / yadi tāva vihāro ośa karoti odako dātavyo / atha dāni usvedako bhavati śuddhena gomayena mardditavyaṃ / vihāro usvedako bhavati / na dāni tahiṃ kṣamati / hastaśaucaṃ vā karttuṃ pādaśaucaṃ vā mukham vā dhoyi(vi)tuṃ / pādam vā nirmmādayituṃ / nāpi dāni kṣamati / vihāro pitthitvā sthapituṃ / atha khalu kālena kālaṃ apāvuritavyo yathā vātaṃ labheyyā (na) dhūpetavyo ku(13a1)ṣṭhena bhurjena vā saktuhi vā evaṃ varṣopagatakehi (j.56) śayyāsane pratipadyitavyaṃ / na pratipadyati // abhisamācārikān dharmmān atikramati // * //

 ii.4 ms.13a1 (j. 56.3); ch.503b10 bhagavān śrāvastyāṃ viharati / śāstā devānāñ ca manuṣyāṇāñ ca vistareṇa nidānaṃ kṛtvā aparaṃ dāni āraṇyakaṃ śayyāsanaṃ himadoṣeṇa cittaṃ na vasati / te dāni āraṇyakā vihāraṃ bāhiraṃ ghaṭṭiyaṃ kāriyāṇa grāmantikaṃ śayyāsanaṃ okastāḥ so dāni vi(13a2)hārako vanadavena āgacchiyāṇa dagdho / etaṃ prakaraṇaṃ bhikṣū bhagavato ārocayeṃsu bhagavān āha / tena hi evaṃ varṣavustehi śayyāsane pratipadyitavyaṃ / kin ti dāni evaṃ varṣavustehi śayyāsane pratipadyitavyaṃ / etaṃ dāni āraṇyakaṃ śayyāsanaṃ himadoṣeṇa ri(ci)ttaṃ na vasati / na kṣamati / āraṇyakehi aśabdakarṇṇikāye grāmāntikaṃ / śayyāsanaṃ okkasituṃ / atha khalu ucchā(13a3)hetavyā / tahi(ṃ) eko vā dvau vā trayo vā yāvatakā (i.p.78) ucchahanti / yo pratibalo vastuṃ yadi utsahanti / teṣāṃ āhāreṇa upastambhaṃ karttavyaṃ / yathā na vihanyeṃsu / atha dāni udvahanti / āha / kiṃ vayaṃ parityaktāḥ / kissa (j.57) vayaṃ vasāmaḥ / yaṃ tahiṃ śayyāsanaṃ bhavati kocavako vā ullīyo vā caturasrakā vā kumbhīyo vā kaṭa(ṭā)hakāni vā sarvvaṃ grāmāntikaṃ, (13a4) śayyāsanaṃ otāretavyaṃ / mañcā pīṭhā ullapitvā sthāpayitavyā / mañcā bhittiyo mocetvā pratipādakā dātavyā / yathā prāṇakehi dīpikāhi vā na khajjeyā / nāpi dāni kṣamati so vihāro adhyupekṣituṃ / ondri(ddri)ṇṇako vā paluggako vā acaukṣo vā apratisaṃskṛto vā / atha khalu yadi tāva tṛṇacchadano vā bhavati tṛṇapulako dātavyo / yāva go(13a5)mayaśāṭo dātavyo / paribhāṇḍaṃ karttavyaṃ / śvetavarṇṇā dātavyaṃ // samantena vihārasya tāva pratikṛtyeva agniharaṇī karttavyā / bhṛtakehi ca karmmakarehi ca vihārasya catuḥpārśve kakṣaṃ jātakaṃ bhavati so lavāpayitavyo / yaṃ kālaṃ śuṣkaṃ bhavati / niṣprāṇakaṃ tato gninā dahāpayitavyo vihārako siñcitavyo / sammārjitavyo / gomayakārṣī (13a6) dātavyā / yaṃ sārāsāraṃ śayyāsanaṃ amilā vā astaraṇikāṃ vā kocakā vā makucakā (vā) guḍuguḍukā vā makucakā vā te grāmāntikaṃ śayyāsanaṃ nāpayitavyāḥ / mañcāḥ pratipādakehi sthāpayitavyā bhittito yu(mu)ktāḥ / maṃcasya upari pīṭhā sthāpayitavyā / pīṭhasya upari yaṃ tatra śayyāsanaṃ omayilomayilaṃ pāṭita(j.58)vipāṭitaṃ pīṭhasya upari sthāpayitavyaṃ cīvaravaṃśe sthāpayitavyaṃ, (13a7) bhittito muktaṃ / yadi tāva vihāro uppiḍanako bhavati / na kṣamati / lenāni bandhituṃ / atha khalu muktakā karttavyā / atha dāni uppaṃsulakā vihārakā bāhiraghaṭṭimā karttavyāḥ / sarvvehi ni(r)dhāvitavyā ekena abhyantaraghaṭṭimaṃ vihārakāṃ kariya rejjūye vā kaḍevarikā /ya(ye) vā otaritavyaṃ / otariya rajjūye vā kaḍevariyā vā abhyantare kṣipitavyā / bāhyena vā acchitavyā / ye (13b1) tatra bhavanti gopālakā vā paśupālakā vā teṣāṃ so vihāro anuparinditavyo te vaktavyāḥ / dīrghāyu gacchāma tāva yaṃ grāmāntikaṃ śeyyāsanaṃ eṣo tumhākaṃ vihārako anuparindito bhavatu / evaṃ anuparindiyāṇa gantavyaṃ (i.p.79) / atha dāni grāmāntikaṃ śeyyāsanaṃ bhavati / evaṃ hy eva sarvvaṃ pratisaṃskāro karttavyāḥ / yāva śvetavarṇṇā dātavyā / etāni mahantāni vastūni bhavanti / yathā (13b2) agniśālā vā upasthānaśālā vā yadi tāva sasvāmikaṃ bhavati / tena pratisaṃskāroye(pe)tavyā / uddiṣṭako nāśo yo sya bhavati / tena pratisaṃskarttavyā / atha dāni naiva sasvāmiko bhavati / nāpi uddiṣṭako sarvvasaṃghena pratisaṃskarttavyo / sāmagrīye saṃviditvā tahiṃ ekam eko (j.59) vā śamo dātavyo / dve vā dve vā trayo vā trayo vā yathā sarvvapratisaṃskāro gacche tathā (13b3) dātavyaṃ / mañcā vā pīṭhā vā ullaggakā bhavanti / ayacchitavyā / ayaṃ cchantiyo karttavyāḥ / unniyo vā biśio vā caturasrakā vā omayilomayilā bhavanti / pāṭitavipāṭitā dhovitva sivitavyā / pratyaggalāni dātavyāni / bhaṇḍaṃ niyatakaṃ bhavati / samudānetavyaṃ / grāmāntikaṃ śeyyāsanaṃ udakadoṣeṇa ri(ci)ttaṃ na saṃvasati na kṣamati tehi a(13b4)śabdakarṇṇikāye āraṇyakaṃ śeyyāsanaṃ gantuṃ / atha khalu pratikṛtyeva tāva yaṃ tatra sārāsāraṃ bhāṇḍam astaraṇaṃ vā prāvaraṇaṃ vā upaskaro vā śraddhāprasannehi upāsakakulehi sthāpayitavyaṃ / vihārako saṃmārjayitavyo / gomayakārṣī dātavyā / maṃcā pratipādakehi sthātavyā bhittito muktaṃ / mañcasya upari pīṭhaṃ sthāpayitavyaṃ / pīṭhasyopari yaṃ ta(13b5)tra jarjara bisi vā jarjara caturaśrako vā taṃ sthāpayitavyaṃ / yadi tāva uppīḍanako vihāro bhavati / tato lenāni muktāni sthāpetavyāni / atha dāni uppatsu(msu)lako vihā(ro) bhavati lenāni bāhiraghaṭṭimāni karttavyāni sarvve bhikṣūhi ni(r)dhāvantehi / ekena vihārako atya(bhya)nta(ra)ghaṭṭimo karttavyo / prativeśikulāto niśreṇiyāviya tato o(13b6)taritavyo / (j.60) ye tatra prativeśikā bhavanti / teṣām anuparinditavyaṃ / dīrghāyu eṣo vihārako tumhāṇaṃ anuparindito bhavatu / (i.p.80) gacchāma vayaṃ araṇyakāni śeyyāsanāni evaṃ parindiya gantavyaṃ / evaṃ varṣavustehi śeyyāsane pratipadyitavyaṃ / na pratipadyati / abhisamācārikān dharmmān atikramati // * //

 ii.5 ms.13b6 (j. 60.5); ch.503c1 bhagavān śrāvastyāṃ viharati śāstā devānāñ ca manuṣyāṇāñ ca vista(13b7)reṇa nidānaṃ kṛtvā pañcārthavaśāṃ vistareṇa kṛtvā yāvad adrākṣīd bhagavāṃ pañcāhikāṃ vihāracārikāṃ anucaṃkramanto anuvicaranto vihārakāṃ odd(r)iṇṇakāṃ praluggakāṃ acaukṣāṃ apratisaṃskṛtāṃ śeyyāsanaṃ ujjhitaprakīrṇṇaṃ omayilomayila(ṃ) pāṭitavipāṭitaṃ mañcā ca pīṭhā ca / uddriṇṇakā praluggakā uppādakā u(du)tthitakā varṣeṇa ovarṣiyantāṃ prāṇakehi khajjantāṃ bhagavān (14a1) jānanto bhikṣūṃ pṛcchati / kim idaṃ bhikṣavo vihārakā oddriṇṇakā paluggakā acaukṣā apratisaṃskṛtāḥ śeyyāsanaṃ ujjhitaprakīrṇṇaṃ omayilomayilaṃ pāṭitavipāṭitaṃ mañcā ca pīṭhā ca oddriṇṇakā paluggakā uppādakā u(du)tthitakā varṣeṇa ovarṣayantā prāṇakehi 
khājjantā te dāni āhaṃsu vayaṃ bhagavan āgantukā ye nevāsikā te
saṃskariṣyanti /
 bhagavān āha // tena hi eta(va)ṃ āgantukehi śe(14a2; j.61)yyāsane
 pratipadyitavyaṃ / kin ti dāni evaṃ āgantukehi śeyyāsane pratipadyitavyaṃ / etā dāni bhikṣū āgantukā bhavanti vihārako uddiṣṭako bhavati / mañcaṃ pīṭhaṃ pi caturasrakaṃ kurccaṃ bi(ṃ)bohanaṃ uddiṣṭaṃ bhavati nāpi kṣamati / gatāgatasya vihārake bhaṇḍaṃ praveśituṃ / atha khalu yadi tāva andhakārako vihārako bhavati / pradīpo jvālayitavyo tṛṇolkā vā kaṇḍolkā vā pra(14a3)jvālayitavyā / praviśiya cīvaraṃca(vaṃ)śo tāca(va) pratyavekṣitavyo / anekāye prāṇakehi khāditako bhavati / yadi tāva prāṇakehi khāyitako bhavati bhagnakā vā taṃ apaniya anyo kīlako ākoṭayitavyo (i.p.81) pātrapraveśikā sthāpayitavyā / mañcakaś ca pratyavekṣitavyaḥ / yadi tāva vibhagnako vā cchinnako vā bhavati cchinnakaṇṭhi karttavyā / oddriṇṇako (14a4) vā paluggako vā bhavati muṃjā karttitavyā balbajā karttitavyā / mañcā bra(bu)ṇitavyā pīṭhā bra(bu)ṇitavyā / vihārako śodhayitavyo / sammārjayitavyo / mūṣa-ukkirā vā bhavati ākoṭayitavyā / gomayakārṣī dātavyā / mañcako pratipādake sthāpayitavyo āstaraṇaṃ prajñapiya pratikramitavyaṃ / yadi sarvvarātro gacchati pratisaṃskāra(j.62)yantasya sarvvarātrī pratisaṃska(skā)rayi(14a5)tavyaṃ / evaṃ āgantukehi śeyyāsane pratipadyitavyaṃ / na pratipadyati / abhisamācārikān dharmmān atikramati // * //

 ii.6 ms.14a5 (j.62.4); ch.503c16 bhagavān śrāvastyāṃ viharati śastā devānāñ ca manuṣyāṇāñ ca vistareṇa nidānaṃ kṛtvā pañcārthavaśāṃ vistareṇa kṛtvā yāvad adrākṣīd bhagavāṃ pañcāhikāṃ vihāracārikām anucaṃkramanto anuviracanto vihārakāṃ oddriṇṇakāṃ paluggakāṃ a(14a6)caukṣāṃ apratisaṃskṛtāṃ śeyyāsanaṃ omayilemayilaṃ pāṭitavipāṭitaṃ / mañcā pīṭhā oddriṇṇakāṃ paluggakāṃ / uppādakāṃ u(du)tthitakāṃ varṣeṇa ovarṣiyantāṃ prāṇakehi khajjantāṃ bha(ga)vān jānanto pṛcchati / kiṃ ime bhikṣavo vihārakā oddriṇṇakā paluggakā acaukṣā apratisaṃskṛtā śayyāsanaṃ omayilemayilaṃ pāṭitavipāṭitaṃ mañcā pīṭhā oddriṇṇakā paluggakā uppādakā u(du)tthi(14a7)takā varṣeṇa ovarṣayantā prāṇakehi khajjantā bhikṣū āhaṃsu / vayaṃ bhagavan nevāsikā ye āgantukā te pratisaṃskariṣyanti / bhagavān āha / tena hi evaṃ nevāsikehi śeyyāsane pratipadyitavyaṃ / kin ti dāni evaṃ nevāsikehi śayyāsane pratipadyitavyaṃ / nāyaṃ tāva kṣamati / naivāsikehi ye vihārakā oddriṇṇakā paluggakā acaukṣā apratisaṃskṛtā te āgantukānāṃ (14b1) sthāpayituṃ / yadi āgantukānāṃ mātu atyāyikaṃ bhaviṣyanti / tato naṃ pratisaṃskariṣyantīti // atha khalu (j.63) ye vihārakā navakā ca supratisaṃskṛtā ca te āgantukānāṃ sthāpayitavyā / nāpi kṣamati (i.p.82) śeyyāsanaṃ omayilomayilaṃ pāṭitavipāṭitaṃ āgantukānāṃ sthāpayituṃ / yadi āgantukānāṃ mātu atyāyikaṃ bhaviṣyati tato dhoviṣyanti / rañjiṣyanti / sīviṣyanti / atha khalu yaṃ (14b2) śeyyāsanaṃ navakaṃ sudhotaṃ ca suraktaṃ ca taṃ āgantukānāṃ sthāpayitavyaṃ / nāpi kṣamati ye mañcā vā pīṭhā vā prala(lu)ggakā vā oddriṇṇakā vā te āgantukānāṃ sthāpayituṃ / yadi āgantukānāṃ mātu atyāya(yi)kaṃ bhaviṣyati / tato buṇiṣyanti / atha khalu ye mañcā vā pīṭhā vā navā ca sārā ca sa(su)dhotā ca te āgantukānāṃ sthāpayitavyā nāpi kṣamati / adhyupekṣituṃ / atha khalu vi(14b3)hārakāṇāṃ kālena kālaṃ khaṇḍaphuṭṭaṃ pratisaṃskarttavyaṃ / śeyyāsanaṃ dhovitavyaṃ / sivitavyaṃ / rañjitavyaṃ / mañcā vā pīṭhā vā bhagnā vā bhavanti cchinnagaṇṭhikā karttavyā / oddriṇṇakā vā paluggakā vā bhavanti / muñjā karttitavyā / balbajā karttitavyā mañcā bra(bu)ṇitavyā pīṭhā vraṇitavyā / mañcā vā pīṭhā vā uppādakā bhavanti / samaṃ sthāpayitavyā / u(du)tthāpitakā (14b4) bhavanti / susthitā karttavyā / (j.64) vātātapena te(o)pūriyanti / nivāte sthāpayitavyā / kākaśakunna(nta)kehi ohayiyanti channe sthāpayitavyāḥ / varṣeṇa te(o)varṣiyanti nirovarṣe sthāpayitavyā / prāṇakehi khajjanti cchinnagaṇḍi(ṇṭhi)yakā kariya pratipādakehi sthāpayitavyā / evaṃ nevāsikehi śayyāsane pratipadyitavyaṃ / na pratipadyati / abhisamācārikān dharmmān atikrama(14b5)ti // * //

 ii.7 ms.14b5 (j. 64.6); ch.503c25 bhagavān śrāvastyāṃ viharati / śāstā devānāñ ca manuṣyāṇāñ ca vistareṇa nidānaṃ kṛtvā yāvad adrākṣīd bhagavān pañcāhikāṃ vihāracārikām anucaṃkramanto anuvicaranto vihārakāṃ oddriṇṇakāṃ paluggakāṃ anabhi(prati)saṃskṛtāṃ ullāpe(ye) gṛhītakāṃ śeyyāsanaṃ omayilamayilaṃ pāṭitavipāṭitaṃ mañcā ca pīṭhā ca oddriṇṇakāṃ paluggakāṃ uppādakāṃ (14b6) u(du)tthitakāṃ vātātapena opūriyantāṃ kākaśakunne(nte)hi oharṣi(yi)yantāṃ varṣeṇa ovarṣiyantāṃ prāṇakehi khajjantāṃ bhagavāna jānanto yeca(va) bhikṣūṃ pṛcchati / kiṃ ete bhikṣavo vihārakā oddriṇṇakā paluggakā śeyyāsanaṃ (i.p.83) omayilamayilaṃ pāṭitavipāṭitaṃ mañcā pīṭhā ca oddriṇṇakā paluggakā uppādakā u(du)tthitakā vātātapena opūriyantā kākaśakunne(nte)hi ohayiyantāṃ varṣeṇa (o)varṣiyaṃtā prā(14b7)prāṇa(j.65)kehi khajjantā / bhikṣū āhaṃsu / ye bhagavaṃ āgantukā ca nevāsikā ca te pratisaṃskariṣyanti / vayaṃ itvāravāsino bhagavān āha / tena hi evaṃ sarvvehi śeyyāsane pratipadyitavyaṃ / kin ti dāni evaṃ hi sarvvehi śeyyāsane pratipadyitavyaṃ / ete dāni vihārakā bhavanti / oddriṇṇakā paluggakā acaukṣā apratisaṃskṛtakā tato raṇaraṇāye gaṇḍiṃ āhaṇiya sarvvasaṃghena sannipati(15a1)tavyaṃ / atha dāni kaścid āha / ahan dharmmakathiko ahaṃ vinayadharo aham āraṇyako piṇḍacāriko pāṃsukuliko ya eto(te) droṇī śramaṇakā te pratisaṃskariṣyantīti // te vināyātikramam āsādayanti / atha khalu sarvvehi sannipatitavyaṃ / anyehi tāva mṛttikā mardditavyā / anyehi khāṇukā viśālikā vā piṇḍakā vā paripūriya dātavyā / anyehi pariharitavyaṃ / anyehi lippitavyaṃ / a(15a2)nyehi majjitavyaṃ / anyehi udakaṃ pariharitavyaṃ / atha dāni bahuṃ lippitavyaṃ bhavati / bhikṣū ca śāṭhyena karenti / kiṃ karttavyaṃ mitakaṃ dātavyaṃ / iman tava khaṇḍaṃ imaṃ tava khaṇḍan ti / imaṃ tvayā pratisaṃskārayitavyaṃ / ete vihārakā ullāpe(ye) gṛhītakā bhavanti apratisaṃskṛtā vā uppaṃsulā vā sarvvasaṃghasya gaṇḍim ākoṭayitvā anyehi tāvad yā bhitti ollāye gṛhītakāyo tāyo śā(15a3)ṭayitavyāyo anyehi mṛttikā marddetavyā / anyehi udakaḥ pariharitavyaḥ / anye(hi) mṛttikā pariharttavyā / anyo lepo dātavyaḥ / (j.66) anyaiḥ sa(ṃ)mārjitavyaṃ / vihārakā uppeḍanakā bhavanti / śarkarāṭakā vā āpakapāṃsuko vā pariharitavyo ākoṭayitavyo / atha dāni upaṃsulakā vihārakā bhavanti / anyair ggomaya pariharttavyaḥ / anyai(15a4)r udakaṃ pariharttavyaḥ / anyai(ye)hi adhvāpayitavyaṃ / anyehi gomayakārṣī dātavyā / nāpi dāni (i.p.84) adhyupekṣitavyaṃ / śeyyāsanaṃ oṇṇiyo vā kocavako vā prākā(vā)rā vā bisiyo vā caturasrako vā bimbohanakā vā cilimilikā vā omayilamayilā vā pāṭitavipāṭitavipāṭitā vā acaukṣā vā apratisaṃskṛtā vā / atha khalu kālena kālaṃ / a(15a5)nyehi oṣā gālayitavyo / anyehi udakaṃ pariharttavyaṃ / anyehi kṣāraṃ ānayitavyaṃ / anyehi vodha(dhova)yitavyaṃ, / anyehi pīḍitavyaṃ / anyehi visayitavyaṃ / anyehi pariharttavyaṃ / mañcā vā pīṭhā vā oḍḍiṇṇakā vā paluggakā vā paluggakā vā bhavanti / sarvvehi muñjā vā balbajā vā karttitavyā / mañcā vā vātavyā pīṭhā vātavyā bisī sīvayitavyā / caturasrā dāpa(15a6)yitavyā // naṃgalāni utthāpayitavyāni / ete mañcā vā pīṭhā vā bhagnakā vā bhavanti / yo yaṃ paśyati (j.67) tena yyeva gaṇṭhī karttavyā / upādakā bhavanti / yo ye(va) paśyati tena yeva samaṃ sthāpayitavyaṃ / dutthitakā bhavanti / susthitakā karttavyā / vātātapena vā opūriyanti / yo yeva paśyati tena yyeva nivāte sthāpayitavyā / kākaśakuntehi vā ohayiyanti / yo yyeva paśyati / tena yyeva (15a7) channe sthāpayitavyā / varṣeṇa ovarṣayanti / yo yeva paśyati tena yyeva nirovarṣe sthāpayitavyā / prāṇakehi khajja(n)ti / yo yeva paśyati / tena yyeva cchinnagaṇṭhikā kariyāṇa pratipādakehi sthāpayitavyā / evaṃ sarvvehi śayyāsane pratipadyitavyaṃ / na pratipadyati / abhisamācārikān dharmmān atikramati // * //

 ii.8 ms.15a7 (j. 67.9); ch.504a14 bhagavān śrāvastyāṃ virahati śāstā devānāñ ca manuṣyāṇāñ ca vista(15b1)reṇa nidānaṃ kṛtvā te dāni bhikṣū prakīrṇṇakasya ucchvāsaṃ karonti / jano dāni odhyāyati / paśyatha bhaṇe śramaṇakā yathā uṣṭrā vā goṇā vā garddabhā vā cchagalakā vā evam ime śramaṇā prakīrṇṇakasya uśvāsaṃ karenti / naṣṭaṃ bhraṣṭaṃ kuto eṣāṃ śrāmaṇyaṃ / etaṃ prakaraṇaṃ bhikṣūhi śrutaṃ bhikṣū bhagavato ārocayeṃsu / bhagavān āha / satyaṃ bhikṣavo jano odhyāyati āma bhagava(va)(15b2)n (i.p.85) bhagavān āha / tena hi varccakuṭī nāma karttavyā / varccakuṭīṃ dāni bhikṣuṇā kārāpayamāṇena nāpi kṣamati (j.68) vihārasya purastimena vā uttā(tta)reṇa vā kārāpayituṃ / atha khalu dakṣiṇena vā paścimena vā kārāpayitavyā / vātapathaṃ muktvā mallakatalā khaḍā khaṇitavyā / prapātaniśritaṃ vā yadi vā khāniyā udakāntikā bhavati / prathamaṃ kalpiyakāreṇa oha(15b3)yiyāpetavyā / atha dāni prapātaniśritā vā urṇṇāvaccagharaṃ vovatti gacchati / antarā(ṃ) kāṣṭhaṃ dātavyaṃ / yathā tahiṃ, / prathamaṃ niya(pa)teya parimalaṃ vā caturasraṃ vā nivitavyā / iṣṭakāhi vā upalair vvā cchādayitavyā / yāni sārāṇi ca dṛḍhāni ca sthūlā(ni) ca kāṣṭhāni tāny adhastā dātavyāni / tatra kāṣṭhehi vā phalakehi vā ohāṭayitavyā / upari iṣṭ(ak)āhi mṛttikāya (15b4) cchādayitavyāni / tac ca mukhāni karttavyāni hastām vā āyāmena nimuṣṭakam vā hastam vistāreṇa tatra kaṇṭhavāriṇi karttavyā / kakṣamātrī vā galamātrī vā vaṃśe(na) vā nalena vā naṃgalehi vā phalakair vvā tathā karttavyā yathā upaviṣṭā anyonyaṃ na paśyanti / śīrṣī(ṣā)n tatropari cchādetavyaṃ kuḍḍa(ṃ) utthapiyāṇaṃ valabhī kārayitavyā / ākāśatalaṃ vā liṃpitavyā mṛtti(15b5)kāya vā sudhāya vā tṛṇacchannā vā karttavyā / aparasmin pārśve varccakuṭīkā karttavyā / tahiṃ sthāpetavyā kāṣṭhakuṇḍāni vā mṛttikākuṇḍāni vā udaka pūrayitavyāni / tahiṃ (j.69) sthāpetavyaṃ karīṣo mṛttikā vā ūṣo vā tato jānitavyaṃ / yadi tāva sā khāni/mā varccakuṭī bhavati / tato varccakumbhikā bāhirodivā karttavyā / yathā taṃ udakaṃ anye na gacchati / atha (15b6) dāni prapātanisritā bhavati / varcakuṭī kiñ cāpi tahi(ṃ) yyeva udakaṃ patati / anāpattiḥ / varccakumbhikāye purato kalpiyakaraki sthāpayitavyā udakasya pūrṇṇatāni tāni kuṇḍakāni vā kaṭāhakāni vā nāpi kṣamati / adhyupekṣituṃ / saprāṇakāni vā adhotakāni vā / atha khalu uddiśitavyaṃ / navakānte vā paṭipāṭṭikāya vā yasya vā prāpuṇati / tena tāni kuṇḍanikāni kālena kālaṃ, (15b7) pūrayitavyāni / kālena kālaṃ dhovayitavyā(ni) / kālena kālaṃ ātape śoṣayitavyāni / atha (i.p.86) tāni kāṣṭhamayāni bhavanti / na kṣamati / ātape na śoṣayituṃ, / mā phuṭṭiṃsu tti / śoṣayitvā cchātā(yā)yāṃ sthāpayitavyāni / yaṃ kālaṃ pariśuṣkāni bhavanti / tato pūretavyāni / varccakuṭīye purato kuṭī vā śālā vā karttavyā / tatra cīvaravaṃśā vā cīvarabisi vā dīrgha(j.70)nāgadanta vā karttavyāḥ / ya(16a1)tra bhikṣū kalpikāni cīvarakāṇi vinikṣipiya varccakuṭī praviśanti nāpi dāni draviḍena viya praśrāvakaraṇaṃ gṛhnitvā varccakumbhi(ṭi)kā(ṃ) gantavyaṃ / atha dāni varccakumbhikāṃ saprāṇakā bhavati / na dāni (kṣamati) vaktuṃ, / āyuṣmanto saprāṇakā varccakuṭi(mbhi)kā / atha khalu tṛṇam vā tūlikā vā upari sthāpetavyā / yathājñāye saprāṇakety abhijñānaṃ / udakakṛtyaṃ karentena na dāni jjhallajjhaleye udakaṃ cetavyaṃ / atha kha(16a2)lu mātā yeva cetavyaṃ / riktakāṃ varccakumbhikāṃ paśyati / na tadā adhyupekṣitavyaṃ / yasya oheyyako bhavati / tasya āvi(ci)kṣitavyaṃ / svayaṃ vā pūrayitavyaṃ / antamasato kumbhikāyaṃ / ekasya (yattakaṃ) paryāstaṃ bhaveyā tattakaṃ dātavyaṃ / atha dāni glāno bhavati / ārṣavyādhikaṃ vā praskandikaṃ vā lekṣa(ṅka)ṭākhaṃḍehi vā bhastrāyanaṃkehi vā sukumārehi dayitavyaṃ, //

* // eṣaivārthotpattiḥ / bhagavā(16a3)n śrāvastyāṃ viharati / śāstā devānāñ ca manuṣyāṇāñ ca vistareṇa nidānaṃ kṛtvā apareṇa dāni bhikṣuṇā vaṃśaśalākāhi vraṇamukhaṃ potthi(cchi)taṃ tasya dāni kṣataṃ sarudhiraṃ kṛtaṃ / etaṃ prakaraṇaṃ (j.71) bhikṣū bhagavataḥ / ārocayeṃsuḥ / bhagavān āha / śabdāvatha bhikṣuṃ so dāni śabdāpito / bhagavān āha / evaṃ ca tvaṃ vaṃśaśalākāhi vraṇamukhaṃ pe(po)cchesi tena hi na kṣa(16a4)mati vaṃśaśalākāhi kaṇḍavidalikai(ke)na vā nalakāṣṭhena vā / kaṭhallena vā asthikhaṇḍena vā vraṇamukhaṃ pocchituṃ, / atha khalu avalekhanaṃ nāma karttavyaṃ / olikā vā sthāpayitavyā / mṛttikāmayā varttikā karttavyā / yā khānimā varccakuṭī bhavati / nāpi kṣamati bhikṣuṇā vraṇamukhaṃ pocchayatā tāyo varttikāyo vā kulikāyo vā varccakuṭīye prakṣipituṃ, / (16a5) atha khalu ekamante (i.p.87) kūṭakaṃ karttavyaṃ / tāyo devasikaṃ cchorayitavyāyo vā dahiya bhūyo vā dahiya bhūyo vā thapayitavyāyo / atha dāni bhikṣu paśyati / ko imāyo dahiṣyatīti / ta(tā)yo cchoriya anyāyo sthāpayitavyāyo / atha dāni prapātaniśritā bhavanti / kiṃcāpi tahiṃ apalekhām vā prakṣipati / saṃkaraṃ vā anāpattiḥ / varcca(ṃ) karaṃtena ta(16a6)thā karttavyaṃ, / yathā uccārapraśrāvakheṭasiṃghāṇakaṃ sarvvaṃ tahiṃ nigacche / atha dāni anyo caukṣīkṛtaṃ bhavati / ohāṇam vā / kheṭaṃ vā / siṃhāṇakam vā varcce vā tahi(ṃ) nikṣiptaṃ bhavati / uccikāye tahiṃ sarvvaṃ prakṣipitavyaṃ / nāpi dāni kṣamati / akṛtvā udakakṛtyaṃ sāṃghikaṃ śeyyāsanaṃ paribhuñjituṃ // * // eṣā evārthotpattiḥ //
 bhagavān śrāvastyāṃ viharati / śāstā devānāñ ca manuṣyāṇāṃ (16a7)
ca / vistareṇa nidānaṃ kṛtvā aparo dāni bhikṣuḥ / (j.72) uśvāsena uddīpito nivasanaṃ oguhiya varccakuṭiṃ praviśati / tahiṃ ca aparo bhikṣuḥ pūrvvapraviṣṭo so dān āha / mā me āyuṣmaṃ ohayesi / etaṃ prakaraṇaṃ bhikṣuḥ / bhagavato ārocayeṃsuḥ / bhagavān āha / tena hi evaṃ varcce pratipadyitavyaṃ / kin ti dāni evaṃ varcce pratipadyitavyaṃ / nāyaṃ tāva kṣamati / bhikṣuṇā kṣamayituṃ, (16b1) yāva uśvāsena utpīḍito tti // atha khalu samudācāramātrakeṇaiva varccakuṭiṃ gantavyā / atha dāni bhikṣuḥ / uśvāsena sahasā uppaḍi(to) bhavati na kṣamati nivāsanaṃ oguhiya aśabdakarṇṇikāye varcakuṭī praviśituṃ / atha khalu acchaṭikāṃ kara(n)tena praviśitavyaṃ / yadi tātava(va ta)hi(ṃ) koci pūrvvapraviṣṭo bhavati tena pratyacchaṭikā karttavyā / iminā āgamayitavyaṃ / tāva yāva utthita iti / atha dāni (16b2) uppīḍito bhavati / acchaṭikāṃ karantena allīpitavyaṃ / iminā ca parāṅmukhena bhavitavyaṃ / tasya cāvakāśo dātavyaḥ / tena ca parāṅmukhena u(pa)viśitavyaṃ / antaraṃ dātavyaḥ / nāpi dāni dūrato yeca(va) nivāsa(na)ṃ oguhiya upaveṣṭavyaṃ / (j.73) atha khalu samanantaraṃ upaviśitavyaṃ ca nivasanaṃ niguhitavyaṃ ca nāpi dāni kṣamati varcakuṭīyaṃ upaviṣṭena dhyānāntaragatena vā middhāntaragatena vā u(16b3)ddeśaṃ vā (i.p.88) svādhyāyam vā manasikarentena āsituṃ / atha khalu samudācāraṃ kariya utthiya cchatti ma(ga)ntavyaṃ / nāpi kṣamati / sāṃghikena śeyyāsanena prāvṛtena varccakuṭī praviśituṃ / nāpi kṣamati / kalpikehi cīvarehi prāvṛtehi varccakuṭīṃ praviśituṃ / atha khalu sthāpayitvā praveṣṭavyaṃ nāpi dāni kṣamati / dantakāṣṭhaṃ khādantena varccakuṭīṃ pra(16b4)veṣṭuṃ / ekānte nikṣipitvā praveṣṭavyaṃ / nāpi kṣamati / oguṇṭhitaśīrṣeṇa vā ohayitahastena na vā varccakuṭīṃ praveṣṭuṃ / atha khalu ekāṃsīkṛtena praveṣṭavyaṃ / eṣo bhikṣuḥ purime vā paścime vā prahāṇī(ṇe) upaviṣṭo samudācārakṛto bhavati / prahāṇasya āmantriyāṇa cchatti varccakuṭīyaṃ gantavyaṃ / atha dāni bhikṣū utpīḍito bhavati nāpi kṣamati / (16b5) yathā uṣṭreṇa vā goṇena vā garddabhena vā ūrūyo (o)haṃya(yaṃ)tena gacchituṃ, / atha khalu saṃghārāmasya ekahiṃ ante upaviśitavyaṃ / atha dāni bhikṣuṇā dṛṣṭo bhavati / nāpi kṣamati vaktuṃ, / ko vā eṣo kathaṃ vā eṣo mā veḍḍo bhaveya tti / tena uśvāsaṃ karaṃtena mallakena vā koḍitena vā cchorayitavyaṃ / cchoriyāṇaṃ so pṛthivīpradeśo gomaye(16b6)na udvarttitavyaṃ / tato yadi tāva vibhavo bhavati / tailakārṣī vā (j.74) gandhakārṣī vā dātavyaṃ / atha dāni vibhavo na bhavati / antamasato gomayakārṣī dātavyāḥ / eṣo bhikṣuḥ / cetiyaṃ vandito uśvāsakṛto bhavati / samudācāramātrakenaiva nirddhāvitavyaṃ / atha dāni sahasā utpīḍito bhavati / tadā na kṣamati / uṣṭreṇa vā goṇena vā ūrūyo ohayantena gantuṃ, / atha (16b7) khalu ekamante nivāsa(na)ṃ o(gu)hiya upaviśitavyaṃ / atha dāni bhikṣūhi dṛṣṭo bhavati tadā na kṣamati vaktuṃ / ko vā eṣo kathaṃ vā eṣo mā ce(ve)ḍḍo bhaveya nti(tti) / tenāpi dāni uśvāsaṃ kariya mallakena vā koḍillena vā kaṭhallena vā cchoḍiyāṇa so pṛthivīpradeśo gomayena udvarttayitavyo / yadi tāva āhatyā pṛthivī bhavati / uttatthapitavyā / kṛtakarmmā pṛthivī bhavati udakena dhovita(17a1)vyaṃ / yadi tāva vibhavo bhavati cetiyaghare tailakārṣī vā dātavyā / atha dāni na vibhavo bhavati / antamasato taṃhi pṛthivīpradeśe gandhakārṣī vā dātavyā / atha dāni āraṇyakaṃ śeyyāsanaṃ bhavati / durlabho gandho antamasato tailakārṣī dātavyā / ete (i.p.89) dve bhikṣū ve(ce)tiyaṃ vandanti yaṃ paśyanti tatra śunakhena vā śṛgālena vā uśvāsaṃ kṛtakaṃ yo navako bhavati / te(17a2)na cchoritavyaṃ / atha dāni navatarako śaithiliko bāhuliko bhavati / vṛddhatareṇa cchoritavyaṃ / (j.75) ete dve bhikṣū gocaraṃ praviśanti prakṛtyeva tāva cchaḍḍayitavyaṃ, / atha dāni bhikṣūḥ praviṣṭo samāno samudācāraṃ kṛto bhavati / kiṃ karttavyaṃ grāmāntikaṃ śeyyāsanaṃ gantavyaṃ / pratikramaṇam vāgantavyaṃ / nāpi kṣamati / bhikṣuṇī-upāśraye gatāgatasya varccakuṭiṃ praviśituṃ / anekāye (17a3) bhikṣuṇikā upaviṣṭā bhaveya / atha khalu pṛcchitavyaṃ / bhagini kiṃ riktā vā varccakuṭī neti nāpi kṣamati / taruṇikā pṛcchituṃ / mā veṇṇā bhaveya nti(tti) / atha khalu vṛddhā pṛcchitavyā / yadi tāvad āha / ārya riktā varccakuṭīti / kanakena vā dakānakena vā udakaṃ gṛhṇiya praviśitavyaṃ / uśvāsaṃ kariya udakakṛtyaṃ kariya gantavyaṃ, / atha dāni evaṃ pi na bhavati nī(17a4)lamañcaṃ gantavyaṃ / nāpi dāni kṣamati / strīṇāṃ niga(nīla)maṃca(ṃ) gantuṃ / atha khalu yo puruṣāṇāṃ nīlamaṃco tahiṃ gantavyaṃ nīlamañco na bhavati / utsṛṣṭagṛhaṃ gantavyaṃ / pṛcchitavyaṃ rikto ukkharo ti na dāni taruṇikā strī pṛcchitavyā / mā a'prahāsaṃ deyā mahantikā pṛcchitavyā / yadi tāvad āha / ṛkto udakadakānakā ādāya praveṣṭavyaṃ / evaṃ pi na bhavati / śūnya(17a5)gharaṃ vā jambālam vā bhavati / tahiṃ gantavyaṃ / na dāni tahiṃ gantavyaṃ / na dāni tahiṃ atini(ḥ)śabdaprave(de)śe upaveṣṭavyaṃ / mā (j.76) uggaṃkito bhaveyaṃ channaprave(de)śe upaveṣṭavyaṃ / atha dāni evaṃ pi na bhavati / utkṣiptarathyāyāṃ kuḍyaṃ pṛṣṭhato kṛtvā uśvāso karttavyo / yo sau dvitīyo sahāyo bhavati / tena purato parāṅmukhena sthātavyaṃ / ete bhikṣu sārthena sā(17a6)rddham adhvānaṃ gacchaṃti / bhikṣu uśvāsito bhavati nāpi kṣamati / ya(pa)tthesmiṃ uśvāsaṃ karttuṃ, / mā (jano) odhyāyeṃsu ken imaṃ (i.p.90) ya(pa)tthesmi(ṃ) antrāṇi vikīrṇṇāni / atha khalu ekatamaṃ jjhaṭam vā vṛkṣaṃ vā pṛṣṭhato kariyāṇa upaviśitavyaṃ / nāpi dāni anuvātaṃ karttavyaṃ / mā sarvvasārthaṃ gandhena vyāvaheyyā apavātaṃ karttavyaṃ / sārthe nisṛṣṭasmiṃ samudācāro bhavati / ekānte upaviśiya kartta(17a7)vyaṃ / nāpi dāni apratisaṃviditena utha(cca)ttitavyaṃ, / mā coro vā ocorako vā nti(tti) hanyeyā nāpi dāni anuvātaṃ karttavyaṃ / yā(mā) sarvvasārtho gandhena vā(vyā)vaheyā apavātaṃ karttavyaṃ, / nāpi dāni kṣamati / pratikṛtyeva nivāsanaṃ (j.77) oguhiya gacchituṃ, / atha khalu nivāsanaṃ oguhitavyaṃ ca upaviśitavyañ ca na kṣamati nivāsanaṃ oguhiya vāmena hastena aṅgajātaṃ gṛ(17b1)hniya draviḍena yathā udakasamīpa(pe) gantuṃ / atha khalu utthihitavyaṃ ca nivāsanaṃ osaritavyaṃ / nāvāye gacchantasya samudācāro bhavati yadi varcakuṭī bhavati / tahi(ṃ) karttavyaṃ kāṣṭhakaṃ antarā karttavyā / yathā tahiṃ prathamaṃ nipateyā evaṃ na bhavati / antamasato svakā aṅguli upathapitavyā / varccakuṭī na bhavati / kaṭā(he)na vā mallikena vā ujjhitavyaṃ stūpābhigṛhe vā saṃghābhigṛhe vā pa(17b2)śyati / ujjhitavyaṃ / atha dāni dve caṃkramante / vṛddhatarako navatarako ca navakena ujjhitavyaṃ / atha dāni so bhavati śaithiliko vā bāhuliko vā āvaḍḍhako vā aśikṣākāmo (vā) tadā svayaṃ ujjhitavyaṃ / eṣo hi bhikṣuḥ / dīrghakena khāyitako bhavati / vaidyo jalpati bhatte(nte) mahāvikaṭāṃ pāyetha nti(tti) kiṃ karttavyaṃ / yadi tāva ātmano uccāro bhavati / so eva tasya pratigraho (j.78) atha (17b3) dāni parakerako uccāro bhavati / pratigrahāpayitavyo / udakena accāviya ghanena narttakena parisrāviya tasya bhikṣusya sumanāphullāni na śakye dadiyāṇaṃ vaktavyaṃ / āyuṣmana imasya bhaiṣajyasya gandho yādṛśo uccārasya mā khalu te amanāya(pa)ṃ bhaviṣyati pibāhi yadi śe jīvitukāmo evaṃ sarvvehi sarvve(varcce) pratipadyitavyaṃ / na pratipadyati / abhi(17b4)samācārikān dharmmān atikramati // * //

 (i.p.91) ii.9 ms. 17b4 (j. 78.7); ch.504c18 bhagavān śrāvastyām viharati śāstā devānāñ ca manuṣyāṇāñ ca vistareṇa nidānaṃ kṛtvā te dāni bhikṣuḥ prakīrṇṇakaṃ praśvāsaṃ karonti jano dāni odhyāyanti / paśyatha bhaṇe (ime) śramaṇakā / yathā uṣṭrā vā goṇā vā gardabhā vā cchagalakā vā eva(m i)me śramaṇakā prakīrṇṇakaṃ praśvāsaṃ karonti / naṣṭaṃ bhraṣṭaṃ ku(17b5)to vā / imeṣāṃ śrāmaṇyaṃ etaṃ prakaraṇaṃ bhikṣūhi śrutaṃ / bhikṣū bhagavato ārocayeṃsu / bhagavān āha / satyaṃ bhikṣavo jano odhyāyati / tena hi praśvāsakuṭī nāma karttavyā / praśvāsakuṭīpi(ye) dāni bhikṣuṇā kāra(pa)yantena na kṣamati vī(vi)hārasya uttareṇa (vā) pūrvveṇa (vā) kārāpayituṃ / atha khalu dakṣiṇena vā paścimena vā kārāpayitavyā vātapatha(ṃ) muktvā (17b6) udakabhramaṇasya vā ta(u)pari karttavyā / upalasya vā iṣṭakāya vā upari mallatalakā khannāṃ khanitavyā / madhye cchidrakaṃ karttavyaṃ / (j.79) udakabhramaṇasya upari thapetavyā suvā(dhā)ya samaṃtena lipitavyā / yadi samantena setuḥ karttavyo yathā patako yeva praśvāsako bāhyena nirggacchati / dhoviya tailena mrakṣayitavyā / navakāntena vā uddiṣṭakena vā paṭipāṭikāyena vā yasya (17b7) vā prāpuṇeti // * // eṣā evārthotpattiḥ //

 bhagavān śrāvastyām viharati śāstā devānāñ ca manuṣyāṇāñ ca vistareṇa nidānaṃ kṛtvā aparo dāni bhikṣuḥ prahāṇaṃ upaviṣṭako prāśvāsena uṣpī(ppī)ḍito praśvāsakuṭīṃ gacchiyāṇaṃ nivāsanaṃ o(gu)hiyāṇaṃ praśvāsaṃ kariṣyanti / tahiṃ ca bhikṣuḥ pūrvvapraviṣṭo praśvāsaṃ karoti / so jalpati / mā khalu me āyuṣman omutrapa(ya)si tti / etaṃ (18a1) prakaraṇaṃ bhikṣūhi śrutaṃ bhikṣū bhagavato ārocayeṃsu / bhagavān āha / tena hi evaṃ praśvāse pratipadyitavyaṃ / evaṃ tāva na kṣamati bhikṣuṇā āgamayituṃ / yāva praśvāsena pra(u)pīḍito bhavati / atha khalu samudācāramātrakenaiva praśvāsakuṭīṃ gantavyaṃ / nāpi dāni kṣamati aśabdakarṇṇikāye praśvāsakuṭīṃ praviśituṃ // atha khalu acchaṭikāṃ karantena praśvāsakuṭiṃ praviśitavyaṃ / ya(18a2)di tahiṃ koci pūrvvapraviṣṭo (i.p.92) tena pratyacchaṭikā karttavyā iminā tāva āgamayitavyaṃ / yāva praśvāso kṛto atha dāni so bhikṣuḥ / uppīḍiyatī yeva acchaṭikāṃ karantena allīpitavyaṃ / (j.80) iminā avakāśo dātavyo tato ubhayo(ye)hi praśvāso karttavyo / nāpi dāni kṣamati / oguṇṭhitaśīrṣeṇa vā ohitahaste(na) vā dantakāṣṭhaṃ khādantena (vā) upaveṣṭa(ṣṭu)ṃ / atha khalu ekāṃsakṛtena ekā(18a3)nte dantakāṣṭhaṃ sthāpayitvā upaveṣṭavyaṃ / nāpi dāni tahiṃ dhyānāntareṇa vā svādhyāyam vā karentena aśubhasamāpattim vā samāpannena āsitavyaṃ / atha khalu prasrāvaṃ kṛtvā cchatti utthitavyaṃ / eṣo dāni bhikṣuḥ prahāṇa upaviṣṭako praśvāsakṛto bhavati / utthiyāṇaṃ praśvāsakuṭīṃ gantavyā / atha dāni praśvāsena uppīḍito bhavati / na kṣamati / yathā uṣṭ[re]ṇa vā (18a4) goṇena vā gardabhena vā ūrūyo omūtriyantena gantuṃ, / atha khalu ekatamaṃte upaviśiya praśvāso karttavyo / atha dāni kenaci bhikṣuṇā dṛṣṭo nāpi dāni kṣamati vaktuṃ / ko vā eṣo katham vā eṣo mā veḍḍe bhaveya nti(tti) / tenāpi dāni praśvāsaṃ kariyāṇa so pṛthivīpradeśo yadi tāvad āhatya /(tyā) pṛthivī bhavati / kāṣṭhena vā kaṭhallena vā uttatthiyā(18a5)ṇaṃ cchorayitavyo atha dāni kṛtaṃkarmmā pṛthivī bhavati / dhovayitavyā / tato tailakārṣī vā gandhakārṣī vā (j.81) dātavyā / atha dāni nāsti vibhavo antamasato gomayakārṣī dātavyā / atha dāni praśvāsakuṭī na bhavati / ekasmi(ṃ) koṇe sarvvasaṃghasya praśvāsapaṭe(ghaṭo) sthāpayitavyo tasyopari cchidramallakā dātavyaṃ //

mā aprakṛtikā ghaṭasya vā bāhyena [pra]śvā(18a6)saṃ choreyā ti / tatra tatraṃ(kunta)ko alābuotumbako vā thapayitavyo tahiṃ praśvāsaṃ kariyāṇa ghaṭake prakṣipitavyaṃ / na dāni tahi(ṃ) kṣamati / uccāro vā kheṭasiṃghāṇako vā prakṣipituṃ / so dāni ujjhitavyo / navakāntena kāyasya vā oheyyako bhavati / nāpi dāni kṣamati / atyā(bhyā)game pradeśe ujjhituṃ sarvvasaṃghasya mā gandhena vyāvaheyyā / atha dāni dvibhūmako bhavati / dvitīyāyāṃ (18a7) bhūmiyaṃ tathā yeva ghaṭako sthāpayitavyo / tṛbhūmiko bhavati / tṛtīyāyāṃ bhūmau tathā yyeva sthāpayitavyaṃ / tahiṃ praśvāsaṃ (i.p.93) karitavyaṃ / karṇṇikaṃ yaṃ kālaṃ prahāṇasya yathāsukhaṃ kṛtaṃ bhavati / taṃ kālaṃ praśvāsaghaṭikā nikkāla(j.82)yitavyā / kenāyaṃ nikkālayitavyo / navakāntena vā paṭipāṭipāṭikāya vā yasya vā prāpuṇati / tato pi na kṣamati / so tahiṃ cchorayituṃ / yahiṃ deve va(18b1)rṣintasya stūpavigrahaṃ vā saṃghavigrahaṃ vā gacchati / atha khalu tahiṃ cchorayitavyaṃ / yahiṃ deve varṣantena anye na gacchati nāpi kṣamati / praśvāsaghaṭaṃ abhinikuñje pradeśe sthāpayituṃ / mā anye bhikṣū na paśyeṃsu / nāpi kṣamati / atiprākaṭe pradeśe sthāpayituṃ / mā naṃ ḍhossā vā viḍā vā vātaputrā vā bhuṃjeṃsu / atha khalu pracchannaprākaṭe sthāpayitavyaṃ / vikāle praviśiyāṇaṃ tahiṃ yyeva (18b2) sthāne sthāpayitavyo / ghaṭasyopari cchidramallakaṃ sthāpayitavyaṃ / cchidramallakasyopari kuntako vā alābutumbuko vā thapayitavyo / atha dāni saṃghe praśvāsaghaṭo na bhavati / paudgalikapaudgalikāni praśvāsaghaṭikāni sthāpayitavyāni / ghaṭikā vā kārakā vā alābutumbukā vā kalpa(ya)to eva praśvāsaṃ ekamante visarjiya praśvāsabhaṇḍakaṃ / vodhi(dhovi)ya pratigupte (18b3) pradeśe ātape sthāpayitavyaṃ / tato vikāle bhūyo praveśitavyo / kuta(nta)ko bhavati / evaṃ yyeva karttavyaṃ tucchakaṃ bhavati kalpa(ya)to yeca(va) ujjhitvā cchannā(nne) sthavitavyaṃ / mā phuṭṭeṃsu śiktena uccinitvā sthāpayitavyaṃ / mallakaṃ bhavati / ekānte ujjhitvā dhovitvā ātape sthāpayitavyaṃ / sāyaṃ praveśentena kunta vā tumbakā vā śikṣe(kte)(na) (j.83) uccinitvā mañcakasthāne ullapitavyaṃ / oru(18b4)hantena mallakaṃ ghaṭikā vā mañcakasya ca oruhantena susthapitā karttavyā bhājanaṃ na bhavati / varṣā udakaṃ ca bhavati / na dāni tathā prasrāvo va(ka)rttavyo / yathā cetiyābhigṛhaṃ upari ghaṃśvato gaccheyā ekāntake karttavyaṃ / agniśālāyāṃ vā upasthānaśālāyāṃ vā upaviṣṭasya samudācāro bhavati / cchatti niṣkramitavyaṃ / atha dāni uppilito bhavati akaṃ,(18b5)thāyene viya mūtreṇa siñcantena na gantavyaṃ / atha khalu ekāntena kṛtvā ujjhitavyaṃ (i.p.94) / tailakārṣī dātavyā / antamasato gomayakārṣī dātavyā / eṣo bhikṣu cetiyaṃ vandanto praśvāsakṛto bhavati / samu(dā)cāramātrakeṇa eva gantavyaṃ / atha dāni bhikṣu suṣṭhu uppīlito bhavati nāpi kṣamati / yathā uṣṭreṇa vā goṇena vā urūyo omūtrantena gantuṃ, / atha (18b6) khalu ekamantena praśvāso karttavyo / atha dāni koci bhikṣu paśyati / nāyaṃ vaktavyo ko eṣo kim vā katham vā etaṃ ti mā veḍḍo bhaveya nti(tti) / tenāpi praśvāsaṃ kariyāṇa yadi tāva āhatyā pṛthivī bhavati / kāṣṭhena vā kaṭhallena vā uttacchi(tthi)ya cchorayitavyaṃ / (j.84) atha dāni kṛtakarmmā pṛthivī bhavati dhovitavyā / sarvvatra cetiyaṃgṛhe gandhakārṣī vā tailakārṣī vā dātavyā / atha dāni vibhavo na (18b7) bhavati / antamasato tahiṃ pṛthivīpradeśe tailakārṣī vā gandhakārṣī vā dātavyā / atha dāni āraṇyakaṃ śeyyāsanaṃ bhavati durllabho gandho antamasato tailakārṣī dātavyā / eṣo bhikṣuḥ gocaraṃ pravisati / prakṛtyeva tāva praśvāsaṃ kariya praviśitavyaṃ / atha dāni bhikṣuḥ gocaraṃ praviṣṭaḥ praśvāsakṛto bhavati / nāpi kṣamati / abhyāgame pradeśe praśvāsaṃ karttuṃ, / atha kha(19a1)lu yā u(t)kṣiptarathyā bhavati tuṇḍarathyā tahiṅ gantavyaṃ / kuṇḍa(ṃ) agrato kariyāṇa praśvāso karttavyo yo se dvitīyo sahāyo bhavati / tena pṛṣṭhato sthātavyaṃ / parāṅmukhena eṣo bhikṣuḥ sārthena samānam adhvānaṃ gacchati / praśvāsakṛto bhavati / nāpi kṣamati / panthesmiṃ praśvāsaṃ karttuṃ / mā jano odhyāye kena ime panthe praśvāso kṛto rudhiraṃ viya cchandituṃ / atha khalu ekānte praśvāso karttavyo / (19a2) panthāto ussariya ekānte karttavyaṃ / nāpi dāni kṣamati / anuvātaṃ karttuṃ, / mā sārtho gandhena vyāvaheyyā / apavātaṃ karttavyaṃ / atha dāni sārthe sanniviṣṭe samudā(cā)ro bhavati / ekānte uccattiya karttavyaṃ / (j.85) na dāni apratisaṃviditena uccattitavyaṃ / mā coro vā ocorako veti hanyeyā / atha khalu saṃviditena uccattitavyaṃ / nāpi dāni anuvarttita(vātaṃ kartta)vyaṃ / apavātaṃ karttavyaṃ / nāvāre(ye) (19a3) gacchantasya samudā(cā)ro bhavati / yadi varccakuṭī bhavati tahiṃ karttavyaṃ // atha dāni varccakuṭī na bhavati bhājane kṛtvā ujjhitavyaṃ //

(i.p.95) atha dāni glāno bhavati bhikṣuḥ pāṇḍurogeṇa vaidyo jalpati / bhañjentaṃ pratimūtraṃ pibanāya dethe tti kiṃ karttavyaṃ yadi tāva ātmanako praśvāso bhavati / purimapaścimakaṃ ca varjayitvā madhyamaṃ gṛhnitavyo / evam tasya pratigrahaḥ / (19a4) atha dāni anyātakaṃ bhavati purimapaścimakañ ca varjyaṃ kṛtvā gṛhnitavyaṃ / tataḥ paścāt pratigrāhayitavyaṃ / tasya glānasya sumanāphullaṃ na (śa)kke dadiyāṇaṃ vaktavyaṃ / imaṃ khalu buddhaprajñaptaṃ bhaiṣajyaṃ piba yadi jīvitukāmo si / evaṃ praśvāse pratipadyitavyaṃ / na pratipadyati // abhisamācārikān dharmmān atikramanti // * //

 ii.10 ms.19a4 (j.85.14); ch.505a23 bhagavān śrāvastyāṃ viha(19a5)rati / śāstā devānāñ ca manuṣyāṇāñ ca vistareṇa nidānaṃ kṛtvā / apareṇa dāni bhikṣuṇā sāṃghikāyaṃ (j.86) bhūmau āmrapotako ropitako so dāni taṃ unneti va(r)ddheti ghaṭasiktako ekaputrako viya apareṇa bhikṣuṇā āgacchiya uppāḍiya dantakāṣṭaṃ khāyitaṃ so dāni tena dṛṣṭo // so dān āha / āyuṣman evaṃ ca dāni tvaṃ mama ā(19a6)mrapotako ghaṭasiktako ekaputrakaṃ viya saṃvarddhitavyaṃ / uppāḍiya dantakāṣṭhaṃ khādasi / etaṃ prakaraṇaṃ bhikṣūhi śrutaṃ bhikṣū bhagavato ārocayeṃsu / bhagavān āha / śabdāpayatha taṃ bhikṣuṃ / so dāni śabdāpito bhagavān āha / satyaṃ bhikṣu evaṃ nāma apareṇa bhikṣuṇā sāṃghikāyāṃ bhūmau āmrapotako ropito so dāni tena unnīto varddhito ghaṭasiktako ekaputra(19a7)ko viya tvayā so age(āga)cchiya uppāḍiya bhaṃjiya dantakāṣṭhaṃ khāditaṃ / āha / āma bhagavaṃ bhagavān āha // evaṃ nāma tvaṃ puṣpopagataṃ vṛkṣaṃ uppāḍiya dantakāṣṭhaṃ khādasi / tena hi na kṣamati / dantakāṣṭhaṃ // * // eṣā evārthotpattiḥ //

 bhagavān śrāvastyāṃ viharati śāstā devānāñ ca manuṣyāṇāñ ca vistareṇa (i.p.96) nidānaṃ kṛtvā bhagavān mahatīye bālākinīye bhikṣuparyā(ṣā)ye dharmman deśaya(19b1)ti / te dāni bhikṣū dantakāṣṭhaṃ na khādantā ekānte niṣaṇṇā āsanti pravātagandhikena mukhena paśyanti / mā sabrahmacāriṃ gandhena (j.87) vyāvahiṣyāmaḥ / bhagavān jānanto yeva pṛcchati kiṃ ete bhikṣavo bhikṣū ekānte āsanti / kalahitakā viya manye / bhikṣū āhaṃsu / bhagavatā dantakāṣṭhaṃ pratikṣiptaṃ / tato ete bhikṣavo ekānte āsanti / pravātagandhikena mukhena paśyanti mā sabrahmacā(19b2)rī gandhena vyāvahiṣyāmaḥ / bhagavān āha / tena hi anujānāmi dantakāṣṭhaṃ prāmāṇikaṃ mahāntaṃ ṣoḍaśāṅgulaṃ, // * // eṣaivārthotpattiḥ //

 bhagavān śrāvastyāṃ viharati / te dāni āyuṣmanto nandanopanandanā savallarikāni dantakāṣṭhāni khādanti jano dāni odhyāyanti paśyatha bhaṇe śramaṇakāḥ / yathā kumārakā vā dharmmiṣṭhā vā akṣadarśā vā gaṇa(kā) vā mahāmatrā vā / evam ime śra(19b3)maṇakāḥ savallarikāni dantakāṣṭhāni khādanti / naṣṭaṃ bhraṣṭaṃ kuto imeṣāṃ śrāmaṇyaṃ etaṃ prakaraṇaṃ bhikṣū bhagavato ārocayeṃsu / bhagavān āha śabdāpayatha nandanopanandanāṃ te dāni śabdāpitā / bhagavān āha / satyaṃ bhikṣavo nandanopanandanā evaṃ nāma yūyaṃ savallarikāni dantakāṣṭhāni khādatha / jano dāni odhyāyati paśyatha bhaṇe śramaṇakā yathā (19b4) kumārakā vā dharmmiṣṭhā vā gaṇakā vā rājaputrā vā ime śramaṇakāḥ savallarikāni dantakāṣṭhāni khādanti / naṣṭaṃ bhraṣṭaṃ kuto imeṣāṃ śrāmaṇyaṃ āhaṃsu / āma bhagavan bhagavān āha / evaṃ ca dāni yūyaṃ apramāṇāni dantakāṣṭhāni khādatha / tena hi pramāṇikaṃ dantakāṣṭhaṃ khādayitavyaṃ / dantakāṣṭhāni nāma triṇi jyeṣṭhaṃ madhyamaṃ kanīyasaṃ / jyeṣṭhaṃ (j.88) nāma ṣoḍaśāṅgu(19b5)lāni madhyamaṃ dvādaśāṅgulāni kanīyasam aṣṭāṅgulāni // * //

 bhagavān śrāvastyām viharati vistareṇa nidānaṃ kṛtvā aparo dāni bhikṣu dantakāṣṭhaṃ khādati / tena dāni khādantena dantakāṣṭhaṃ tho(nira)vaśeṣaṃ kṛtaṃ / tena dāni bhagavān dṛṣṭo bhagavato gauraveṇa sarvvam abhyavahṛtaṃ / tasya dāni aphāṃsu / etaṃ prakaraṇaṃ bhikṣū bhagavato ārocayeṃ(19b6)su / bhagavān āha / evaṃ ca yūyaṃ sarvvaṃ, (i.p.97) niravaśeṣaṃ dantakāṣṭhaṃ khādatha tena hi śeṣāś catvāri aṅgulāni dantakāṣṭhasya varjyaṃ karttavyaṃ / atha dāni bhikṣū āraṇyake śeyyāsane prativasanti / kalpiyakāro durllabho bhavati kiṃ karttavyaṃ / jyeṣṭhakāni dantakāṣṭhāni kārāpayitavyāni / tato bhikṣuṇā dantakāṣṭaṃ khādiya ku(r)ccakaṃ śastrakena cchinditavyaṃ / dhoviyāṇaṃ thapayitavyo / aparaṃ (19b7) divasaṃ evam eva khādiya evaṃ tāva khādayitavyaṃ yāva dantakāṣṭhasya catvāri aṅgulāni avaśiṣṭāni tato cchoritavyaṃ / so eṣo bhikṣuḥ niravaśeṣaṃ dantakāṣṭhaṃ khādati vinayātikrama(ṃ) āsādayati / dantakāṣṭhaṃ pi nāma khādantena na kṣamati / stūpavigrahe vā saṃghavigrahe vā dantakāṣṭhaṃ khādinta(tu)ṃ / atha dāni bhikṣuḥ glāno bhavati śirāviddhako vā virecanapītako vā ghṛta(20a1)pītako vā kiñcāpi saṃghavigrahe dantakāṣṭhaṃ khādati / anāpattiḥ / nāpi dāni kṣamati / dantakāṣṭhaṃ (j.89) khādantena kheṭaṃ diśodiśaṃ cchorayituṃ / ku(r)ccako vā dicchaddiya diśodiśaṃ cchorayituṃ / atha khalu kaṭa(ṭā)hake vā mallake vā koṭiyāṃ vā āviddhapuṭikāyām vā kheṭaṃ cchorayitavyo vāmena ca hastena ku(r)ccako gṛhṇitavyaḥ / paścāta ekamantena cchorayitavyaḥ / dantakāṣṭhaṃ pi dāni khādantena nāpi kṣamati / upasthānaśā(20a2)lāyām vā agniśālāyām vā bhaktaśālāyām vā kalpiyaśālāyām vā kalpikakuṭikāyām vā saṃghamadhye (vā) upādhyāyācāryāṇām vā agrato vṛddhatarakānām vā bhikṣūṇāṃ agrato dantakāṣṭhaṃ khādituṃ / nāpi kṣamati mātṛgrāmasya agrato dantakāṣṭhaṃ khādituṃ, / nāpi kṣamati / cetiyaṃ vandantena oguṇṭhitaśīrṣeṇa vā ohitahastena vā tha(ce)tiyāti(bhi)gṛhe vā prāsāde vā khā(20a3)dituṃ / ekāṃśīkṛtena ekānte khāditavyaṃ / nāpi kṣamati / dantakāṣṭhaṃ khādiya madhyena pāṭiyāna jihvāṃ nilehituṃ kāmabhoginā yathā / atha dāni bhikṣu jihvāṃ nilehitukāmo bhavati / kurccakena āmarjayitavyā / nāpi kṣamati vibhūṣaṇābhiprāyeṇa dantakāṣṭhaṃ khādituṃ // atha khalu durggandhaprahāṇārthaṃ dantakāṣṭhaṃ khāditavyaṃ / atha dā(20a4)ni dantakāṣṭhaṃ na (i.p.68) bhavati / aṅgāreṇa vā / apakkaladdunā vā dantā odya(gha)(r)sayitavyāḥ / (j.90) antamasato aṃguli dantakāṣṭhaṃ khāditavyaṃ / sa eṣo bhikṣuḥ sarvveṇa sarvvaṃ dantakāṣṭhaṃ na khādati vinayātikramam āsādayati / eṣo bhikṣu ve(ce)tiyaṃ vandati / paśyati dantapoṇaṃ cchorayitavyo / atha dāni dve janā bhavanti / yo navako bhavati / tena (20a5) uddhṛtavyā / atha dāni navako śaithiliko bāhuliko bhavati vṛddhatareṇa uddhṛtavyo / evaṃ dantakāṣṭhe pratipadyitavyaṃ / na pratipadyati / abhisamācārikān dharmmān atikramati // * //

 uddānaṃ evaṃ śeyyāsane pratipadyitavyaṃ / evaṃ varṣopanāyiko(ke) śeyyāsane pratipadyitavyaṃ / evaṃ varṣopagatehi śeyyāsane pratipadyitavyaṃ / evaṃ (20a6) varṣavustehi śeyyāsane pratipadyitavyaṃ / evaṃ āgantukehi śeyyāsane pratipadyitavyaṃ / evaṃ naivāsikehi śeyyāsane pratipadyitavyaṃ / evaṃ hi sarvvehi śeyyāsane pratipadyitavyaṃ / evaṃ varce pratipadyitavyaṃ / evaṃ praśvāse pratipadyitavyaṃ / evaṃ dantakāṣṭhe pratipadyitavyan ti// * //

// dvitīyo varggaḥ // * //

 (i.p.99) iii.1 ms.20a6 (j.91.1); ch.505c1 bhagavān śrāvastyāṃ viharati / vistareṇa nidānaṃ kṛtvā pañcā(20a7)rthavaśān sampaśyamānās tathāgatā arhantaḥ samyaksambuddhā / pañcāhikāṃ vihāracārikām anucaṃkramanty anuvicaranti / katamāṃ pañca / kacci me śrāvakāḥ / na karmmārāmāḥ / na karmmaratāḥ / na karmmārāmatānuyogam anuyuktā viharanti vistareṇa yāvad adrākṣīd bhagavāṃ pañcāhikāṃ vihāracārikām anucaṃkramanto anuvicaranto anyataraṃ bhikṣu bhūmau astariya cīvaraṃ (20b1) sīvantaṃ bhagavāṃ jānanto pṛcchanti kim idaṃ bhikṣuḥ / āha / bhagavan idaṃ cīvaraṃ sivayāmi / bhagavān āha / evan taṃ tvaṃ bhūmīya astarīya cīvaraṃ sivayasi / tena hi kaṭhinaṃ nāma karttavyaṃ / kaṭhinaṃ tāva bhikṣuṇā kārāpayamāṇena dvādaśahastāṃ āyāmato karttavyo / aṣṭahastāṃ vistāreṇa vaṃśānāṃ vā nalānām vā na(ṃ)galānāṃ vā kāṇḍānām vā carukānām vā rohiṣāṇām vā sūtrikāya vā rejjukāya vā (20b2) ghaṇa buṇitavyaṃ / yaṃ kālaṃ bhikṣuḥ cīvaraṃ sīvitukāmo bhavati / upasthānaśālāyāṃ vā agniśālāyāṃ vā prāsāde vā prahāṇake kaṭhinaṃ prajñāpayitvā cīvaraṃ sīvitavyaṃ / kaṭhinaṃ astariyāṇaṃ pādāṃ (j.92) dhoviyāṇaṃ kaṭhinasmiṃ pallaṃkenopaviśiyāṇaṃ taṃ cīvaraṃ sīvitavyaṃ / atha dāni aparo pi koci sīvayi(tu)kāmo bhavati tenāpi pādāṃ dhovayitvā kaṭhinasmiṃ pallaṃkenopaviśiya cīvaraṃ, (20b3) sīvayitavyaṃ / atha dāni niṣaṇṇo bāhirakāṃ pādāṃ kṛtvā mū(sū)traṃ valento āsati anāpattiḥ / atha dāni bhikṣuḥ pādānaṃ(ni) dhovayitukāmo bhavati / na kṣamati / adhotakehi pādakehi kaṭhinaṃ okramituṃ / atha khalu bāhyena kaṭhinasmi pādāni thapi/yāṇaṃ cīvaraṃ sīvayitavyaṃ / yaṃ kālaṃ cīvaraṃ sīvitaṃ bhavati / kaṭhinaṃ savva(nva)ṭiyāṇaṃ bhittīye dve kīlakāni khaniya rajjue (20b4) bandhiya tahiṃ ukkavayitavyaṃ / yadi aparo pi koci sīvayitukāmo bhavati / tenāpi kaṭhinaṃ astarīya cīvarakaṃ yeca(va) tathā sīvayitavyaṃ / nāpi kṣamati kaṭhinasya raṅge vā śodhayituṃ gomayaṃ vā cīvarakāni vā śodhayituṃ / atha khalu cīvarakaṃ sīvayitavyaṃ / nāpi kṣamati / kaṭhinaṃ adhyupekṣituṃ (i.p.100) / ullaggakaṃ vā paluggakaṃ vātātapena vināsiyantaṃ varṣeṇa vā ova(20b5)rṣayantaṃ pakṣīhi vā ohayi(pi)yantāṃ / (j.93) atha khalu kālena kālaṃ bandhitavyaṃ kālena kālaṃ pratisaṃskarttavyo / atha dāni kaṭhinaṃ na bhavati / mañcasya vā upari cīvaraṃ pīṭhasya vā upari cīvarakaṃ kariyāṇaṃ sīvitavyaṃ / atha dāni evaṃ na bhavati / prahāṇaśālāyām vā / upasthānaśālāyām vā maṇḍalamāḍe vā pradeśakaṃ gomayena upalimpiya cīvarakaṃ sīvitavyaṃ / antamasa(20b6)to jānukānāṃ pi upari cīvarakaṃ thaviya sīvayitavyaṃ / evaṃ kaṭhine pratipadyitavyaṃ / na pratipadyati // abhisamācārikān dharmmān atikrāmati // * //

 iii.2 ms.20b6 (j.93.8); ch.505c11 bhagavān śrāvastyāṃ viharati / aparo dāni bhikṣuḥ prahāṇakaṃ upaviṣṭo / so dāni yathāsukhaṃ kṛte vihārakaṃ apaduriya praviśati 
śītalakaṃ ca tena ākrāntaṃ tasya bhavati dīrghako mayā ākrānto tasya
dāni tena nivare(ra)ṇena sarvva(20b7)rātriṃ cittaṃ na samādhānaṃ gacchati /
etaṃ prakaraṇaṃ bhikṣū bhagavato ārocayeṃsu //


 bhagavān āha / tena hi cakkalī nāma karttavyā / cakkalī tāvad bhikṣuṇā kārāpayamāṇena kārāpayitavyā / vaṃśānām vā naḍānām vā naṅgalānām vā kaṇḍānām vā rejjukāye vā mū(sū)trakāye vā ghaṇā buṇitavyā tathā karttavyā / yathā dīrghako na saṃsakkati / vihārasya dvārasmiṃ upari trayo kīlakāni āṭapitavyā (21a1) tahiṃ cakkalī bandhitavyā / osāriyāṇaṃ heṣṭhe dve kīlakānāṃ pīḍiyāṇa tahiṃ (j.94) bandhitavyaṃ / yaṃ kālaṃ bhikṣuḥ prahāṇaṃ otaranti tato dvāraṃ muñcitavyaṃ / nivāpiyāṇa cakkalī osāriyāṇaṃ kīlakehi bandhiyāṇa tato osāritavyaṃ / yaṃ kālaṃ prahāṇasya yathāsukhaṃ kṛtaṃ bhavati / tato vihāraṃ gacchiyāṇaṃ cakkalī utkṣipitavyā // nāpi dāni sahasā anekāyo mā tarhi dīrghako praviṣṭo bhavepa(21a2)ya nti(tti) / atha khalu khaṭakhaṭāpayitavyo kāṣṭhena vā kaṭhallena vā tato paścāc cakkalī utkṣipitavyā / praviśiyāṇaṃ cakkalī osārayitavyā / dvāraṃ bandhitavyaṃ / tato pratikramitavyaṃ paścimaṃ prahāṇaṃ otaritavyaṃ / dvāraṃ (i.p.101) apaduccaritavyaṃ cakkalī utkṣipiyāṇaṃ dvāraṃ pivi(dhi)yāṇaṃ cakkalī osāriyāṇaṃ prahāṇaṃ otaritavyaṃ / prahāṇato yaṃ kālaṃ utthito bhavati / vihāraṃ gacchiyāṇaṃ yadi (21a3) (tā)va prabhātaṃ bhavati / cakkalī utkṣipiyāṇaṃ upari bandhitavyā // dvāraṃ apaduriya tato praviśitavyaṃ / evaṃ devasikaṃ na dāni kṣamati divasata osarayitvā thapayituṃ / nāpi kṣamati sā cakkalī adhyupekṣituṃ / ullaggikā vā paluggikā vā / prāṇakehi (j.95) vā khajjanti / atha khalu kālena kālaṃ bandhitavyā / kālena kālaṃ pratisaṃskarttavyā / evaṃ cakka(21a4)līye pratipadyitavyaṃ / na pratipadyeti // abhisamācārikān dharmmān atikramati // * //

 iii.3 ms.21a4 (j.95.4); ch.505c17 bhagavān śrāvastyāṃ viharati vistareṇa nidānaṃ kṛtvā pañcārthavasāṃ saṃpaśyamānā yāva vistareṇa kṛtvā yāvad adrākṣīd bhagavān pañcāhikāṃ vihāracārikām anucaṃkramanto vihārāṃ oddriṇṇakāṃ palluggakāṃ ullāpe(ye) gṛhītakāṃ acaukṣāṃ apratisaṃskṛtāṃ / bha(21a5)gavān jānanto yeva pṛcchati / kiṃ ke(i)me bhikṣu vihārakā oddriṇṇakā paluggakā ollāye gṛhītakā acaukṣā apratisaṃskṛtā tena hi evaṃ vihāre pratipadyitavyaṃ / vihārā nāma trīṇi jyeṣṭhako madhyamako kanīyasako jyeṣṭhako nāma vihārako bhūmi bhavati / māṣakāna(la)vallā(rṇṇā) ulloko bhavati / prapāṇḍarā bhitti bhavati / kṛtakarmmā evaṃ jye(21a6)ṣṭhako kin ti madhyamako kin ti dāni madhyamako madhyamako nāma vihārako bhavati / māṣakālavarṇṇā bhitti bhavati kṛtakarmmā / na ca bhavati / ullāpo prapāṇḍaro evaṃ madhyamako / kin ti dāni kanīyasako bhūmi bhavati / māṣakālavarṇṇā nāpi bhavati / ullāpo prapāṇḍaro nāhaiva bhitti kṛtaparikarmmā evaṃ kanīyasako / yo dāni jyeṣṭhako bhavati vihāro nāyaṃ kṣamati / tahiṃ maṃcā (21a7) vā pīṭhā vā praviśituṃ / atha (j.96) khalu (i.p.102) catvāri pratipādakā karttavyā / mā bhūmī khanīyaṃ ti praveśiyāṇaṃ tato tahiṃ pratipādakānāṃ / upari thapetavyo / atha dāni pratipādako na bhavati / leṅkaṭakehi pādā bandhitavyā / pīṭhaṃ praveśeti / pīṭhasyāpi evaṃ yyeva āsandakaṃ tṛpādakaṃ vā praveśeti / tasyāpi leṅkaṭakehi pādakā bandhitavyā / nāpi tahiṃ kṣamati / mandamukhī prajvā(21b1)layituṃ / dīpako vā praveśayituṃ / atha dāni bhikṣuḥ śeyyāṃ prajñapayitukāmo bhavati / kiñ cāpi dīpakaṃ praveśeti / anāpattiḥ / śeyyāṃ prajñapayantenaiva cchi(ccha)tti nikkālayitavyā nāpi kṣamati / tahiṃ pādāṃ dhovituṃ hastāṃ dhovituṃ mukhaṃ dhovituṃ nāpi kṣamati tahiṃ caṃkrama caṃkramituṃ // pattholiṃ dhunantena / atha dāni bhikṣu glāno bhavati kiñ cāpi ṣaṭapañca gatāṃgatāṃ deti anāpa(21b2)ttiḥ / nāpi dāni kṣamati / ekenāntena / atha khalu samantena caṃkramitavyaṃ / na yaṃ boli ḍa(u)dvāpayantena / na kṣamati tahiṃ bhaktakṛtyaṃ pure(j.97)bhaktikaṃ vā karttuṃ pātraṃ vā nirmmādayituṃ / atha dāni madhya(ma)ko bhavati / madhyamake pi eṣo eva paryāyo ananyo adhikṛto / atha dāni kanīyasako vihārako bhavati / kiñ cāpi bhikṣuḥ vinā pratipādakehi mañcakaṃ thapeti / anāpattiḥ / (21b3) pīṭhakam vā pīṭhikām vā tṛpādakam vā vinā pratipādakehi thapetti anāpattiḥ / mandamukhīm vā prajvāleti / anāpattiḥ / dīpaṃ vā praveśeti / anāpattiḥ / glāno vā aglāno vā anāpattiḥ / kiṃ cāpi caṃkramati / anāpattiḥ / jānitavyaṃ / yadi tāva upeḍanako so vihārako bhavati / nāpi tahiṃ kṣamati / pādāṃ dhovituṃ hastām vā nirmmādayituṃ / (21b4) atha dāni upaṃsulako bhavati / kiñ cāpi bhikṣuḥ pādām vā dhovati mukham vā dhovati / hastam vā nirmmādayati / rajonigrahaṃ kāheti tti anāpattiḥ / bhaktakṛtyam vā purobhaktikam vā karoti / pātram vā nirmmādayati / anāpattiḥ / nāpi kṣamati vihārako adhyupekṣituṃ / oddriṇṇako vā paluggako vā ollāye gṛhītako vā acokṣo vā (21b5) adhyupekṣituṃ / atha dāni oddriṇṇako bhavati / tṛṇacchadano bhavati tṛṇapulako dātavyo (i.p.103) mṛttikācchadano bhavati / mṛttikāpiṇḍo dātavyo / iṣṭakācchadano bhavati / iṣṭakā dātavyā / apakkacchadano (j.98) bhavati / apakkā dātavyā / kabhallakācchadano bhavati / kabhallakā dātavyā / phalakacchadano bhavati / phalakaṃ dātavyaṃ / sudhā(21b6)cchadano bhavati / sudhāpiṇḍo dātavyo / kālena kālaṃ śodhayitavyo / saṃtānikā sātayitavyā / mūṣika-ukkiro vā koṭayitavyo / ukūlanikūlo bhavati / samo karttavyo / cikkhalikā pūretavyā / vaṃghorikā dātavyā / ullāpe(ye) gṛhītako bhavati / śāṭiyāṇaṃ liptopalipto ghaṣṭamaṣṭo karttavyo / uppeḍanako bhavati / pāṃsukena vā śarkaroṭena vā pra(21b7)tyāstaritavyo / upāṃsulako vihārako bhavati / kālena kālaṃ siñcitavyo / saṃmārjitavyo / gomayakārṣī dātavyā / śa(ṃ)tānikā śāṭayitavyā / evaṃ vihāre pratipadyitavyaṃ / na pratipadyati / abhisamācārikān dharmmān atikramati // * //

 iii.4 ms.21b7 (j.97.3); ch.505c29 bhagavān śrāvastyām viharati / pañcārthavaṃśā(śāṃ) vistareṇa kṛtvā yāva adrākṣīd bhagavān pañcāhikāṃ vihāracārikām anucaṃkramanto (22a1) anuvicaranto vihārakā(nā)ṃ pakka-kheṭena vā pakka-siṃghāṇakena bhittīyo vināsitāyo siṃghāṇakavarttīhi lambantehi / bhagavāna jānanto yeva pṛcchati / kiṃ imāyo bhikṣave vihārakānāṃ bhittiyo pakka-kheṭena pakkasiṃghāṇakena varttīhi lamba(j.99)ntīhi / tena hi evaṃ kheṭe pratipadyitavyaṃ / kin ti dāni evaṃ kheṭe pratipadyitavyaṃ nāyaṃ kṣamati / bhikṣuṇā kṛtakarmmāyāṃ vā akṛ(22a2)takarmmāyāṃ vā bhittīyaṃ kheṭam vā siṃghāṇakam vā cchorayituṃ // atha khalu kheṭakaṭāhaṃ karttavyaṃ / kapālaṃ vā mallam vā kuṇḍikam vā dakānakam vā liptopaliptaṃ kariya vālikāye vā pāṣāṇasya vā patthaliddrakānāṃ vā pūrayitavyaṃ / tato tahiṃ kheṭe(ṭo) karttavyo / nāpi kṣamati kheṭakaṭāhakaṃ adhyupekṣituṃ / mā sapramāṇako bhaveya / atha khalu kālena kālaṃ ccho(22a3)riya anyasya pūrayitavyaṃ / ātape vā dātavyo yo(so) bhūyo praveśayitavyo / atha dāni (i.p.104) kheṭakaṭāhakaṃ bhavati mallakaṃ vā koṭikam vā āviddhapuṭikā vā thapetavyā tahiṃ kheṭo karttavyo / kālena kālaṃ visarjayitavyo // atha dāni evaṃ pi na bhavati / kṛtakarmmā bhūmi bhavati na kṣamati / bhūmīye cchorayituṃ / atha khalu ekasya upānahāye (22a4) tale cchorayitavyaṃ dvitīyena marddayitavyaṃ / atha dāni uppaṃsulo vihāro bhavati / bhūmīye cchoriya pādena mardditavyo / eṣo bhikṣuḥ divāvihāraṃgato caṃkramati / śleṣmiko bhikṣu bhavati / ito ca cchoriyanto caṃkramati vinayātikramam āsādayati / atha khalu cchoriyāṇa pādena marditavyaṃ / caṃkramaśīrṣe vā āviddhapuṭikā vā (j.100) vālikā(22a5)ye vā kūṭimallakaṃ vā thapetavyaṃ, / tahiṃ kheṭo cchorayitavyo / yaṃ kālaṃ gacchati / tato ekatamaṃte cchorayitavyo / prahāṇe āsantasya kheṭa bādhati / opānahapuṭe kṛtvā bhūmiṃye marditavyaṃ, //

atha dāni bhūmyastāro bhavati bhājane karttavyaṃ / kuntake vā alābuke vā vaṃśattholikāyāṃ vā / atha dāni ucchado bhavati / kheṭam vā siṃghāṇakaṃ, (22a6) vā utthitvā ekānte kṛtvā punaḥ / upaveṣṭavyaṃ / upādhyāyācāryāṇāṃ vā mūle kheṭaṃ vyāvahati / ekānte karttavyaṃ / eṣo dāni bhikṣusya gocaraṃ praviśantasya athā(dhvā)namārggagatasya vā kheṭe āgacchati cchoriya pādena marditavyo / amardiya gacchati vinayātikramam āsādayati / atha dāni kṣudro kheṭe upāṃsulo ca bhūmī bhavati / cchorantako yyeva paryā[dānaṃ] gaccha(22a7)ti / kiṃ cāpi na marddati / anāpattiḥ / eṣo bhikṣuḥ stūpaṃ vandati stūpābhigṛhe vā kheṭaṃ cchoritakaṃ kena ci aprakṛtijño na pādena marditavyo / atha dāni dve janā bhavaṃti / yo navako bhavati / tena mardditavyaṃ / atha dāni navakataro śaithiliko bāhuliko vā bhavati / vṛddhatarakena marditavyaṃ / evaṃ kheṭe pratipadyitavyaṃ, / na pratipadyati // abhisamācārikān dharmmān ati(22b1)kramati // * //

 iii.5 ms.22b1 (j.101.1); ch.506a17 (j.101) bhagavān śrāvastyāṃ viharati vistareṇa nidānaṃ kṛtvā apareṇa dāni bhikṣuṇā muṇḍe vātapāṇe pātraṃ sthavitaṃ tan dāni vātamaṇḍalikāye (i.p.105) āgacchiyāṇaṃ bhūmīyaṃ pātito bhinno kapālānāṃ rāśiṃ kṛtvā yavāgūye gaṇḍī ākoṭitā so dāni hastāṃ nirmmādiya vihārakaṃ praviṣṭo paśyati / kapālikānāṃ rāśiṃ etaṃ prakaraṇaṃ yo(so) bhikṣuḥ bhagavato āroca(22b2)ye / bhagavān āha / evaṃ ca tvaṃ muṇḍavātapāne pātraṃ thapesi tena hi evaṃ pātre pratipadyitavyaṃ / kin ti dāni evaṃ pātre pratipadyitavyaṃ / bhikṣuṇā tāva kalyato yeca(va) nivāsiya prāvariya pātracīvaram ādāya gocaraṃ praviśitavyaṃ / gocarāto nirddhāviya āhāraṃ karīya pātraṃ nirmmādayitavyaṃ / nāpi kṣamati / karkaśena vā cūrṇṇena karkaśena vā gomayena nirmmādayituṃ // atha (22b3) khalu mūlarasena vā patrarasena vā puṣparasena vā nirvvālikena vā gomayena nirmmādayitavyaṃ nāpi kṣamati vilvasya vā pakvasya kapitthasya pakvasya nālikerasya heṣṭhe nirmmādayituṃ, / mā pakvena vā vilvena pakvena vā kapitthena pakvena vā nālikereṇa bhaṃjeya nti(tti) / nāpi kṣamati dariniśritena vā pātraṃ nirmmādayituṃ / mā patitaṃ bhañjaya nti(tti) (22b4) atha khalu karṣadhāne vā vālikādhāne vā dūrvvāsādvale vā nirmmādayitavyaṃ / nāpi kṣamati sthitakena pātraṃ nirmmādayituṃ // nāpi kṣamati (j.102) bhūmīye ghasantena // atha khalu upaviṣṭe(ṣṭa)kena nirmmādayitavyaṃ / adhvāvayantena nāpi / kṣamati / sthitakena adhvāpayituṃ // atha khalu upaviṣṭena adhvāpayitavyaṃ / pratisāmayantena nāpi kṣamati / jaṃghā(22b5)pathe vā sthāpayituṃ / kapāṭo(ṭe) vā muṇḍavātāyane vā / atha khalu pātra praveśikāyāṃ prakṣipiya sthapetavyaṃ / nāpi kṣamati sthitakena prakṣipituṃ // atha khalu upaviṣṭakena prakṣipitavyaṃ / pātraprasevikānāgadantake vā kīlake vā ukkaciya thapetavyā / atha dāni ujjuko kīlako bhavati / duve trayo vā aveḍhakā dātavyāḥ / atha dāni nāgadantako (22b6) bhavati / kiñ cāpi evam eva thapeti / anāpattiḥ //

pātraprasevikā na bhavati pātrapīṭhake thapetavyaṃ / atha dāni pātrapīṭhakaṃ na bhavati / kāṣṭham vā iṣṭakam vā upalam vā nirāmiṣaṃ nirmmādiya tasya upari sthapetavyaṃ / atha dāni evaṃ pi na bhavati / antamasato pṛthivīpradeśaṃ (i.p.106) pi gomayena upalimpiya thapetavyaṃ / gṛhnantena nāpi kṣamati / ekahastena duve trayo vā pātrāṇi gṛhnituṃ, / a(22b7)tha khalu paramaṃ trayo pātrāṇi gṛhnitavyāni / ekahastena dve gṛhnitavyāḥ / apareṇa dāni ekaṃ / atha dāni pratyandhakārako vihārako bhavati / na kṣamati / pātreṇa pātraṃ mārggituṃ // atha khalu hastena mārggitavyaṃ / atha dāni bhikṣuḥ upādhyāyasya cā(vā)cāryasya vā pātram allīpayati nāpi kṣamati / upādhyāyasya vā ācāryasya vā pātraṃ vāmena (j.103) hastena allīpayituṃ, / atha khalu (23a1) upādhyāyasya vā ācāryasya vā dakṣiṇena hastena pātraṃ allīpayitavyaṃ / nāpi kṣamati / gṛhītaṃ na gṛhīta nti(tti) / tato muñcitavyaṃ / okaḍḍhantena sugṛhītaṃ karttavyaṃ / nirmmādayantena prathamaṃ upādhyāyasya vā ācāryasya vā pātraṃ nirmmādayitavyaṃ / paścād ātmano śoṣayantena prathamaṃ upādhyāyasya vā ācāryyasya vā śoṣayitavyaṃ / paścād ātmano pratisāmayantena prathamaṃ upā(23a2)pādhyāyasya vā ācāryasya vā pratisāmayitavyaṃ / paścād ātmano pravesikā karttavyā / dupuṭā tṛpuṭā prasevikāyāṃ prakṣipiyantena kalāvīyaṃ dāḍīyaṃ / aṃsibaddhakaṃ prakṣipitvā samavasthāya upaviṣṭakena utsaṅgasya upari prakṣipitavyaṃ / mañcasya vā pīṭhasya vā upari prakṣipitavyaṃ / ullayantena kīrṇṇa(la)kaṃ hastena pratyavekṣitvā mañcasya vā pīṭhasya vā upari jālavātāya(23a3)ne vā pātramelake vā yathā na ghaṭṭeṃsu nāpi kṣamati / pātraṃ adhyupekṣituṃ phalakena vā khajjantaṃ khaṇḍaṃ vā cchidram vā / atha khalu kālena kālaṃ dahitavyaṃ / pacitavyaṃ / rañjitavyaṃ / na dāni kṣamati / pātreṇa aprayataṃ gṛhnituṃ / uccāro vā prasrāvo vā kheṭaṃ vā siṃghāṇakaṃ vā vighaso vā saṃkāro vā anyam vā aprayattaṃ grahetuṃ, / nāpi dāni kṣamati / pātre(23a4)ṇa keṣāṃ (j.104) otārayitum vā pādaṃ vā mukhaṃ vā dhovituṃ / jentākam vā praveśituṃ / udakakṛtyaṃ vā karttuṃ, / yathā akṣismiṃ evaṃ pātre pratipadyitavyaṃ / na pratipadyati / abhisamācārikān dharmmān atikrāmati // * //

(i.p.107) iii.6 ms.23a4 (j.104.4); ch.506b13 bhagavān śrāvastyāṃ viharati / te na dāni āyuṣmato ṣaḍvarggikāḥ / ekatyaṃ yavāgūṃ nindanti / ekatyaṃ prasaṃsanti / yo tāva tpa(pe)laṃvā bhavati / (23a5) jalpanti / he he he nāyaṃ kiñca(ci)d yāgu gaṅgā ayaṃ sarayū ajiravatī mahī mahāmahī tti nicuḍabuntikāye imaṃhi taṇḍulā mārggitavyā // atha dāni khakkhaṭa bhavati jalpati / he he he nāyaṃ kiñci yavāgū lecchaṃ ayaṃ peyyā ayaṃ peyyā ayaṃ kaṭṭārikā cchejjā ayaṃ te dāni bhikṣū utkṣiptā bhavanti / jihmā(hvā) veḍḍhā niṣpratibhānāḥ / etaṃ prakaraṇaṃ bhi(23a6)kṣū bhagavato ārocayeṃsu / bhagavān āha / śabdāpayatha ṣaḍvarggikāṃ te dāni śabdāpitāḥ / etad eva pṛcchiyanti / āha / āma bhagavan bhagavān āha / tena hi evaṃ yavāgūye pratipadyitavyaṃ / kin ti dāni evaṃ yavāgūye pratipadyitavyaṃ / eṣo dāni yavāgūye samayo ārocito bhavati / tato jānitavyaṃ / kim ayaṃ yavāgū ubhayato sāṃghikāparyā(ṣā)ye pariveṇikā nimantritikā(23a7)yāṃ / yadi tāva ubhayato sāṃghikā bhavati sarvvehi (j.105) gantavyaṃ / pārthikā bhavati / tāye paryā(ṣā)ye gantavyaṃ pariveṇikā bhavati / tehi pariveṇikehi gantavyaṃ nimantritakā vā bhavanti / tehi nimantritakehi gantavyaṃ / pratikṛtyeva tāva bhikṣuṇā dantakāṣṭhaṃ khādayitavyā(vyaṃ /) mukhaṃ dhoviya hastāṃ nirmmādiya pātraṃ gṛhniya upaviśitavyaṃ / nāpi kṣamati yavāgū upānahārūḍhena vā praticchituṃ / (23b1) oguṇṭhikākṛtena vā samaṃtaprāvṛtena vā praticchituṃ / atha khalu upānahā nikhosiya ekāṃśakṛtena yavāgū praticchitavyā / atha dāni daṇḍakarmma pratidinnaṃ bhavati / pā(r)ṣṇivabrā(ddhrā) omuñcitavyā dvitīyakālikasya lābhagrāhaṃ adhyeṣitvā gantavyaṃ / atha dāni upaviṣṭakānāṃ (paṭi)pāṭikāye (i.p.108) dīyati / yathā vṛddhikāye gṛhnitavyaṃ / yadi tāva tanukā bhavati / na vaktavyaṃ / he he he gaṅgā āyaṃ sarvvaṃ yā(23b2)va mahī candrabhāgā ayaṃ / atha dāni atighanā bhavati na vaktavyaṃ / nāyaṃ yavāgū odano ayaṃ daṇḍāsani bhejjā ayaṃ / atha khalu yādṛśī dīyati tādṛśī praticchitā dāyakavaśo (j.106) na pratigrāhakavaśo // atha dāni bhikṣuḥ / jarādurbbalo vā vyādhidurbbalo vā bhavati / atiśītam vā ati-uṣṇam vā bhikṣu naiva dantakāṣṭhaṃ khādati / na mukhaṃ dhovati / na hastā nirmmādayati / ānanta(23b3)ryasya yā pātraṃ dātavyaṃ / vaktavyaṃ āyuṣman imaṃ mama yavāgūye pratyaṃśaṃ gṛhna / yaṃ kālaṃ praticchitā bhavati / tato paribhuñjitavyā / ete vilambakā yavāgūḥ nindanti vā prasaṃsanti vā vinayātikramaṃ āsādayanti / evaṃ yavāgūye pratipadyitavyaṃ / na pratipadyati //

abhisamācārikān dharmmān atikramati // * //

 iii.7 ms.23b3 (j.106.8); ch.506b28 bhagavān śrāvastyāṃ viharati vistareṇa nidā(23b4)naṃ kṛtvā aparo dāni bhikṣuḥ yogācāro vaidehake parvvate niṣaṇṇo cittaṃ samādhayiṣyāmīti / aparo dāni bhikṣuḥ / āgacchiya tasya purato sthito tasya dāni tena nīva(ra)ṇena cittaṃ samādhānaṃ na gacchati etaṃ prakaraṇaṃ so yogava(gācā)ro bhagavato ārocaye bhagavān āha / śabdāpayatha taṃ bhikṣuṃ so dāni śabdāpito / bhagavān āha / satyaṃ bhikṣu (23b5) evaṃ nāma aparo yogācāro vaidehake parvvate niṣaṇṇo cittaṃ samādhayiṣyan ti / tvaṃ dāni tasya purato āgacchiya sthito tasya dāni tena nīvaraṇena cittaṃ samādhānaṃ na gacchati / āha / āma bhagavana bhagavān āha / duṣkṛtaṃ te bhikṣu eva(ṃ) ca tvaṃ yogācārasya bhikṣusya purato tiṣṭhasi tena hi evaṃ sthātavyaṃ / kin ti dāni evaṃ sthātavyaṃ / nāyaṃ tāva kṣamati (j.107) bhi(23b6)kṣuṇā yogācārasya bhikṣusya purato tiṣṭhituṃ nāpi kṣamati veśikā samantakena vā tiṣṭhituṃ / vadhabandhanāgāraśālāsāmantena vā tiṣṭhituṃ / nāyaṃ kṣamati / atigupte vā atiprākaṭe vā pradeśe tiṣṭhituṃ / atha khalu cchannaprākaṭe pradeśe sthātavyaṃ / na (i.p.109) kṣamati stūpaṃ vā pṛṣṭhato kṛtvā tiṣṭhituṃ, / saṃghaṃ vā upādhyāyācāryam vā vṛddhatarakaṃ vā pṛṣṭhato kṛtvā tiṣṭhituṃ / upānahārūḍhena (23b7) vā tiṣṭhantu khaṃbhakṛtena vā oguṇṭhitaśīrṣeṇa vā ovāhitahastena vā nāpi kṣamati saṃghamadhye mā tiṣṭha ti ukto tiṣṭhituṃ / upādhyāyācāryehi vā uktena samānena mā tiṣṭheti tiṣṭhati vinayātikramam āsādayati / atha dāni glāno bhavati / kiñ cāpi opānahāruḍho oguṇṭhitaśīrṣo vā ohitahasto vā tiṣṭhati / anāpattiḥ / evaṃ sthātavyaṃ na tiṣṭhati // abhisamācārikān dharmmān atikrā(24a1)mati // * //

 iii.8 ms.24a1 (j.107.13); ch.506c16 bhagavān rājagṛhe viharati śāstā devānāñ ca manuṣyāṇāñ ca vistareṇa nidānaṃ kṛtvā aparo dāni bhikṣuḥ / yogācāro vaidehake parvvate niṣaṇṇo cittaṃ samādhayiṣyāmīti / aparo dāni bhikṣuḥ / āgatvā tasya purato tālapādukāhi ābaddhāhi dīrghacaṃkramaṃ caṃkramati / ṭapya ṭaṭapya ṭapya ṭaṭapya nti(tti) tasya (j.108) dāni tena śabdena cittaṃ na samādhānaṃ gacchati / etaṃ praka(24a2)raṇaṃ so yogācāro bhagavato ārocaye / bhagavān āha / satyaṃ bhikṣu evaṃ nāmā aparo yogācāro vaidehake parvvate niṣaṇṇo cittaṃ samādhayiṣyāmīti / tad evaṃ sarvvaṃ bhagavān vistareṇa pratyārocayati / yāva tasya dāni tena śabdena cittaṃ na samava(mā)dhānaṃ gacchati / āha / āma bhagavan bhagavān āha / duṣkṛtaṃ te bhikṣuḥ / evaṃ ca tvaṃ yogācārasya bhikṣusya purato caṃkramasi / tena hi (24a3) evaṃ caṃkramitavyaṃ / kin ti dāni evaṃ ca(ṃ)kramitavyaṃ / nāyan tāva kṣamati bhikṣuṇā yogācārasya bhikṣusya purato caṃkramituṃ / nāpi kṣamati stūpam vā pṛṣṭhato kṛtvā caṃkramituṃ / saṃghaṃ vā pṛṣṭhato kṛtvā caṃkramituṃ / upādhyāyācāryam vā pṛṣṭhato kṛtvā caṃkramituṃ / eṣo dāni bhikṣuḥ / upādhyāyena vā ācāryeṇa vā sārddhaṃ caṃkramati / upādhyāyasya vā ācāryasya ati(24a4)rekaṃ caṃkramituṃ nāpi kṣamati / samaṃ caṃkramayituṃ / atha khalu dve trayo vā padā (i.p.110) nihinakena caṃkramitavyaṃ / saṃghamadhye vā caṃkramati / mā caṃkramāhīti uktena na caṃkramitavyaṃ / atha dāni glāno ghṛtaṃ vā pītaṃ / virecanaṃ vā pītaṃ kiñ cāpi caṃkramati / tan na kṣamati / purato samaṃ vā gantuṃ ohayitvā gantavyaṃ / anuvarivarttantena tadā na kṣamati / u(24a5)pādhyāyācāryāṇāṃ vā pṛṣṭhato kṛtvā parivarttita(tu)ṃ / atha khalu abhidakṣiṇaṃ agrato karentena anuparivarttitavyaṃ / nāpi kṣamati vesikāsāmantakena caṃkramituṃ / nāpi kṣamati dyutikaraśālāsāmantakena caṃkramituṃ, / vadhabandhanāgārasāmantena caṃkramituṃ / (j.109) nāpi kṣamati atiprākaṭe vā pradeśe caṃkramituṃ / atha khalu cchannaprākaṭe pradeśe (24a6) caṃkramitavyaṃ / evaṃ caṃkrame pratipadyitavyaṃ / na pratipadyati / abhisamācārikān dharmmān atikramati* ////

 iii.9 ms.24a6 (j.109.4); ch.507a4 bhagavān śrāvastyām viharati te dāni āyuṣmanto ṣaḍvarggikāḥ / uṣṭ(r)aparyaṃkena prahāṇaṃ upaviṃśa(śaṃ)ti / anantarikānāṃ jānukehi vyāvahanti / etaṃ prakaraṇaṃ bhikṣū bhagavato ārocayeṃsu / bhagavān āha / śabdāpayatha ṣaḍvarggikān te dāni śabdāpitāḥ / bhaga(24a7)vān āha / satyaṃ bhikṣavo ṣaḍvarggikā evaṃ nāma yūyaṃ uṣṭraparyaṅkena prahāṇe niṣīdatha / anantarikānāṃ jāta(nu)kehi vyāvahatha āhaṃsu / āma bhagavana bhagavān āha / duṣkṛtaṃ bhikṣavo ṣaḍvarggikāḥ / evaṃ ca yūyaṃ uṣṭraparyaṅkena prahāṇe niṣīdatha / tena hi (na) kṣamati / uṣṭraparyaṅkena prahāṇe niṣīdituṃ / bhagavān / tān bhikṣūn āmantrayati / evaṃ bhikṣavo niṣīdatha / yathā nāga(24b1)himavatāḥ / ekaṃ nāgaṃ dve nāgā anuparidhā(vā)rya niṣīdanti / dve nāgā catvāri nāgā anuparivārya niṣīdanti catvāri aṣṭa aṣṭa ṣoḍaśa ṣoḍaśa (dvātriṃśad) dvātriṃśac catuṣaṣṭi nāgā anupa(ri)vārya niṣīdanti / (j.110) athottareṇa yathānubhāvaṃ na kṣamati / uṣṭraparyaṅkena niṣīdituṃ, / bhikṣuṇāpi tāva svasti(ka)paryaṅkena prahāṇe niṣīditavyaṃ / atha dāni (i.p.111) bhikṣu paryaṅkena niṣaṇṇo bhavati śrānto bha(24b2)vati / garbhāni āmilāyanti / nāpi kṣamati / ubhayāni sandhī maṭamaṭāye prasārituṃ / atha khalu eko pādo sukhākaṃ prasārayitavyo taṃ amuhūrtte viśrāmiya sanmiñjiya dvitīyo pādo sukhākaṃ prasārayitavyo / utthipitvā vā ekānte caṃkramitavyaṃ / na kṣamati / oguṇṭhitaśīrṣeṇa prahāṇe upaveṣṭuṃ / atha dāni jarādurbbalo vā vyādhidurbbalo vā bhavati / śīrṣam vā (24b3) duḥkhati / arddhaśīrṣasya pithetavyaṃ / eko ca karṇṇo / atha dāni ekānte bhavati ucchedake vā vṛkṣamūlake vā vihāre vā pratisaṃlīnako kiñ cāpi oguṇṭhitaśīrṣo niṣīdati / anāpattiḥ / amūhūrttakaṃ viśramiya bhūyo svastikaparyaṅkena niṣīditavyaṃ // atha dāni bhikṣu na pāreti / svastikaparyaṅkena niṣīdituṃ / [arddhaparyaṅkena] (24b4) niṣīditavyaṃ / atha dāni arddhaparyaṅkenāpi na pāreti niṣīdituṃ, / ubhau pādau osāriya susaṃvṛtena niṣīditavyaṃ / tathā karttavyaṃ / yathānantaryaṃ jānukehi na vyāvahati / na kṣamati / stūpaṃ pṛṣṭhato karīya niṣīdituṃ / saṃgham vā pṛṣṭhato karīya niṣīdituṃ, / upādhyāyācāryāṇāṃ vā pṛṣṭhato kariya niṣīdituṃ / vṛddha[tarakaṃ vā pṛ]ṣṭa(ṣṭha)to (24b5) karīya niṣīdituṃ / nāpi kṣamati saṃghamadhye mā niṣīda nti(tti) / uktena samānena (j.111) niṣīdituṃ / nāpi kṣamati / upādhyāyācāryehi mā niṣīda nti(tti) / uktena niṣīdituṃ nāpi kṣamati vesikāsāmāntena dyutikaraśālāsāmantakena niṣīdituṃ / vadhabandhanāgāraśālāsāmantakena niṣīdituṃ, / atibhuṃḍe vā pradeśe niṣīdituṃ / atha khalu cchannaprā(24b6)kaṭe pradeśe niṣīditavyaṃ, / evaṃ niṣadye pratipadyitavyaṃ / na pratipadyati / abhisamācārikān dharmmān atikrāmati // * //

 iii.10 ms.24b6 (j.111.7); ch.507a15 bhagavān śrāvastyāṃ viharati te dāni āyuṣmanto ṣaḍvarggikāḥ / omuddhakāpi śeyyāṃ kalpenti / uttānakāpi śeyyā kalpenti / vāmenāpi pārśvena śeyyāṃ kalpenti / etaṃ prakaraṇaṃ bhikṣūhi śrutaṃ / bhikṣū bhagavato ārocayeṃsu / bhagavān āha / (24b7) śabdāpayatha ṣaḍvarggikāṃ / te dāni śabdāpitā / bhagavān āha / satyaṃ bhikṣavo ṣaḍvarggikāḥ / evaṃ nāma yūyaṃ omuddhakāpi (i.p.112) śeyyāṃ kalpetha / vāmenāpi pārśvena śayyāṃ kalpetha / āhaṃsu / āma / bhagavaṃ bhagavān āha / duṣkṛtaṃ vo bhikṣavo ṣaḍvarggikāḥ / tena hi na kṣamati / uttānakena śeyyāṃ kalpituṃ / na kṣamati / omuddhakena śeyyāṃ kalpayituṃ / na kṣamati / vāme(25a1)na vā pārśvena śeyyāṃ kalpayituṃ / bhagavān dāni bhikṣūn āmantrayati / (j.112) omuddhakā bhikṣavo pretā śeyyāṃ kalpayanti / uttānakā bhikṣavo āsurā śeyyāṃ kalpayanti / vāmena pārśvena kāmopabhoginaḥ / śeyyāṃ kalpayati / evaṃ bhikṣavo śeyyāṃ kalpetha / yathā siṃho mṛgarāja siṃho bhikṣavo mṛgarājā dakṣiṇena pārśvena śeyyāṃ kalpayati / pādena pādaṃ ādhāya dantena da(25a2)ntaṃ ādhāya jihvāgraṃ tālukāgre pratiṣṭhāpayitvā / aṅgulaṃ anukāyaṃ āyacchihitvā dakṣiṇāṃ bāhaṃ śirasy upanidhāya vāmaṃ bāhām anukāyaṃ prasārayitvā so pi pratibodhanāṃ(nan)/tena purimaṃ kāyaṃ abhyunnāmeti / pṛṣṭhimaṃ kāyaṃ abhivilokayati / sa cet paśyati / gātrāṇām anyathātvaṃ tena bhavati / anāttamano ca paśyati / gātrāṇām anyathātvaṃ tena bhavati citte ā[ttamano] a(25a3)bhiraddho bhikṣuṇāpi tāva śeyyāṃ prajñapeṃtena abhidakṣiṇāṃ prajñapayitavyā / ya(ta)thā karttavyā yathā saṃpa(ya)tako yeva dakṣiṇena pārśvena śayyāṃ kalpeti / na kṣamati / vāmena śayyāṃ prajñapetuṃ / dakṣiṇaśayyā prajñapetavyā / cīvaravaṃśasya heṣṭhato rātrīye purimaṃ yāmaṃ uddeśaprayuktena svādhyāyaprayuktena sthānena (j.113) caṃkrameṇa vītināmayi(25a4)tavyā rātrīye madhyame yāme dakṣiṇena pārśvena siṃhaśeyyā kalpayitavyā / pādena pādam ādhāya jihvāgraṃ tālukāgre pratiṣṭhāpayitvā dakṣiṇāṃ bāhāṃ śirasy upanidhāya vāmāṃ bāhāṃ anukāyaṃ prasāritvā utthānasaṃjñī manasikākārentena nāpi dāni parivarttakaṃ yāvat sūryodgamanāt tato śayitavyaṃ / rātrīye paścime yāme paryaṅkena vīti(25a5)nāmayitavyaṃ / uddeśaprayuktena sthānacaṃkramānuyuktena vā / atha dāni bhikṣuḥ / duḥkhaśāyī bhavati pāraśyena pāraśyaṃ pallaṭṭanto (i.p.113) śayiti anāpattiḥ / jarādurbbalo vā vyādhidurbbalo vā bhavati / dakṣiṇe pārśve gaṇḍaṃ vā piṭakaṃ vā / bhavati / kiñ cāpi vāmena pārśvena śayati anāpattiḥ / na kṣamati / stūpaṃ vā pādato kṛtvā / śayyāṃ kalpayituṃ / saṃghaṃ, (25a6) vā pādato kṛtvā śeyyāṃ kalpayituṃ / vṛddhatarakaṃ vā pādato kṛtvā upādhyāyācāryaṃ vā pādato kṛtvā śeyyāṃ kalpayituṃ, / eva(ṃ) śayyāṃ pratipadyitavyaṃ / na pratipadyati / abhisamācārikān dharmmān atikrāmati* ////

 udānaṃ evaṃ kaṭhine pratipadyitavyaṃ / evaṃ cakkalīye pratipadyitavyaṃ / evaṃ vihāre pratipadyitavyaṃ / evaṃ kheṭe pratipadyitavyaṃ / (j.114) evaṃ pātre pratipadyitavyaṃ / evaṃ yavāgūye (25a7) pratipadyitavyaṃ / 
 evaṃ sthātavyaṃ /
 evaṃ caṃkramitavyaṃ /
 evaṃ niṣīditavyaṃ /
 evaṃ śeyyā kalpayitavyaṃ // * //


(i.p.114) iv.1-2 ms.25a7 (j.115.1); ch.507b4 bhagavān śrāvastyāṃ viharati vistareṇa nidānaṃ kṛtvā te dāni āyuṣmanto ṣaḍvarggikāḥ / dvāraṃ bandhiyāṇaṃ vihārasya paścā vastuke kākavāhaṃ bhaṃjantaṃ / āsanti / āgantukānāṃ bhikṣūṇāṃ gaṇo āgato dvāraṃ yāvanti na labhanti te dāni okkhandiyāṇaṃ praviṣṭāḥ / tehi dāṇi (25b1) āyuṣmantehi ṣaḍvarggikehi āgantukā dṛṣṭāḥ pṛcchanti / āyuṣmaṃ kuto vā praviṣṭāḥ / āhaṃsuḥ / okkhandiyāṇaṃ praviṣṭāḥ / te dāni āhaṃsu / āyuṣman evaṃ ca yūyaṃ okkhandiyāṇaṃ vihāraṃ praviśatha / te pi dāni āgantukā āhaṃsu / evaṃ ca yūyaṃ dvāraṃ bandhiyāṇaṃ vihārasya paścād vastukasya kākavāhaṃ bhañjantā āsatha te dāni vivaditāḥ / bhagavato mūlaṃ gatāḥ / bhagavān āha / nā(25b2)yaṃ tāva kṣamati / te(ne)vāsikehi vihārasya dvāraṃ bandhiyāṇaṃ vihārasya paścād vastukasya kākavāhaṃ bhaṃjamānehi āsituṃ / nāpi kṣamati / āgantukehi vihāraṃ okkhandiyāṇaṃ praviśituṃ / tena hi evaṃ āgantukehi pratipadyitavyaṃ / evaṃ ni(ne)vāsikehi pratipadyitavyaṃ / kin ti dāni evaṃ āgantukehi pratipadyitavyaṃ / ete dāni bhikṣu āgantukā āgacchanti / sarvvehi pāḍipa(ya)kkapāḍiyakakāni a(25b3)pāvuraṇāni upasthāpayitavyāni / ekasyāpi apāvuraṇi na bhavati / sarvve vinayātikramaṃ āsādayaṃti / ekasyāpi apāvuraṇi bhavati / sarvveṣām anāpattiḥ / atha dāni koci glāno bhavati / na dāni ujjhitvā gantavyaṃ / atha khalu anupāletavyo / pātracīvaraṃ ālambitavyaṃ / nāpi dāni pātra(j.116)cīvaraṃ gṛhnitvā adarśanena gantavyaṃ / atha khalu a(25b4)vidūreṇa gantavyaṃ / mā dāni adarśanena parijāne hṛtaṃ / hṛtaṃ me pātracīvaram iti gacchantasya karttavyaṃ / yadi dāni ośyā bhavati taruṇabhikṣūhi agrato gantavyaṃ / ośyā prativāhantehi / atha dāni vyāḍabhayaṃ vā corabhayaṃ vā bhavati / vṛddhaṃ bālaṃ madhye kṛtvā gantavyaṃ / atha dāni corā saprasādā bhavanti / vṛddhehi (i.p.115) agrato gantavyaṃ / yathā paśyitvā prasā(25b5)dena avivarjitā gaccheṃsu / yadi dāni grāmasya nagarasya vā madhyena gantavyaṃ / bhavati / na dāni kṣamati nagarave(ce)tiyāni abhidakṣiṇi karenti(te)hi vā gantuṃ / apavāmivā(kā) karentehi vā atha khalu ujja(jju)kena mā(r)gakena gantavyaṃ / nyāye vāsopagatā bhavanti / taruṇā bhikṣu duve vā trayo vā praveśayitavyā / agrato gacchatha saṃghasya phāsuvi[hāra]ṃ upa(25b6)dahatha pādatailena guḍapānīyena pratiśrayeṇa purebhaktikena tehi dāni prāvariya gaṇṭhipāsakaṃ obandhiya āmantriya praveṣṭavyaṃ / pravisiya yācitvā saṃghasya yathāsukhaparibhogaṃ niḥsārepetavyaṃ / pādatailaṃ vekālikaṃ purebhaktikaṃ bhaikṣitavyaṃ / āvi(ci)kṣitavyaṃ labdho pratiśrayo tehi dāni yadi tahiṃ ogho vā (j.117) bhavati / nadī taḍāgaṃ vā puṣkiriṇī vā udupāno vā tahiṃ pādā(25b7)n prakṣāletvā prāvaretvā anyonyaṃ āmandha(ntra)yitvā praveṣṭavyaṃ / atha dāni guḍapānīyaṃ bhavati / tahiṃ yeva vekālikaṃ kariya praveṣṭavyaṃ / mā paśyeṃsu samāmapayi ime pravrajitā karonti / atha dāni ubhaṃḍito bhavati saṃvibhajitvā praveṣṭavyaṃ / nisṛṣṭagṛhaṃ bhavati anāmantriya praviśati anāpattiḥ / na dāni labhyā anyena gantuṃ / racchācchiddrakā bhavati / anāpattiḥ / grāmantikaṃ śeyyāsanaṃ, (26a1) bhavati / tahiṃ gantavyaṃ / atha dāni āraṇyakaśeyyāsanaṃ bhavati / tahiṅ gantavyaṃ / saṃghārāmaṃ praviśantehi puṣkiriṇīyaṃ vā taḍāge vā oghe vā pādāṃ dhovitvā praveṣṭavyaṃ / atha dāni ubbhaṃḍito saṃvibhajitvā praveṣṭavyaṃ cetiyāṇaṃ pradakṣiṇī karentehi upānahā omuñcitvā kāṣṭhakena gṛhnitvā praveṣṭavyaṃ / nāpi dāni uccaśabdamahāśabdehi praveṣṭavyaṃ / nāpi nevāsikāṃ ullaya(pa)nte(26a2)hi hū ha he adyāpi taṃ tad evettha vasatha ghuṇa viddhātave nand(an)opanandanā yūyaṃ nāgarājāno ihaiva yūyaṃ jātā ihaiva mariṣyatha jātā te śṛgālā ye tumbhāṇaṃ māṃsāni khādiṣyanti / nāpi dāni nevāsikena ullapitavyaṃ / hū ha he caṇḍamuktaṃ pañcavarṣikaṃ pravṛttaṃ yathāpāṭito nāpi dāni vaktavyaṃ ko itthaṃ kati varṣo utthiha nāpi dāni (j.118) vaktavyaṃ / ko bhaktakā nātithikā kasya śuve bhaktata(26a3)rpaṇaṃ purobhaktikaṃ vā (i.p.116) nāpi dāni nevāsikehi dvāraṃ bandhitvā kākavāhāṃ bhajantehi āsitavyaṃ / atha dāni paścād vastuke mṛttikākarmmaṃ karonti / ye tāpe(ye) ārthāpe(ye) bhavanti / ārāmikā śrāmaṇero vā yasya oheyyako so vaktavyo dvāraṃ rakṣanto āsā(sa /) atha dāni apadurako vihāro bhavati / praviśitavyaṃ / atha dāni ghaṭṭitako bhavati / apāvura(26a4)ṇena apaduriyāṇaṃ praviśitavyaṃ / saṃghārāmaṃ pradakṣiṇī karentehi āgantavyaṃ / yatra bhikṣūṇāṃ āsanaprajñaptir bhavati / tahiṃ navakaṃ tasmiṃ cīvarabisiyan thaviyāṇaṃ kuṇḍikāṃ vā upānahau vā thaviyāṇa nevāsikā pṛcchitavyāḥ / āyuṣmaṃ pādadhovanikā kahiṃ kalpiyakarakī kahiṃ akalpi(ya)karakī kahi(ṃ) yadi tāva āvi(ci)kṣanti pādadhovanikāyāṃ pādāṃ (26a5) dhoviyāṇaṃ akalpiyakarakīto hastā nirmmādiyāṇa kalpiyakarakīto prakṣāliya tato cetiyaṃ vanditavyaṃ cetiyaṃ vandiyāṇaṃ yatra nevāsikā bhavanti tatra gantavyaṃ allīyāṇaṃ nāpi kṣamati / vaktuṃ vandāmī tti / atha khalu vaktavyaṃ / āyuṣman vandiṣyan ti nevāsikehi varṣāgraṃ pṛcchitavyaṃ / kati varṣo āyuṣmana yadi (j.119) tāva āgantuko vṛddhatarako bha(26a6)vati / nevāsikena utthiya pādā vanditavyā / āsanaṃ dātavyaṃ / atha dāni nevāsiko vṛddhatarako bhavati / ārogyāpiya evaṃ kariyāṇaṃ āsanaṃ dātavyaṃ / yaṃ kālaṃ viśrānto bhavati pṛcchitavyaṃ / āyuṣman asti etāvati varṣasya vihārako prāpuṇati / yadi tāva jalpati prāpuṇati tti vihārako gṛhnitavyo mañca pīṭhaṃ bisi caturasrako kuccaṃ bi(ṃ)bohanaṃ gṛhnitavyaṃ / nāpi (26a7) dāni kṣamati / tri(te)hi āgantukehi nevāsikāṃ kutsiya haṃbhiya āyuṣmann adyāpi yūyaṃ iha vasatha he he śiṣṭā vaṣṭā yūyaṃ jānāte ye śṛgālā ye yuṣmākaṃ māṃsāni khādiṣyanti / atha khalu saṃpraharṣayitavyā vaktavyā āyuṣman śobhanaṃ kriyati saṃghārāmo kelāpīyati / dhūmo kriyati / kulāni praśādīyanti / avikālako pādāṃ dhoviya mrakṣiya dīpaṃ ādīpi(26b1)ya śeyyāṃ prajñapiya pratikramitavyaṃ nāpi dāni kṣamati / aparejjukāto kalyato utthihantakenaiva (i.p.117) bhaktaśālaṃ praviśituṃ / āyuṣman kiṃ sidhyati kiṃ pacyati kiṃ bhaktakānāṃ sthitikā / atha khalu kalyato yeva utthiya nivāsiya prāvariya hastān nirmmādiya pātraṃ gṛhniya praviśitavyaṃ / atha dāni tahiṃ vihārake anugraho bhavati vihārakaṃ vā bhakta bhavati / nevāsikehi vaktavyaṃ / ā(26b2)yuṣmana mā piṇḍāya praviśatha / iha yyeva bhuṃjiṣyatha / atha (j.120) dāni bhavati / āgantukānāṃ piṇḍakānāṃ piṇḍabhaktāni uddiśitavyāni / atha dāni bhaktakāni uddiśitavyāni / atha dāni bhaktakāni na bhavanti nevāsikehi vaktavyaṃ āyuṣmaṃ āgametha sahitakā piṇḍāye praviśiṣyāmaḥ / tato sahitakehi praviśitavyaṃ / atha dāni āgantukā bhikṣū vihāra āgatā bhavanti / nāyaṃ (26b3) kṣamati / nevāsikehi vaktuṃ o ha he nāvā pañcavarṣikaḍaṃyadukkaṃ śramaṇamātāprajātā tti / atha khalu āgantukānāṃ ehi svāgataṃ kartta(vya)ṃ, / etu āyuṣmanto svāgatam āyuṣmanto anurāgatam āyuṣmanto mā śrāntā mā klāntā pādāṃ prakkā(kṣā)letha / hastāṃ nirmmādetha pānīyaṃ pibatha viśramatha nti(tti) / yadi tāva purebhakte āma(ga)tā bhavanti purebha(26b4)ktikena cchandayitavyāḥ / deśakāle āgatā bhavanti / bhaktakṛtyena ccha(nda)ṣi(yi)tavyāḥ / vikāle āgatā bhavanti vikālikena cchandayitavyāḥ / vikārako uddiśitavyo / mañca pīṭhaṃ bisī catu(ra)śrakaṃ kuccakaṃ bimbohanaṃ (j.121) uddiśitavyaṃ / pādamrakṣaṇena cchandayitavyā / atha aparejjukāto yadi tāva bāhirakaṃ bhaktaṃ bhavati / anugraho vā bhavati (26b5) vaktavyaṃ / āyuṣmaṃ mā piṇḍāye praviśatha / iha yyeva bhuṃjiṣyatha / atha dāni bhaktakā na bhavanti / āgantukāṃ piṇḍabhaktakāni uddiśitavyāni / atha dāni piṇḍacāriko bhavati / yaṃ kālaṃ / āgantukā piṇḍāthe(ye) va(ca)riya vihāraṃ āgatā bhavanti / tato yadi nevāsikānāṃ vyañjanāni bhavanti / khajjakāni bhavanti / tato yadi snehako vā (26b6) bhavanti / tehi āgantukānāṃ samvibhāgo karttavyo / atha dāni evaṃ pi na bhavati / antamasato yadi tahiṃ kiñci piṇḍacārikaṃ praṇītatarakaṃ bhavati / āgantukānāṃ sāraṇīyaṃ karttavyaṃ / (i.p.118) nevāsikehi sarvvam ārocayitavyaṃ / vaktavyaṃ / āyuṣmanto amukaṃ kulaṃ mā praviśatha / pātranikubjanaṃ samutīkṛtaṃ, amutra śunakhā caṇḍāḥ / amukaṃ a[śrā]ddhaku(26b7)laṃ yā kriyā ārocayitavyā / atha dāni / āraṇyakaṃ śeyyāsanaṃ bhavati / na kṣamati / tehi ni(ne)vāsikāhi dvāraṃ ca bandha(dhi)ya vihārasya paścā vastuke kākavāhāṃ bhañjantehi āsituṃ / atha dāni siṃhabhayaṃ vā bhavaṃti vyāghrabhayaṃ vā corabhayaṃ vā (j.122) bhikṣū ca paliguddhakā bhavanti / cchāyanikā vā lepanikā vā karenti kiṃ vā(cā)pi dvāraṃ ghaṭenti anāpattiḥ / sarvve yeva goca(27a1)raṃ praviśanti / kiñ cāpi ghaṭṭenti anāpattiḥ / eko vā rakṣapālo dātavyo vaktavyaṃ / āyuṣma(ṃ) dvāraṃ bandhiya dvārakoṣṭhakasya upari āsāhi yadi keci āgantukā āgaccheṃsu / tato dvāraṃ dadesi / tena upari dvārakoṣṭhasya āsitavyaṃ / yadi tāva keci āgantukā āgacchenti / teṣāṃ dvāraṃ dātavyaṃ / yaṃ kālaṃ te nevāsikā niddhāvitā bhavanti nāpi kṣā(kṣa)mati tehi nevāsi(27a2)kehi vaktuṃ / āyuṣmaṃ eṣā nāvā mucyati eṣo sādhvo(rtho) prayāto gacchantu āyuṣmanto gataṃ mārggasya śreyo / atha khalu samāśvāsitavyaṃ / vasantu āyuṣmanto ramaṃtu āyuṣmanto yadi tāva stūpikena vā kāryeṇa āgatā bhavanti / stūpikaṃ kārṣa(ya)(ṃ) pariprāpayitavyaṃ / sāṃghikena kāryeṇa āgatā bhavanti / sāṃghikaṃ kāryaṃ pariprāpayitavyaṃ / yaṃ kālaṃ pariprāptakāryaṃ bha(27a3)vati / yadi koci sārthā(rtho) prayāto bhavati te bhikṣu vāṇijakasya sārthavāhasya parinditavyā vaktavyaṃ / upāsaka dānapati ime bhikṣavo tvayā sārddhaṃ gamiṣyanti / ime bhikṣu tava parininditā bhavantu teṣāṃ gacchamano(mānā)nāṃ pathyadanena vaikalyaṃ karttavyaṃ / evaṃ hi (j.123) āgantukehi pratipadyitavyaṃ na pratipadyanti / ābhisamācārikān dharmmān atikrāmaṃti // * //

(i.p.119) iv.3-4 ms.27a3 (j.123.3); ch.510b3 bhagavā(27a4)n śrāvastyāṃ viharati / aparo dāni bhikṣuḥ / āgantuko āgato tasya dāni aparo bhikṣuḥ / vṛddhatarako parijñātako bhavati / so ca apareṇa bhikṣuṇā sārddhaṃ vācovācikāṃ karoti / so dāni āgantuko allīyatasya nevāsikasya pādāṃ vandanti / so dāni anya vijñāna samaṃmī na samanvāharati / na taṃ pratisaṃmodati so dāni apratisaṃmodiya ga(27a5)to te dāni aparakālena ubhaye samāgatā so dāni sthaviro pṛcchati / āyuṣmaṃ kecciro ti / āgatasya āhāre cacciro evacciro ca so āha āyuṣman evacciro tava āgatasya na ca me pādavandako upasaṃkramasi / so dān āha / vanditā mayā tava pādā tvaṃ ca mama na pratisaṃmodesi / so dān āha / kadā vā kim vā / so dān āha / amukaṃ diva(27a6)saṃ tvaṃ amukena bhikṣuṇā sārddhaṃ vācaṃ(co)vāciṃ karoṣi / tadā tava mayā pādā vanditā so dāni āha āyuṣman vācovāciṃ karentasya pādāṃ vandasi / so dāni āha / evaṃ ca yaṃ tvaṃ mama pādāṃ vandintasya na pratisaṃmodesi / te dāni vivaditāḥ / bhagavato mūlaṃ gatāḥ / bhagavān āha / nāyaṃ tāva kṣamati / āgantukena nevāsi(j.124)kasya vācovāciṃ karentasya pādāṃ vandituṃ / nāpi kṣamati pādehi va(27a7)ndiyamāṇehi na pratisaṃmodituṃ / tena hi evaṃ pādā vanditavyāḥ / evaṃ pratisaṃmoditavyaṃ / kin ti dāni evaṃ pādā vanditavyā / evaṃ pratisaṃmoditavyaṃ / eṣo dāni bhikṣu āgantuko āgato bhavati / tasya koci bhikṣu parijñātako bhavati / so ca apareṇa bhikṣuṇā sārddham vācovāciṃ karoti / nāpi kṣamati tasya taṃ velaṃ pādāṃ vandituṃ uśvāsa(ccāra)m vā upaviṣṭo bhavati na kṣamati / taṃ velaṃ pādāṃ (27b1) vandituṃ / evaṃ praśvāsa(srāva)ṃ karentasya dantakāṣṭhaṃ khādantasya snāyati vā ekanivasano vā bhavati / bhaktakṛtyaṃ karoti / purebhaktikam vā karoti / dvibhūmikam vā ukkasa(ma)ti tvaritaṃ vā ati(bhi)kramati na kṣamati taṃ velaṃ tasya pādāṃ vandituṃ, / na kṣamati mṛttikākarmma karentasya //

pe // pātrapākaṃ dadantasya cīvaraṃ dhovantasya rajanikā paṭhantasya cīvarāṇi sīvantasya (i.p.120) raṃjenta(27b2)sya cca(ce)llaparikarmmam vā karentasya pādāṃ dhovantasya hastā nirmmādantasya cetiyaṃ vandantasya pātraṃ nirmmādentasya dhūpam vā pibantasya akṣiṇi vā añjantasya pustakaṃ vācantasya pustakaṃ likhantasya varccakuṭīṃ gacchantasya nagnasya vā (j.125) ekanivasanakena vā / atha khalu yaṃ kālaṃ samavasthāye niṣaṇṇo bhavati taṃ velaṃ alīyāṇaṃ śīrṣeṇa pādāṃ vanditavyā / karkaṭagrā(27b3)hikāye vanditavyā / andhakāre vā uddeśaṃ dentasya uddiśantasya vā nivāsantasya vā cīvaraṃ prāvarantasya tvaritaṃ vā gacchantasya na kṣamati / oguṇṭhitakāyena na kṣamati / ohitahastena na kṣamati / upānahārūḍhena sāmīcīkarentena na kṣamati / jānukena vā jaṃghāhi vā vandituṃ / atha khalu pādā vanditavyā / pādāṃ va(27b4)ndantena jānitavyaṃ / yadi kasyaci vraṇā bhavati / gaṇḍo vā piṭako vā na dāni sahasā uppīḍitavyaṃ / atha khalu tathā vanditavyaṃ / yathā na duḥkhāpiye pādehi vandayantehi / na dāni meṇḍhena viya āsitavyaṃ pādehi vandayaṃtehi / atha khalu pratisaṃmodayitavyaṃ / svāgatam āyuṣmanto anurāgatam āyuṣmanto māsi śrānto mā(27b5)si klānto pādāṃ prakṣālehi hastāṃ nirmmādehi viśramāhi yadi tāva purebhakte āgato bhavati / purobhaktikena cchandayitavyo / deśakāle āgato bhavati / bhaktakṛtyena ccha(nda)yitavyo vikāle āgato bhavati / vekālikena cchandayitavyo / yadi tāvad vastukāmo bhavati / pātracīvaraṃ pratisāmayitavyaṃ vihārako uddiśitavyo (27b6) atha dāni gantukāmo bhavati / āha / anyatra gamiṣyan ti / vaktavyaṃ / gacchāhi tti evaṃ pādā vanditavyā / evaṃ pratisaṃmoditavyaṃ na pratipadyati // ābhisamācārikān dharmmān atikrāmati // * //

 iv.5 ms.27b6 (j.126.1); ch.510b28 (j.126) bhagavān śrāvastyāṃ viharati vistareṇa nidānaṃ kṛtvā te dāni āyuṣmanto ṣaḍvarggikāḥ / gṛhi-ālāpena ālāpenti ambe atte bhāva bhaṭṭa tāta haṃgho he he ho (27b7) kiṃ, bhaṇasīti / etaṃ prakaraṇaṃ bhikṣū bhagavato (i.p.121) ārocayeṃsu / bhagavān āha / śabdāpayatha ṣaḍvarggikāṃ te dāni śabdāvitāḥ / bhagavān āha / satyaṃ bhikṣava ṣaḍvarggikāḥ / evaṃ nāma yūyaṃ gṛhī-ālo(lā)pena ālāpayatha / āmba(ambe) atte bhāva bhaṭṭa tāta ahaṃgho he he ho kiṃ bhaṇasi tti / āhaṃsu / āma bhagavan bhagavān āha / evaṃ yūyaṃ gṛhi-ālāpena ālapetha / te(28a1)na hi na kṣamati gṛhi-ālāpena ālapituṃ tena hi pratisaṃmoditavyaṃ / āyuṣmān dāni upālī kālajño velajño samayajño bhagavantam upasaṃkramiya pṛcchati / kathaṃ bhagavaṃ navakehi bhikṣūhi sthavirā bhikṣū ālapitavyā / bhagavān āha / ālape(ye) ti vā bhante ti vā āyuṣmante ti sthaviro dāni bhagavantaṃ pṛcchati kathaṃ bhagavāṃ sthavirehi bhikṣūhi navakā bhikṣū (28a2) (j.127) ālapitavyā / bhagavān āha / nāmena vā gotreṇa vā / varṣāgreṇa vā eṣo dāni bhikṣusya upādhyāyo vā ācāryo vā śabdāpayati / nāyaṃ kṣamati / gṛhi-ālapena ālapituṃ / haṃgho he he tti / atha khalu nāmena vā gotreṇa vā śabdāpayitavyo / tenāpi na kṣamati / gṛhi-ālapena vyāharttuṃ, / hā kiṃ bhaṇasīti / atha khalu vaktavyaṃ vandāmi upādhyāyaṃ vā / (28a3) ācāryam vā kiṃ āṇapehi tti / kiṃ karemi tti / vṛddhatarako śabdāpayati / nāyaṃ kṣamati hā nti(tti) pravyāharituṃ / atha khalu vaktavyaṃ / ārye vā bhante vā āyuṣman ti vā kiṃ a(ā)ṇapesī nti(tti) kiṃ karemi / eṣo bhikṣu mātaraṃ pitaraṃ vā bhaginīm vā śabdāpayitukāmo bhavati nāyaṃ kṣamati śabdāpayituṃ / ambe tti vā atte ti vā bhaṭṭe ti vā / atha kha(28a4)lu sālohite ti vā śabdāpayitavyāḥ / atha dāni bhikṣusya pitā vā bhaginī vā śabdāpayati / nāyaṃ kṣamati hā kiṃ bhaṇasi tti pravyāharttuṃ / atha khalu vaktavyaṃ / sālohite kiṃ āṇapesi kiṃ karemi / eṣo bhikṣuḥ / upāsakāṃ, vā dānapatīnā(nī)ṃ vā vihārasvāminīṃ vā śabdāpitukāmo bhavati / nāpi kṣamati / ambe ti vā atte ti vā bhaṭṭe (28a5) ti vā / atha khalu upāsake tti vā dānapatti ti (j.128) vā vihārasvāmini ti vā śabdāpayitavyaṃ / bhikṣū vā upāsakam vā dānapatim vā śabdāpayitukāmo (i.p.122) bhavati / nāpi kṣamati bhāve tti vā bhaṭṭe ti vā / āyuṣmaṃ tti vā / atha khalu dānapatti ti(ti tti) vā bhikṣū vā tehi śabdāpayati / nāyaṃ kṣamati / hā kiṃ bhaṇasi ti vyāharttuṃ, / atha khalu vaktavyaṃ / sā(28a6)lohita kiṃ āṇapesi / kiṃ karomi tti / te ete(na) gṛhi-ālāpena ālapanti vā / pravyāharanti vā / vinayātikramaṃ āsādayati / strī vā puruṣo vā mahanto bhavati / na dāni mātāpitṛkaṃṭhena ālapitavyā mahallako mahallaketi vā vaktavyā / atha dāni koci pṛcchati / ko te upādhyāyo ko te ācāryo vā na dāni vaktavyaṃ / asuko ācāryo asuko (28a7) upādhyāyo / atha khalu vaktavyaṃ / arthahetor nnāmaṃ gṛhnāmi / asuko me upādhyāyo asuko me ācāryo ālapitavyaṃ, / evaṃ pravyāharttavyā(vyaṃ /) na pratipadyati / ābhisamācārikān dharmmān atikrāmati // * //

 iv.6 ms.28a7 (j.128.14); ch.510c19 bhagavān śrāvastyāṃ viharati / vistareṇa nidānaṃ kṛtvā kṣatriyaparṣā dāni sannipatitā kāryāṇi kariṣyāma nti(tti) te dāni āyuṣmanto nandanopananda(28b1)nā āgacchiya teṣāṃ madhye niṣaṇṇāḥ / te dāni / tehi niṣaṇṇehi na pārenti kāryāṇi karttuṃ odhyāyanti / paśyatha bhaṇe vayaṃ yeva sannipatitā karmmāṇi kariṣyāma nti(tti) / ime pi śramaṇakā āgacchiya madhye niṣaṇṇāḥ / naṣṭaṃ bhraṣṭaṃ kuto imeṣāṃ śrāmaṇyaṃ bhikṣūhi śrutaṃ / (j.129) bhikṣū bhagavato ārocayeṃsu / bhagavān āha / śabdāpayatha nandanopanandanāṃ te dāni śabdāpitā / bhagavān āha / satyaṃ bhi(28b2)kṣavo nandanopanandanā / evan nāma kṣatriyaparyā(ṣā)ye sannipatitā kāryāṇi kariṣyāma nti(tti) / yūyaṃ dāni gacchiya / teṣāṃ madhye niṣaṇṇā te dāni tumbhehi niṣaṇṇehi na pārenti kāryāṇi karttuṃ, / te dāni odhyāyanti / paśyatha bhaṇe vayaṃ yeva tāva niṣaṇṇā kāryāṇi kāraya nti(tti) / ime pi śramaṇakā gacchiyāṇaṃ madhye niṣaṇṇā naṣṭaṃ bhraṣṭaṃ kuto imeṣāṃ śrāmaṇyaṃ āhaṃsu / āma / (28b3) bhagavan (i.p.123) bhagavān āha / tena hi evaṃ kṣatriyaparyā(ṣā)ye kiñci kāryaṃ bhavati / na kṣamati gatāgatasya / upasaṃkramituṃ / atha khalu ye tahiṃ vṛddhatarakā kṣatriyā bhavanti / te tāva allipitavyā vaktavyaṃ / dīrghāyu kṣatriyaparyā(ṣā)ye imaṃ ca kāryaṃ allīyāmi tti / yadi tāva te jalpanti bhante mā allīpatha nti(tti) na kṣamati allīpituṃ, / atha (28b4) dāni jalpanti / allīpatha nti(tti) / allīpitavyaṃ / nāpi kṣamati / cchatreṇa dhāryante upānahāṃhi vā obaddhāhi kṣatriyaparyā(ṣā)yam upasaṃkramituṃ / atha khalu ekānte cchatraṃ nikṣipiya upānahāyo muṃciya (j.130) tato allīpitavyaṃ / nāpi dāni darśanopacāre nikṣipitavyaṃ / atha khalu pratikṛtyeva nikṣipitavyaṃ / darśanapathe upasaṃkrami(28b5)tvā na dāni vaktavyaṃ / sukham bhavanto sukhaṃ mārṣa atha khalu ārogyāpiya yādṛśaṃ āsanaṃ dīyati / tādṛśe āsane upaviśitavyaṃ nāpi kṣamati / āsane kṣipā(yā)dharmmam āpadyituṃ / nāpi kṣamati / te nindituṃ / ye kṣatriyā kuśalā bhavanti prāg eva te nairayikā bhavantīti / atha khalu vaktavyaṃ / kṣatriyā nāma yūyaṃ agro varṇṇo jyeṣṭho varṇṇo (28b6) dvihi kulehi tathāgatā arhantaḥ samyaksambuddhāḥ / utpadyanti / kṣatriyakule vā brāhmaṇakule vā / duve cakrāṇi dharmmacakraṃ balacakraṃ ca / tavāhaṃ hitopasaṃhāreṇa rakṣāvaraṇaguptiye sukhaṃ ca paya(phā)sukhañ ca viharāmi / kāryaṅ kṛtvā utthāyāsanāto gantavyaṃ / evaṃ kṣatriyaparṣā upasaṃkramitavyā na pratipadyati / ābhisamācārikān dharmmān atikrāmati // * //

 iv.7 ms.28b7 (j.130.13); ch.511a4 (28b7) bhagavān śrāvastyāṃ viharati vistareṇa nidānaṃ kṛtvā brāhmaṇaparyā(ṣā) dāni sannipatitā kāryāṇi kariṣyāmo ti / te dāni āyuṣmanto nandanopanandanā āgacchiyāṇaṃ madhye niṣaṇṇā te dāni tehi niṣaṇṇehi na pārenti / kāryāṇi karttuṃ, / te dāni odhyāyanti / vayaṃ yeca(va) tāva niṣaṇṇā kāryāṇi kariṣyāma nti(tti) / ime pi śramaṇakā āgacchiyāṇaṃ madhye niṣa(29a1)(j.131)ṇṇā naṣṭaṃ bhraṣṭaṃ kuto imeṣāṃ śrāmaṇyaṃ / etaṃ (i.p.124) prakaraṇaṃ bhikṣūhi śrutaṃ / bhikṣū bhagavato ārocayeṃsu / bhagavān āha / śabdāpayatha nandanopanandāṃ te dāni śabdāpitā / bhagavān āha / satyaṃ bhikṣavo nandanopanandanā / evaṃ nāma brāhmaṇaparṣā sannipatitā kāryāṇi kariṣyāma nti(tti) / yūyaṃ dāni teṣāṃ gacchiyāṇaṃ madhye niṣaṇṇā te dāni tumbhehi niṣaṇṇehi na pāre(29a2)nti kāryāṇi karttuṃ, / te dāni odhyāyanti / paśyatha bhaṇe vayaṃ yeva tāva niṣaṇṇā kāryāṇi kariṣyāmo ti / ime pi śramaṇakā āgacchiyāṇa madhye niṣaṇṇakā / naṣṭaṃ bhraṣṭaṃ kuto imeṣāṃ śrāmaṇyaṃ / āhaṃsu / āma / bhagavana bhagavān āha / samyag bhikṣavo jano odhyāyanti tena hi evaṃ brāhmaṇaparṣā upasaṃkramitavyā / kin ti dāni brāhmaṇaparṣā upasaṃkramitavyā // etaṃ dāni bhikṣusya kiṃ(29a3)ci brāhmaṇaparṣāyāṃ kāryaṃ bhavati / nāyaṃ kṣamati / gatāgatasya brāhmaṇaparṣām upasaṃkramituṃ / atha khalu ye tahiṃ brāhmaṇamahattarakā bhavanti / te pratikṛtyeva upasaṃkramitavyā / dīrghāyu asti me kiñcid brāhmaṇaparṣāyāṃ kāryaṃ allīyāma nti(tti) / yadi tāva jalpanti / bhante mā allīyatha nti(tti) / na kṣamati / allīpituṃ / atha dāni jalpanti allīpatha nti(tti) tato allīpi(29a4)tavyaṃ / nāpi dāni kṣamati / cchatreṇa vā dhāryantena upānahāhi ābaddhāhi brāhmaṇaparṣā āllīpituṃ / atha kha(lu) cchatropānahāṃ ekamante sthapiya brāhmaṇaparṣāyām upasaṃkramitavyaṃ / nāpi dāni darśaṇopacāre nikṣipitavyaṃ / atha khalu pratikṛtyeva (j.132) nikṣipitavyaṃ / darśanapathe upasaṃkramitvā na dāni vaktavyaṃ / sukhaṃ bhavanto sukhaṃ mā(29a5)rṣa atha khalu ārogyāpayi(piya) tvā(yā)dṛśaṃ āsanaṃ labhyati tādṛśe āsane upaviśitavyaṃ / nāyaṃ kṣamati / āsane kṣīyādharmmam āpadyituṃ / atha khalu tā(yā)dṛśaṃ āsanaṃ dīyati / tādṛśe upaviśitavyaṃ / nāpi kṣamati te nindituṃ / māṇavakasya mānahatasya ihaloke bhūtasya kukkuṭo śūkaro śvāno śṛgālo pañcamo mūṣa(29a6)ko nirayo ṣaṣṭho nti(tti) / atha khalu vaktavyaṃ / brāhmaṇa nāma yūyaṃ agro varṇṇo jyeṣṭho varṇṇo śreṣṭho varṇṇo dvihi kulehi tathāgatā arhantaḥ samyaksambuddhāḥ / loke utpadyanti / kṣatriyakule vā brāhmaṇakule (i.p.125) vā evaṃ kāryaṃ kariya gantavyaṃ / evaṃ brāhmaṇaparṣāye pratipadyitavyaṃ / na pratipadyati / ābhisamācārikān dharmmān atikrāmati // * //

 iv.8 ms.29a6 (j.132.12); ch.511a16 bhagavān śrāvastyām vi(29a7)harati gṛhapatiparṣā dāni sannipatitā / kāryāṇi kariṣyāma nti(tti) / āyuṣmanto nandanopanandanā āgacchiya teṣāṃ madhye niṣaṇṇā / te dāni tehi niṣaṇṇehi na pārenti kāryāṇi karttuṃ / te dāni odhyāyanti / pasyatha bhaṇe vayaṃ ye(va) tāva sannipatitā kāryāṇi kariṣyāma nti(tti) / ime pi śramaṇakā madhye āgacchiyāṇaṃ niṣaṇṇāḥ / naṣṭaṃ bhraṣṭaṃ kuto imeṣāṃ śrāmaṇyaṃ / etaṃ (29b1) prakaraṇaṃ bhikṣūhi śrutaṃ bhikū bhagavato ārocayeṃsu / bhagavān āha / śabdāpayatha nandanopanandā(da)nāṃ / te dāni śabdāpitāḥ / bhagavān āha / satyaṃ bhikṣavo nandanopanandā(da)nāṃ / evaṃ nāma gṛhapatiparṣā sannipatitā kāryāṇi kariṣyā(j.133)ma nti(tti) / etad eva sarvvaṃ bhagavāṃ vistareṇa pratyārocayati / yāvat paśyatha bhaṇe vayaṃ yeva tāva sannipatitā karmmāṇi kara(ri)ṣyāma (29b2) nti(tti) / ime pi śramaṇakā āgacchiya madhye niṣaṇṇā naṣṭaṃ bhraṣṭaṃ / kuto imeṣāṃ śrāmaṇyaṃ āhaṃsu / āma bhagavan bhagavān āha / tena hi evaṃ gṛhapatiparṣā upasaṃkramitavyā / kin ti dāni gṛhapatiparṣā upasaṃkramitavyā / etaṃ dāni bhikṣusya gṛhapatiparṣāyāṃ kiñcit kāryam bhavati / na kṣamati / gatāgatasya āllīpituṃ / atha khalu ye tatra gṛhapatimahattarakāḥ bhavanti / (29b3) te prakṛtyeva te(tā)(va) pratisaritavyā / vaktavyaṃ / dīrghāyu asti kiñci gṛhapatiparṣāyāṃ kāryaṃ / allīyāma mā āllīyāmo nti(tti) / yadi tāva jalpanti / bhante mā āllīpatha nti(tti) / na kṣamati āllīpituṃ / atha dāni jalpati / āllīpatha nti(tti) / allīpitavyam / nāpi kṣamati cchatreṇa dhāryantena upānahāhi ābaddhāhi gṛhapatiparṣā upasaṃkramituṃ / atha khalu ekata(29b4)mante cchatropānahāṃ nikṣipiya gṛhapatiparṣā upasaṃkramitavyā / nāpi darśanopacāre nikṣipitavyaṃ / atha khalu prakṛtyeva nikṣipitavyaṃ / darśanapathe upasaṃkramitvā na (i.p.126) dāni vaktavyaṃ / sukhaṃ bhavanto sukhaṃ mārṣa / atha khalu ārogyāpiya yādṛśaṃ āsanaṃ labhyate tādṛśe āsane upaviśitavyaṃ / (j.134) nāpi dāni kṣamati / kutsitum vā pansitum vā gṛ(29b5)hapatikā nāma yūyaṃ tulākūṭamānakūṭehi divasaṃ lokaṃ muṣaṃtā āsatha / atha khalu vaktavyaṃ, / sāgarā ca anagārā ca ubhe anyonyaniśritā ārāgayanti / saddharmmaṃ samyaksambuddhaṃ deśitaṃ //

 sāgārāṣṭraṃ nagārāṇāṃ saṃprayacchanti dakṣiṇāṃ / anāgārā pragṛhnanti / pratisaṃyamya vinodanā / amiṣacakraṃ niśrāya dharmmacakraṃ pravarttatīti //

 uktaṃ cedaṃ bhaga(va)tā (29b6) bahukarā bhikṣavo brāhmaṇagṛhapatayo / yaṃ vo pratyupasthitā / cīvarapiṇḍapātaśeyyāsanaglānapratyayabhaiṣajyapariṣkārehi tehi yūyaṃ niśrāya tathāgate brahmacaryaṃ carathā mahato oghasya niḥsaraṇārthaṃ sarvve iti pravṛttakā karttavyā / evaṃ kāryaṃ kariya gantavyaṃ / evaṃ gṛhapatiyathā(parṣā) upasaṃkramitavyā na pratipadyati / ābhisamācārikān dharmmān atikrāmati // * //

 iv.9 ms.29b6 (j.135.1); ch.511a25 (j.135) bhagavān śrāvastyāṃ vi(29b7)harati tīrthikaparyā(ṣā) dāni sannipatitā kāryāṇi kariṣyāma nti(tti) / te dāni āyuṣmanto nandanopanandanā teṣāṃ gacchiyāṇaṃ madhye niṣaṇṇāḥ / te dāni tehi niṣaṇṇehi na pārenti kāryāṇi karttuṃ, / te dāni odhyāyanti / paśyatha bhaṇe ca(va)yaṃ yevaṃ tāva sannipatitā kāryāṇi kariṣyāmo ti / ime pi śramaṇakā āgacchiya madhye niṣaṇṇā / naṣṭaṃ bhraṣṭaṃ kuto imeṣāṃ śrāmaṇyaṃ / (30a1) etaṃ prakaraṇaṃ bhikṣūhi śrutaṃ / bhikṣū bhagavato ārocayeṃsu / bhagavān āha / śabdāpayatha nandanopanandanāṃ / te dāni śabdāpitā / bhagavān āha / satyaṃ bhikṣavo nandanopanadanā evaṃ nāma / tīrthikaparṣā sannipatitā (i.p.127) kāryāṇi kariṣyāmo nti(tti) / yūyaṃ dāṇi gacchiyāṇa teṣāṃ madhye niṣaṇṇā / tad eva sarvvaṃ bhagavāṃ vistareṇa pratyārocayati / naṣṭaṃ bhraṣṭaṃ kuto imeṣāṃ (30a2) śrāmaṇyaṃ āhaṃsu / āma bhagavan bhagavān āha / tena hi evaṃ tīrthikaparṣā upasaṃkramitavyā / etaṃ dāni bhikṣusya kiṃci tīrthikaparṣāye kāryam bhavati / nāyaṃ kṣamati / bhikṣuṇā gatāgātasya tīrthikaparṣā upasaṃkramituṃ / atha khalu pratikṛtyeva tāva vṛddhatarakā pratisaritavyā / vaktavyaṃ āyuṣmaṃ asti me kiñci tīrthikaparṣāye kāryaṃ āllīpāma mā āllī[yā]motha nti(tti) / yadi (30a3) tāva jalpanti / mā āllī(j.136)patha nti(tti) / na kṣamati allīpituṃ / atha dāni jalpanti / allīpatha nti(tti) / upasaṃkramitavyaṃ / yāva na dāni kṣamati / āsane kṣipā(yā)dharmmam āpadyituṃ, / atha khalu yādṛśaṃ (āsanaṃ) labhyate / tādṛśo upaviśitavyaṃ / nāpi kṣamati / kutsitum vā paṃsitum vā aśrāddhā tīrthikāḥ / ahrīkā tīrthikāḥ / anotrāpino tīrthikāḥ / mithyādṛ(30a4)ṣṭikā tīrthikāḥ / kusidā hīnāvīryā tīrthikāḥ / duḥprajñā tīrthikāḥ / atha khalu evaṃ vaktavyaṃ / sarvvāśrāmiṇānopavāde kadāci traividyaprāptāḥ bahuśrutā yasya praśaṃsā tam anupraśaṃśe teṣāṃ guṇam eva vadena doṣanti / vaktavyaṃ / duṣkaraṃ gṛhiliṅgāparityāgo duṣkaraṃ vastisaṃyamo duṣkaram araṇyavāso evaṃ kāryaṃ kariya gantavyaṃ / evaṃ, (30a5) tīrthikaparṣā upasaṃkramitavyā na pratipadyati / ābhisamācārikān dharmmān atikrāmati // * //

 iv.10 ms.30a5 (j.136.12); ch.511b3 bhagavān śrāvastyām viharati / etaṃ dāni bhikṣusya āryaparyā(ṣā)ye kāryam bhavati / nāyaṃ kṣamati / gatāgatasya vṛddhāntam ukkasituṃ / atha khalu prakṛtyeva tāva upādhyāyo vā ācāryo vā āmantrayitavyo vaktavyaṃ / upādhyāyācāryā saṃghasya ma(30a6)dhyaṃ me kiñcit kāryaṃ (j.137) āllīyāmi / mā allīyāmi tti / upādhyāyena vā ācāryeṇa vā jānitavyaṃ / yadi tāva so bhavati / usreṇako vā pravarddhako vā anarthaka(ku)śalo vā / (i.p.128) abhinīhārakuśalo vā kalahakārako vā bhaṇḍanakārako vā bhāṣyakārako vā / adhikaraṇiko vā vaktavyaṃ / mā allīyāhi tti / atha dāni so bhavati / bhadrako guṇavān / anuddhato śikṣā(30a7)kāmo anukūlo anunnaḍo acapalo pṛcchitavyo kiṃ kāryaṃ, / āha / asukam vā asukam vā tena jānitavyaṃ / yadi tāva tasya dugraho vā vaktavyaṃ / mā allīya atha dāni tasya saṃgraho bhavati vaktavyaṃ / āllīya nti(tti) / allīpitavyaṃ / allīya vṛddhāntāto prabhṛti sarvveṣāṃ praṇāmo karttavyā / yā vṛddhatarakā yāvad vṛddhāntaṃ ukkasiyāṇaṃ saṃghasthaviro pṛcchitavyo / a(30b1)sukaṃ me kāryaṃ jalpāmi tti / saṃghasthavireṇa jānitavyaṃ / yadi tāva tasya dugraho bhavati / so ca bhikṣu bhavati / kalahakārako bhaṇḍanakārako bhāṣyakāro adhikaraṇiko vā vaktavyaṃ / mā jalpāhi tti kasya tvaṃ bhikṣūṇāṃ samagrāṇāṃ sahitānāṃ saṃmodamānānāṃ avivadamānānāṃ ekoddeśakānāṃ kṣīrodakībhūtānāṃ śāstuḥ śāsanaṃ dīpayamānānāṃ sukhañ ca phāsu(30b2)ñ ca viharantānāṃ kalahajāto bhaṇḍanajāto vigrahavivādāpanno viharanto saṃghe karkaśāni adhikaraṇāni (j.138) utpādayasi mā jalpāhi tti / atha dāni tasya sugraho bhavati / so ca bhikṣu bhavati / bhadrako guṇavān śikṣākāmo anuddhato anunnaḍo acapalo amukharo apragalbho aprakīrṇṇavāco saṃghasthavireṇa vaktavyaṃ / āyuṣman jalpatha yathādharmmaṃ, (30b3) yathāvinayaṃ yathāśāstuḥ / śāsanaṃ ti tena kāryaṃ saṃghamadhye ārocayitavyaṃ / saṃghena tat kāryaṃ dharmmeṇa vinayena śāstuḥ śāsanena vyupasamayitavyaṃ / vyupaśāntaṃ kariya so bhikṣu pṛcchitavyo āyuṣman kiṃ vyupaśāntaṃ etaṃ kāryaṃ yadi tāva āha / vyupaśāntaṃ vaktavyaṃ / āyuṣman sarvve tvaṃ etaṃ kāryaṃ samagreṇa saṃghena saṃvyupaśāntaṃ (30b4) punaḥ karmmāya utkhoṭayasi puno cāsmi parṣa upasaṃkramesi / saṃgho te uttari upaparīkṣiṣyatīti / yathāsukhaṃ kariya gantavyaṃ evaṃ āryaparṣā upasaṃkramitavyā na pratipadyati / ābhisamācārikān dharmmān atikrāmati // * //

(i.p.129) uddānaṃ //

 evaṃ āgantukehi pratipadyitavyaṃ / evaṃ nevāsikehi pratipadyitavyaṃ / evaṃ pādā vanditavyā / evaṃ (30b5) sammoditavyaṃ / evaṃ ālapitavyaṃ / evaṃ pravyāharttavyaṃ / (j.139) evaṃ kṣatriyaparṣā upasaṃkramitavyā / 
 evaṃ brāhmaṇaparṣā upasaṃkramitavyā /
 evaṃ gṛhapatiparṣā upasaṃkramitavyā /
 evaṃ tīrthikaparṣā upasaṃkramitavyā /
 evaṃ āryaparṣā upasaṃkramitavyā //


 caturtho varggaḥ //

 (ii.p.5) v.1-2 ms. 30b5 (j.140.1); ch. 509c26 bhagavān samyaksambuddho yad arthaṃ samudāgato tam artham abhisambhāvayitvā śrāvastyām vi(30b6)harati vistareṇa nidānaṃ kṛtvā yāva āraṇyakaṃ tāva śeyyāsanaṃ grāmāntikañ ca ekabhaktatarppaṇañ ca grāmāntike śeyyāsane āraṇyakānāñ ca grāmāntikānāñ ca anugraho sādhīyati / tehi dāni grāmāntikehi pratikṛtyeva gaṇḍiṃ āhaniyāṇaṃ sthitāḥ / te dāni āraṇyakā deśakāle grāmāntikaṃ śeyyāsanaṃ āgatā āhaṃsu / āyuṣmaṃ deśakālo āhanatha gaṇḍiṃ te (30b7) dāni grāmāntikā āhaṃsu / āhatā-y-iyaṃ gaṇḍī bhukta(ṃ) pi amhehi te dāni āhaṃsu / āyuṣman / evaṃ yūyaṃ atyanukālye gaṇḍīṃ āhaniya bhuñjatha / te dāni grāmāntikā āhaṃsu / evaṃ ca yūyaṃ ati-uvahne āgacchatha / te dāni āraṇyakehi aparejjukāto kalyato yevā(va) utthihiya bhaktakāni sarvvāṇi u(t)kṣiptāni / te dāni grāmāntikā deśakālasmin / kulāni upasaṃkrama(31a1)nti / āhaṃsu / upāsike detha / bhaktāni ukkahitāni bhaktāni kena āhaṃsu / āraṇyakehi te dāni teṣāṃ āraṇyakānāṃ āhaṃsu / āyuṣman kin dāni (j.141) yuṣmābhiḥ sarvvāṇi bhaktakāni utkṣiptāni / te dāni āhaṃsuḥ / tathā tumhehiṃ pratikṛtyeva gaṇḍi āhaniyāṇaṃ bhuñjatha / te dāni vivaditāḥ / bhagavato mūlaṃ gatāḥ / bhagavān āha / nāyaṃ tāva kṣamati pratikṛtyeva gaṇḍīṃ āhaniyāṇaṃ bhuñji(31a2)tuṃ / nāpi kṣamati / aparehi kalyato yeva sarvvāṇi bhaktāni utkṣipituṃ, / tena hi / evaṃ āraṇyake vihāre pratipadyitavyaṃ / evaṃ grāmāntike vihāre pratipadyitavyaṃ / kin ti dāni evaṃ āraṇyake vihāre (ii.p.6) pratipadyitavyaṃ / evaṃ grāma(mā)(nti)ke vihāre pratipadyitavyaṃ / etaṃ dāni grāmāntikaṃ ca śeyyāsanaṃ āraṇyakañ ca śeyyāsanaṃ ca ekabhaktatarppaṇaṃ bhavati / tato yadi tāva grāmāntike śe(31a3)yyāsane bhaktam pacyati / na dāni kṣamati / grāmāntikehi pratikṛtyeca(va) gaṇḍīṃ āhaniyāṇaṃ cetiyaṃ vandiyāṇaṃ bhuñjituṃ / atha khalu grāmāntikehi duve śā(thā)līyo ādrāhayitavyā / yā ekā grāmāntikānāṃ / ekā āraṇyakānāṃ grāmāntikānāṃ thālī tahiṃ / taṇḍulā prakṣipitavyāḥ / yā āraṇyakānāṃ thālī yadi tāva āraṇyakā āgatā bhavanti / tahiṃ, (31a4) taṇḍulā prakṣipitavyāḥ / atha dāni nāgacchanti / nāpi kṣamati tahiṃ taṇḍulāni prakṣipituṃ / atha khalu kaḍhantī thapitavyā / ekena bhikṣuṇā vihārakaṃ ukkasiya nidhyāyi(pi)tavyaṃ / yadi tāva (j.142) āraṇyakā āgacchanti / vaktavyaṃ / āyuṣman ete āraṇyakā āgacchanti prakṣipatha taṇḍulāni / atha dāni kālaparyantaṃ nāgacchanti grāmāntikehi gaṇḍīṃ āhani(31a5)yāṇaṃ bhuñjitavyaṃ / āraṇyakānāṃ sthālī otāriyāṇaṃ vodhi(dhovi)yāṇaṃ sthāne sthaṃpayitavyā / anekāye āraṇyakānāṃ co(ra)bhayaṃ vā bhaveya udakabhayaṃ vā siṃhabhayaṃ vā / vyāghrabhayaṃ vā yathāpi te nāgacchanti / yadi koci upāsako saṃghaṃ bhaktena nimantrayati / āha / āryo (rye) āraṇyakānāṃ pi ārocetha nti(tti) / tehi dāni grāmāntikehi āraṇyakānāṃ / (31a6) pi ārocitavyaṃ / āyuṣmaṃ śuve bhaktaṃ vā purebhaktikaṃ vā yavāgūpānaṃ vā bhaviṣyati / mā piṇḍakena vihariṣyatha / karṇṇa(lla)to yyeva āgacchatha / tehi pi dāni āraṇyakehi na vighnayitavyaṃ / yadi arthikā bhaviṣyanti pratipālayiṣyantīti / atha khalu kālena kālaṃ (ii.p.7) gantavyaṃ / yadi na sajjaṃ bhavati / na dāni bhaktāgraṃ avaṣṭabhayitavyo āsayitavyaṃ / atha khalu ve(ce)tiyaṃ vanditvā ekānte (31a7) svādhyāyo karttavyo / dharmmam vā cintayantehi āsitavyaṃ eṣo dāni koci grāmāntikāṃ bhaktena nimantreti / vaktavyaṃ / āraṇyakānāṃ pi nimantrehi nti(tti) / atha dāni āha / nāsti mama tahiṃ śraddhā nāpi prasādo tti vaktavyaṃ / vayaṃ pi na praticchāme (mo) nti(tti) / atha dāni āraṇyakānāṃ pi nimantreti bhaktaṃ sajjayitavyaṃ / (j.143) pānīyaṃ pariśrāvayitavyaṃ / āsanaprajñapti karttavyā / dānapati āgato bhavati / (31b1) āraṇyakā ca nāgacchanti / dānapatī āha bhante āhanetha gaṇḍiṃ kālo pi tāva adyāpi bhavati vaktavyaṃ / prāgo tāva adyāpi āraṇyakā pi tāva nāgacchanti / atha dāni dānapatī āha bhante āhanetha tumhe a(ā)raṇyakā pi eṣyantīti kiṃ karttavyaṃ / gaṇḍī tāva vistareṇa āhaniyāṇaṃ ve(ce)ti/yo vistareṇa vanditavyo / cetiyaṃ vistareṇa vandiyāṇaṃ yadi tāva āraṇyakā āga(31b2)tā bhavanti / tato bhuṃjitavyaṃ / atha dāni āraṇyakā nāgatā bhavanti / anantarikānāṃ āsanāni varja(ya)ntehi āsitavyaṃ / pariveśāvakena pṛcchitavyaṃ / ko āraṇyakānāṃ lābhagrāho yadi tāvaj jalpanti / ahaṃ pi ahaṃ pi tti vaktavyaṃ / āraṇyakānāṃ piṇḍapātaṃ ukkaḍḍhatha tehi āraṇyakānāṃ piṇḍapāto ukkaḍḍhayitavyo / ukkaḍḍhiyāṇāṃ sāṃghikaṃ kalpiyakuṭīyaṃ sthāpa(31b3)yitavyo / yadi tāvat sakāle āgacchanti / bhuñjanāya dātavyo / atha dāni vikāle āgacchanti / na vāgacchanti / aparejjukāto śrāmaṇerāṇāṃ dātavyaṃ / nāpi dāni (ii.p.8) kṣamati / āraṇyakehi yatra pu(u)llu(lla)gikāye āsituṃ / atha khalu kālena kālaṃ grāmāntikaṃ śeyyāsanaṃ gantavyaṃ / āgacchiya pādāṃ dhoviya hastāṃ nirmmādiya ceti/yo vistare(31b4)ṇa vanditavyo / yadi (j.144) tāva anukalyo adyāpi tāva bhavati / tatraiva sthānacaṃkramaniṣadyāyogam anuyuktena viharitavyaṃ / uddeśaprayuktehi vā manasikāraprayuktehi vā / atha dāni deśakālo bhavati / saṃghārāmaṃ pravisiyāṇaṃ grāmāntikaṃ bhikṣuṃ pratisaṃmodiyāṇaṃ svakasvakehi āsanehi upaviśitavyaṃ / gaṇḍī āhatāyaṃ vandi(31b5)ya cetiyaṃ nāpi dāni āraṇyakehi grāmāntikā kutsetavyā bahukṛtyā bahukaraṇīyā jihvāgre yūyaṃ rasāgrāṇi paryeṣatha / atha khalu saṃrādhayitavyā / vaktavyaṃ āyuṣman sobhanaṃ kriyati bahukarā yūyaṃ bhāraṃ vahatha / dharmmadeśanāṃ karetha / saṃghārāmo kelāpīyati / dhūmo kriyati kulāni prasādīyantīti / evaṃ saṃrādhayitavyāḥ / atha (31b6) dāni āraṇyake śeyyāsane grāmāntikānāṃ ca āraṇyakānāñ ca bhaktaṃ sajjīyati / nāpi dāni kṣamati / āraṇyakehi pi pratikṛtyeva gaṇḍiṃ āhaniyāṇaṃ cetiyaṃ vandiya bhuñjituṃ / atha khalu duve sthālīyo a(ā)drāhayitavyāyo / ekā āraṇyakānāṃ ekā grāmāntikānāṃ yā āraṇyakānāṃ sthālī tahiṃ taṇḍulā prakṣipitavyāḥ / yā grāmāntiṃkānāṃ sthālī yadi tāva grāmāntikā (31b7) āgatā bhavanti / tahiṃ pi taṇḍulā prakṣipitavyāḥ / atha dāni grāmāntikā nāgacchanti / na kṣamati tahiṃ taṇḍulāṃ prakṣipituṃ / jānitavyaṃ / anekāye grāmāntikānāṃ grāmo paro vā bhave corā vā patitā bhaveṃsuḥ / yathā nāgacchantīti / (ii.p.9) ekena bhikṣuṇā vihāraṃ ukkasiyāṇaṃ nivyā(dhyā)(pa)yantena āsitavyaṃ / kiṃ grāmāntikā (j.145) āgacchanti / na hi tti / yadi tāva āgacchanti teṣāṃ pi (32a1) taṇḍulā prakṣipitavyā / atha dāni nāgacchanti / deśakāle gaṇḍiṃ āhaniya cetiyaṃ vandiya bhuñjitavyaṃ grāmāntikā(nāṃ) thālī-y-otāriya thā(lī) toyaliptāṃ kariya thapitavyāḥ / eṣo dāni koci āraṇyakānāṃ bhaktenopanimantrayati vaktavyaṃ / grāmāntikānām api nimantrehīti / atha dāni āhaṃsuḥ / nāsti mama taṃhiṃ śraddhā nāsti prasādo vaktavyaṃ vayaṃ pi na praticchāmo nti(tti) / atha dāni (32a2) grāmāntikānām api nimaṃtreti bhaktaṃ sajjayitavyaṃ / āsanaprajñaptiḥ karttavyā / pānīyaṃ pariśrāvayitavyaṃ / puṣpaṃ sajjayitavyaṃ / gandho sajjayitavyo / yadi tāva grāmāntikā nāgacchanti / dānapatir āgato bhavati / āha / bhante / āhaṇatha gaṇḍiṃ anukālyo va tāva adyāpi bhavati / vaktavyaṃ / prāgo tāva adyāpi grāmāntikā ca bhikṣavo nāgacchanti / atha dāni āha / āhaṇatha (32a3) tumhe grāmāntikā pi eṣyantīti / kiṃ karttavyaṃ / gaṇḍī tāva vistareṇa āha/niyāṇaṃ ve(ce)tiyo vistareṇa vanditavyo / ve(ce)ti(yaṃ) vistareṇa vandiyāṇaṃ yadi tāva grāmāntikā āgatā bhavanti bhuñjitavyaṃ / atha dāni grāmāntikā nāgacchanti / āsanāni (j.146) vaṃjāya(rjayaṃ)tehi upaviśitavyaṃ / parithapa(veṣa)kena vaktavyaṃ / ko grāmāntikānāṃ bhikṣūṇāṃ lābhagrāhī yadi tāva ā(32a4)haṃsu / ahaṃ pi ahaṃ pi tti vaktavyaṃ / grāmāntikānāṃ bhikṣūṇāṃ piṇḍapātaṃ parigṛhnatha nti(tti) / atha dāni teṣāṃ na koci lābhagrāhako bhavati / pariveṣakena sarvveṣāṃ ekasthāne piṇḍapātaṃ ukkaḍḍhiyāṇāṃ sāṃghikāyaṃ kalpiyakuṭīyaṃ (ii.p.10) thapitavyo / yadi tāva kāle āgacchanti bhuñjanāye dātavyaṃ / atha dāni vikāle āgatā bhavanti / na vā āgacchanti / aparejju(32a5)kāto śrāmaṇerāṇāṃ vā ārāmikānām vā dātavyo nāpi dāni kṣamati grāmāntikehi yatrollagnāye āsituṃ, // atha khalu kālena kālaṃ āraṇyakaṃ śeyyāsanaṃ ukkasitavyaṃ pādāṃ prakṣāliya hastāṃ nirmmādiya stūpaṃ vistareṇa vanditavyaṃ / yadi tāva anukālyo bhavati / ārāmehi vṛkṣamūlehi caṃkramehi niṣadyāhi sthānacaṃkramaniṣadyānu(32a6)yogam anuyuktehi vītināmayitavyā / uddeśaprayuktehi vā manasikāraprayuktehi vā atha dāni deśakālo bhavati vihāraṃ praviśiyāṇāṃ āraṇyakāṃ bhikṣūṃ pratisaṃmodiyāṇaṃ svakasvakehi āsanehi upaviśitavyaṃ / gaṇḍīyaṃ āhatāyaṃ stūpaṃ vandiyāṇaṃ bhuṃjiyāṇaṃ gantavyaṃ / nāpi dāni grāmāntikehi āraṇyakā kutsetavyā / paṃsetavyā / (j.147) śūnyāgāramātā yūyaṃ prajñā(32a7)vaitakṣi(ṃski)yā śṛgālā pi āraṇye vasanti divasaṃ yūyaṃ varṣāṇi piṇḍentā āsatha / atha khalu vaktavyā durāvāsakāni āraṇyakāni śeyyāsanāni prāptāni viviktāni vigatajanapadāni manuṣyarahaśayyakāni pratisaṃlayanasāropyāni duṣkaraṃ prati(vi)vekena durabhiramaṃ ekaṃ paraṃ rātri vinayamāno mānasaṃ ādhyātmaṃ veti / āyuṣmana śobhanaṃ kriyati āraṇyakaṃ śeyyā(32b1)sanaṃ kelāpīyati / uktaṃ cedaṃ bhagavatā yāvakīyaṃ ca bhikṣavo āraṇyakāni śeyyāsanāni adhyāvasiṣyatha / tāva vṛddhī yeva pratikāṃkṣitavyā / kuśalehi dharmmehi no parihāṇi na ca vo māraḥ / pāpīyāṃ avatāram adhigamiṣyati / saddharmmasya antarddhānāya sa(ṃ)mohāya nti(tti) / evaṃ saṃrāvi(dhi)ya gantavyaṃ / evaṃ āraṇyakehi pratipadyitavyaṃ / na pratipadyati (ii.p.11) / ābhisamācārikān dharmmān atikrā(32b2)mati // * //

 v.3-4 ms. 32b2 (j.147.13); ch. 508b22 bhagavān śrāvastyām viharati / tena dāni kālena tena samayena āyuṣmanto nandanopanandanā pānīyaṃ pratijāgaranti / te dāni bhikṣū tato yyeva mukhaṃ tato yyeva hastāṃ nirmmādiyanti / pātrapariśrāvaṇāni dhovanti / te dāni kalyato yeva nandanopanandanā utthiyāṇa hastāṃ nirmmādiya pānīyaṃ pariśrāviya (j.148) pānīyamaṇḍapaṃ parighaṭṭiya tāyitamudritaṃ kariya gocaraṃ (32b3) praviṣṭāḥ / āgantukā bhikṣū āgatāḥ / pānīyaṃ mārggenti / na labhanti / te dāni odhyāyanti kin dāni ayaṃ pānīyamaṇḍapo tāyitamudrito thapito etaṃ prakaraṇaṃ bhikṣūhi śrutaṃ / bhikṣū bhagavato ārocayeṃsu / bhagavān āha / śabdāpayatha nandanopanandanāṃ / te dāni śabdāpitāḥ / bhagavān āha / satyaṃ bhikṣavo nand(an)opanandanā // pe // yāva āgantukā(32b4)nāṃ bhikṣūṇāṃ gaṇo āgato pānīyaṃ mārgganti / na labhanti / te dāni odhyāyanti kin dāni ayaṃ pānīyamaṇḍapo tāyitamudrito kariya thapito āhaṃsuḥ / āma bhagavan bhagavān āha / tena hi evaṃ pānīye pratipadyitavyaṃ / evaṃ pādadhovanīye pratipadyitavyaṃ / kin ti dāni evaṃ pānīye pratipadyitavyaṃ / evaṃ pādadhovanīye pratipadyitavyaṃ / nāyaṃ kṣamati (32b5) pānīyaṃ pariśrāviya pānīyamaṇḍapaṃ ghaṭṭiya tāpi(yi)ya mudritaṃ kariya anyena gantuṃ / atha khalu pānīyavāriko tāva uddiśitavyo / navakānte paṭipa(pā)ṭikāya vā yasya vā prāpuṇati / eko vā dvayo vā trayo vā yattakā vā abhisaṃbhuṇanti / tehi kalyata eva utthiya hastāṃ nirmmādiya (ii.p.12) pānīyaṃ pariśrāviya golakā vā maṇikā vā uṣṭ(r)ikā (32b6) vā thaganakā vā āraṃjarā vā ghaṭṭā vā karakīyo vā appihāṇā karttavyā / śīla(śilā)mayā vā mṛttikāmayā vā kāṣṭhamayā vā acchehi vā celaṣa(pa)ṭṭehi vā bandhitavyā / yo subhāvitā kariya thapetavyā / yathā pānīyaṃ caukṣaṃ bhaveya / na dāni (j.149) kukkuṭapāśakena bandhitvā sthāpetavyaṃ / tehi bhājanehi prakṣipitavyā pāṭalāgulikā vā campakagulikā vā śarkarā vā sarvvaṅ ka(32b7)rttavyaṃ / yathā sugandhā bhaveṃsu / tato yadi tāva anyaṃ pibanāye pānīyaṃ bhavati / anyaṃ pādadhovanīyaṃ pariśrāvitavyaṃ / parivodha(dhova)nīyena pānīyena śirikuṇḍikā pūrayitavyā / ākalpiyakarkkarī pūrayitavyā / pādadhovanikā pūrayitavyā / varccakumbhikā pūrayitavyā / bhikṣūṇāṃ hastodakasya pātrodakasya pāribhogikasya kumbhikā ca karakā ca pūrayitavyā / go(33a1)gotrasthāpa(sthapā)nīyaṃ bhavati / yathā pāṭaliputre śoṇapānīyaṃ rājagṛhe tayota(poda)ṃ vārāṇasyāṃ buddhavicīrṇṇā nāma puṣkiriṇī campāyāṃ gaṃgāpānīya(ṃ) śrāvastyāṃ pe(po)taleyaṃ śākete dharapānīyaṃ / mathurāyāṃ yamunā na kṣamati tato pānīyāto kalpiyakarakī vā akalpiyakarakī vā varccakumbhikā vā pūrayituṃ / hastodakapādodakaṃ vā pānīyaṃ dātuṃ / atha khalu tato pibanāye (33a2) dātavyaṃ / atha dāni śrāddho bhikṣur bhavati / tato eva śrīkuṇḍikāṃ pūreti anāpattiḥ / bhikṣusya cakṣu duḥkhanti vaidyo āha / bhante (ii.p.13) gotrasthena pānīyena akṣiṇi dhovāhi tti labhyā dāni pātrapūraṃ vā eṣo dāni (j.150) dhovanikāṃ vā rajanikām vā kareti / tasya udakena kāryam bhavati / pānīyadhā(vā)rikāṃ yācati icchāmi pānīyaṃ dīyamānan ti na kṣamati / gotrasthaṃ udakaṃ dātuṃ / atha (33a3) khalu pāridhovanīyaṃ udakaṃ dātavyaṃ / bhaktāgreṇa pānīyaṃ vā(cā)rentena hastāṃ sunirmmāditāṃ kṛtvā bhājanaṃ sunirmmāditaṃ kṛtvā caukṣaṃ pānīyaṃ vā(cā)retavyaṃ / pānīyaṃ gṛhnantena gharttitavyaṃ / yathā ekahasto nirāmiṣo bhavati / atha dāni sahasākāreṇa sāmiṣīkṛto bhavati / prakṣālayitvā ya(pa)traśākhāya vā pātraṃ vā oṭṭhāci(33a4)kkaṇaṃ bhavati nirmmādayitvā pātavyaṃ / na dāni atibahu(ṃ) oṣṭha prakṣipitavyā / keśā vā ālihitum vā niḍālam vā / atha khalu oṣṭha pramārjitvā agroṣṭhehi yā(pā)tavyaṃ / tato yyeva stokaṃ varjayitavyaṃ / tenaiva antena prakṣālayantena ujjhitavyaṃ / pānīyaṃ vā(cā)rentena upalakṣayitavyaṃ / yadi koci atibahuṃ oṣṭhaṃ vā volayati keśā vā ālayaṃ(33a5)ti nilāṭe vā apanetavyaṃ taṃ bhājanaṃ ekānte sthapitvā tṛṇaṃ vā kulikaṃ vā upari dātavyā / abhijñānaṃ / yathājñāye akalpiyan ti / puno vā nirmmādayitavyaṃ / paścādbhaktaṃ pānīyaṃ cārentena hastāṃ sunirmmāditā kariya // pe // yāva ekinā hastena pānīyaṃ parigṛhnitavyaṃ / apareṇa pānīyaghaṭikāṃ paṭicchantena cīvara(rā)ṃtarikāya vā pātrāntarikāye (33a6) vā gṛhnitavyaṃ / yāva tenaiva antarakena ujjhitavyaṃ / jentāke cārentena oṣṭhā (ii.p.14) pānīyacārikāye pātraṃ bandhitavyaṃ / pibantena oṣṭhā patraśākhāye nirmmādayitvā agroṣṭhakehi pātavyaṃ // pe // taṃ yyeva (j.151) karttavyaṃ prahāṇe cārentena yadi bhūmyāstaro bhavati bhājanāni patraśākhāhi sthapitavyāni / omhāya vā vālikāya vā bhājanehi vā thapitavyaṃ / yadi aṣṭa(33a7)bhāga caturbhāgaṃ ca niṣaṇṇakā bhavanti / ekena madhyamavā(cā)rake sthitakena vā(cā)retavyaṃ / apareṇa praṇetavyaṃ / atha dāni paṭipāṭikāye dūre dūraṃ prahāṇasya upaviṣṭā bhavanti / ekena cāretavyaṃ // pe // labhyā dāni pāridhovanikāto mukhaṃ vā dhovituṃ / hastaṃ vā nirmmādayituṃ, / pātrapariśrāvaṇaṃ vā dhovituṃ / na dāni kṣamati / jhallajhallāye ujjhituṃ / mātrāye (33b1) upanāmetavyaṃ / na dāni kṣamati / pāridhovaniyāto snāpi(yi)tuṃ vā cīvaram vā dhovituṃ / rañjanaṃ vā kaḍhituṃ / atha dāni bhikṣū cīvarakarmma karoṃti / udakañ ca āvilaṃ bhavati / bhājanaṃ ca atiriktaṃ ti le(/ la)bhyā dāni pāpicakadharmmīya yācituṃ / āha / āyuṣman dehi bhūyo ānīya dāsyāmi tti / kiñ cāpi deti anāpattiḥ / taṃ pi dāni / gṛhniya ānīya kālena kālaṃ dātavyaṃ / atha dā(33b2)ni āsaṃnodako saṃghārāmo bhavati / kiñ cāpi tato yeva pibati tato yeva pāridhovanīyaṃ karoti / tato yeva hastāṃ dhovati raṅgam vā karoti / (j.152) anāpattiḥ / evaṃ pānīye pratipadyitavyaṃ / na pratipadyati / ābhisamācārikān dharmmān atikrāmati // * //

 v. 5-6 ms. 33b2 (j.152.3); ch. 507c21  bhagavān śrāvastyām viharati / te dāni āyuṣmanto (ii.p.15) nandanopanandanā ṣaḍvarggikā ca pādadhoṃvanikāyāṃ jha(33b3)llajhallāṃ pādāṃ dhoviyāṇaṃ sarvvaṃ udakaṃ sthā(ccho)riya pādadhovanikāṃ omuddhikāṃ kariya ā(r)drapādakaṃ upanāhāhi prakṣipiya naiva karddamaṃ pariharanti na pāṃsu karddamaṃ marddantā pāṃsu marddentā dīrghacaṃkramaṃ caṃkramanti / bhikṣu āgacchanti pādadhovanāya / te dāni āhaṃsuḥ / mātrāye yūyam āyuṣmanto pādāṃ dhovatha / udake pi khalu [mātr]ā (33b4) uktā bhagavatā tathaiva sarvvehi bāhirakehi jīvitapariṣkārehi te dāni bhikṣu paśyanti / tāṃ pādadhovanikāṃ ṛktāṃ te dāni odhyāyanti / kiṃ dāni ayaṃ pādadhovanikā omuddhikṛtā etaṃ prakaraṇaṃ bhikṣū bhagavato ārocayeṃsuḥ / bhagavān āha / śabdāpayatha / nandanopanandanāṃ ṣaḍvarggikāṃ ca / te dāni śabdāpitā / bhagavān āha / satyaṃ bhikṣa(33b5)vo nandanopanandanā ṣaḍvarggikā ca evaṃ nāma evaṃ nāma yūyaṃ pādadhovanikāyāṃ gacchiya jhallajhallāye pādāṃ dhoviya udakaṃ cchoriya pādadhovanikāṃ omuddhikāṃ kariya ārdrapādāṃ upānahāsu prakṣipiya naiva pāṃsu pariharatha na karddamaṃ karddamaṃ marddantā pāṃsu marddantā dīrghacaṃkramaṃ caṃkramatha bhikṣū āgacchanti / pādadhovanikāye pādāṃ dho (33b6)vanāye yūyaṃ jalpatha mātrāye āyuṣmanto pādāṃ dhovatha udake pi khalu bhagavatā (j.153) mātrā uktā / tathaiva sarvvehi jīvitapariṣkārehi te dāni bhikṣu paśyanti pādadhovanikāṃ omuddhikāṃ kṛtāṃ āhaṃsu / āma bhagavan bhagavān āha / duṣkṛtaṃ vo nandano nandanopanandanā ṣaḍvarggikā ca / tena hi evaṃ pādā dhovitavyā / evaṃ (ii.p.16) dhovitapādehi pratipadyitavyaṃ kin ti (33b7) dāni / evaṃ pādā dhovitavyā / kin ti dāni dhovitapādehi pratipadyitavyaṃ / bhagavān dāni bhikṣūn āmantrayati / evaṃ bhikṣavo pādāṃ dhovatha / yathā śāriputro sthaviro ekam idaṃ bhikṣavo samayaṃ śāriputro sthaviro vaiśālyām viharati / mahāvane kūṭāgāraśālāyāṃ sthaviro dāni kālasyaiva nivāsayitvā pātracīvaram ādāya vaiśālīn nagarīṃ piṇḍāya praviṣṭo prāsā(34a1)dikena atikrāntena pratikrāntena ālokitavilokitena sanmiñjitaprasāritena saṃghāṭīpātracīvaradhāraṇena antarggatehi indriyehi abahirggatena manasena sthitena dharmmatāvasthaprāptena smṛto saṃprajāno mārgo viya kāritakāraṇo veśālīṃ nagarīṃ piṇḍāya carati / sthaviro dāni apareṇa brāhmaṇena dṛṣṭo tasya brāhmaṇasya bhavati / ime iti (34a2) kitikāya putrāḥ / śramaṇakāḥ grāmānte iryāpathaṃ paṭhayanti nirddhāvitā ca bhavanti vikopenti / so dāni praduṣṭacitto sthavirasya pṛṣṭhimena pṛṣṭhimaṃ anubaddho yatra yeva ayaṃ śramaṇako īryāpathaṃ vikopayiṣyati / tatraiva śe (śīrṣe) khaṭakaṃ dāsyāmi / sthaviro dāni grāmāraṇyasamena (j.154) īryāpathena samanvāgato vaiśālīṃ piṇḍāya caritvā nirddhāvito vihāraṃ āgato sthavi(34a3)ro dāni vihārakesmin pātraṃ nikṣipiya hastāṃ prakṣāliya saṃghāṭīṃ prasphoṭiya sāhariya abhyantareṇa dviguṇikāṃ kariya cīvaravaṃśe sthapayitvā pānīyasya dakānakaṃ pūrīya pīṭhakā prajñāpiya pādataddha(ṭṭha)kaṃ upanāmayitvā upānahikāyo upanāmiya (ii.p.17) upānahāyo( po)cchanno upanāmiya pādāṃ dhovati / sthaviro dāni dakṣiṇena hastena udakaṃ ā(34a4)siñcati / vāmena hastena pādāṃ dhovati / sthavireṇa dāni vāmā jaṃghā dhovitā dakṣiṇā jaṃghā dhovitā vāmo pādo dhovito dakṣiṇo pādo dhovito upānahāyo(po)cchatu(nna)kaṃ gṛhniya upānahā saṃpuṭaṃ kariya ekasya upānaho(hā)vaddhro yo(po)cchito dvitīyasya upānahāvaddhro pocchito ekasya upānahātalaṃ yo(po)cchitaṃ dvitīyasya upānahā(34a5) talaṃ pocchitaṃ / upānahikāyo nikṣipiya dakānakāto vāmāye kalācīye udakaṃ āvarjayitvā dakṣiṇena hastena upānahāyo(po)cchanakaṃ dhoviya niṣpīḍitvā ātape śoṣayetaṃ kalācīya udakaṃ āvarjiya hastā dhotā hastāṃ (j.155) dhoviya dakānakaṃ dhoviya pānīyāvaśeṣaṃ cchoriya ātape śoṣitaṃ so dāni brāhmaṇo [ta]sya (34a6) ācāragocaraṃ paśyiya tuṣṭo so dāni prasannacitto āha / yathāpi imaṃ bhavatā śāriputreṇa dakānakaṃ / upacīrṇṇaṃ yo pi so brāhmaṇānāṃ uṣṇodakakarako so pi na evaṃ śucī labhyā khalu ito pānīyaṃ pātuṃ / sthavireṇa dāni tasya brāhmaṇasya prasannacittasya catvāry āryasatyāni pradarśitāni duḥkham āryasatyaṃ duḥkhasamudayam āryasatyaṃ duḥkhani(34a7)rodham āryasatyaṃ duḥkhanirodhagāminī pratipadam āryasatyaṃ / tena dāni brāhmaṇena tatraiva sthāne sthitena śrotāpattiphalaṃ sākṣātkṛtaṃ bhikṣū dāni bhagavantam āhaṃsu / yasya bhagavān katham ayaṃ brāhmaṇa sthavirasyācāragocareṇa tuṣṭo bhagavān āha / na etarhi evam anyadāpi eṣo etasya ācāragocareṇa tuṣṭo nyadāpi bhagavan anyadāpi (34b1) bhikṣavo bhūtapūrvvam bhikṣavo atītam adhvānaṃ etahiṃ ca nagaraṃ (ii.p.18) vārāṇasī kāśijanapado / tatra dāni agrakuliko āḍhyo mahādhano mahābhogo prabhūtadhanadhānyakośakoṣṭhāgāro prabhūtajātarūparajatavittopakaraṇo prabhūtahastyaśva-ajagaveḍako prabhūtadāsīdāsa(j.156)karmmakarapauruṣeyo / tasya dāni eko putro acirajāto so (34b2) dāni mātāpitṛbhir unnīyati varddhīyati / yaṃ kālaṃ saptavarṣo ṣṭavarṣo vā so dāni mātāpitṝṇāṃ pūrvvotthāyī paścānnipātī priyavādī mana-apavādī / kiṃkarapariśrāvako tasya dāni śreṣṭhikasya kulaputrakā gṛhaṃ ocaranti / tasya gṛha(ṃ) guptañ ca surakṣitañ ca na pārenti otāraṃ vindanāya / kadāci dāni so śreṣṭhi aparehiṃ jñātisāle nimantritako gato va(34b3)rṣārātrikaṃ taṃ dāra(ka)ṃ rakṣapālaṃ thapiyāṇaṃ putra dvāraṃ ghaṭṭiyāṇaṃ rakṣamāṇo āsesi / so dāni dārako śreṣṭhinā saparivāreṇa gatena gṛhasya dvāraṃ ghaṭṭiyāṇaṃ rakṣamāṇo āsati tehi dāni kulaputrakehi otāro labdho / te dāni taṃ gṛhaṃ okkhandiyāṇaṃ praviṣṭā te dāni ulkāyo ca dīpikāyo ca prajvāliyāṇaṃ mārgganti / so eko dā(34b4)rako dṛṣṭo te dāni pṛcchanti / dāraka kahiṃ tumhāṇaṃ hiraṇyaṃ vā suvarṇṇaṃ vā / so dān āha / ahaṃ pi na jānāmi / etaṃ gṛhaṃ śūnyakaṃ mārggiya mārggiya yaṃ labhatha taṃ gṛhnatha tehi dāni mārggiya mārggiya prabhūtaṃ hiraṇyasuvarṇṇaṃ gṛhasya madhyamāgāre mahāntaṃ kūṭaṃ kṛtaṃ yo teṣāṃ corasenāpatiḥ / so gṛhasya (j.157) madhyāgāre upaviṣṭaḥ / so dāna(ni) co(34b5)rasenāpatiḥ pipāsitaḥ / tasya dārakasyāha / haṃgho dāraka pipāsito smi / icchāmi pānīyaṃ pātuṃ so dāni dārako caukṣasamudācāro bhājanaṃ gṛhniya parimārjiya hastāṃ sudhā(dho)tāṃ kṛtvā bhājanaṃ sudhotaṃ kṛtvā udakasya pūriya (ii.p.19) yatra dīpā dīpyanti tatra allīno so dāni supratyavekṣitaṃ kariya corasenāpatisya allīno senā(34b6)pati pibāhi tti tenāpi dāni corasenāpatinā tasya dārakasya pānīyaṃ dentasya sarvvam upalakṣitaṃ / so dāni pṛcchati haṃgho dāraka kasya kṛtena tvaṃ atra dīpamūlaṃ allīnosi so dāni āha / senāpati pānīyaṃ pratyavekṣituṃ, / mā atra pānīyasmiṃ tṛṇo vā bhave prāṇako vā tena senāpatisya aphāsu bhaveya / so dāni senāpati tasya ācāragocareṇa tuṣṭo (34b7) tasya bhavati senāpatisya mā tāva mā tāva asmākaṃ tāva eṣo vadhakānāṃ pratyarthikānāṃ pratyamitrāṇāṃ arthakāmo hitakāmo ko punarvvādo yo etasya mātāpitā vā jñātikā vā tehi eṣo kathaṃ amaitracitto bhaviṣyati yadi vayam imasya dārakasya evaṃ dharmmiṣṭhasya imaṃ hiraṇyasuvarṇṇaṃ harāma praticorehi pi muṣyema grahaṇaṃ pi gacchema / rājakule pi vadhyema / so dāni (35a1) corasenāpati pānīyaṃ pibiya tāṃ sarvvāṃ corāṃ śabdāpiya pṛcchati / ko bhaṇe ko ahaṃ yuṣmākaṃ te dāni āhaṃsu / senāpati āha / bhavanto ahaṃ imasya dārakasya evaṃ ca evaṃ ca ācāragocareṇa tuṣṭo yadi vayaṃ etasya dharmmiṣṭasya etaṃ hiraṇyaṃ (j.158) suvarṇṇaṃ harema praticorehi vā vayaṃ muṣyema grahaṇaṃ pi gacchema / rājakule pi vadhyema / yadi yuṣmākaṃ anukūlaṃ (35a2) bhave muñcema vayaṃ etaṃ etasya hiraṇyasuvarṇṇaṃ anyaṃ vayaṃ corayiṣyāmaḥ / te dāni āhaṃsuḥ / yathā senāpatikasya rucyati / so dāni dārakasyāha / haṃgho dārakā imaṃ vayaṃ tava sarvvaṃ hiraṇyaṃ suvarṇṇaṃ demi te dāni corā nirddhāpitāḥ / tena dārakena dvārāṇi sarvvāṇi ghaṭitāni devatā gāthāṃ bhāṣate / (ii.p.20) ācāraguṇasampannāḥ / ye bhavanti tu mānavāḥ / 
 (35a3) labhanti vipulāṃ arthāṃ yathā pānīyadāyakaḥ /
 ācāraṃ śikṣitaṃ śreyo anācāraṃ na śikṣitaṃ /
 corehi gṛhīto saṃto mukto ācārakāraṇāt //


 ghātyā bhavanty aghātyācāraṃ śikṣiyāṇaṃ vinayaṃ ca sthāneṣu ca aiśvaryaṃ labhanti ācāraguṇayuktāḥ //

 vadhyā bhavanty avadhyā ācāraṃ śikṣiyāṇaṃ vinayaṃ ca /
 tasmān nareṇa satataṃ ācāraguṇena bhavi(35a4)tavyaṃ /
 raudrā lohitapāṇī caurā tuṣyanti tāḍṛśā santā /
 ācāreṇa anāryā āryā jātāvakrāntāḥ //

 (j.159) bhagavān etasmin vastuni dharmmapadaṃ bhāṣate /
 na brāhmaṇasya prahareya nāsya muṃceya brāhmaṇo /
 dhig brāhmaṇasya hantāraṃ taṃ pi dhik yo sya muṃcati //

 bhagavān āha / syād vo bhikṣavo evam asyādanyo sau tena kālena tena samayena ++(35a5) bhavati agrakulikasya putro naitad evaṃ draṣṭavyaṃ / eṣo śāriputro sthaviro anyo so corasenāpati eṣo brāhmaṇo tadāpi etasya eṣo ācāragocareṇa tuṣṭo etarhi pi eṣo sthavirasya ācāragocareṇa tuṣṭo / eṣo dāni bhikṣu yadā grāmāto nirggato bhavati / tato grāmapraveśikaṃ cīvaraṃ prasphoṭitvā atyantapari(35a6)karmmaṃ sāharitvā sthapetavyaṃ / ārāmacaraṇakaṃ prāvaritvā āsanaṃ prajñapetavyaṃ pādopavā(dhā)nakaṃ udakadānaṃ pi ca uṣṭhapayitvā celakhaṇḍena rajo prasphoṭitavyo dakānakaṃ kalācīyaṃ a(ā)varjetvā colakaṃ dhovitvā niṣpiḍitvā upānahā (ii.p.21) nirmmādayitavyā // pe // yāva colakaṃ niṣpiḍitvā thapetavyo / mā prāṇakā jāyeṃsu (j.160) nīlikāya vā bhaveṃsu / bhikṣuṇāpi tāva (35a7) pādāṃ dhovantena dakṣiṇa(ṇena) hastena udakaṃ āsiṃcitavyaṃ / vāmena hastena pādāṃ dhovitavyā vāmā tāva jaṃghā dhovitavyā dakṣiṇā tāva jaṃghā dhovitavyā / vāmo pādo dhovayitavyo dakṣiṇo pādo dhovayitavyo / upānahāyo prasphoṭitvā saṃpuṭīkṛtvā ekasyopānahāye vaddhro pocchitavyo aparasya vaddhro pocchitavyo / ekasya upānahāye talaṃ (35b1) pocchitavyaṃ / dvitīyasya upānahāye talaṃ pocchitavyaṃ kuṇḍikāto vā karakato vā kalācīye udakaṃ āvarjiya upānahāpocchanakaṃ dhovitavyaṃ / pīḍiya ātape śoṣayitavyaṃ / kalācīye udakaṃ āvarjiya hastā dhovitavyā na kṣamati upānahāhi ārdrapādena praveśayituṃ atha khalu yaṃ kālaṃ adhvātā bhavanti / tato praveśayitavyo / atha khalu dāni (35b2) sarvvasaṃghasya pādadhovanikā bhavati / na kṣamati bhikṣuṇā jhallajhallāye pādāṃ dhovituṃ udakaṃ cchorayi(riya) omuddhikāṃ pādadhovanikāṃ karttuṃ / atha khalu acchaṭikāṃ karentena pādadhovanikāyāṃ praviśitavyaṃ / yadi tāva koci bhikṣuḥ pūrvvapraviṣṭo bhavati / āgamitavyaṃ / yāva tehi / dhovitā pādā nti(tti) atha dāni khaṇui(khāṇu)kāpādadhovanikā bhavati / trīṇi vācāyo jalpayita(35b3)vyo(vyā)/yo ko vṛddhatarako vṛddho(ddhe) nti(tti) / yadi tāva koci vṛddhatarako bhavati / antaraṃ dātavyaṃ / yaṃ kālaṃ tena pādā dhovitā bhavati / upaviśitavyaṃ / atha dāni koci vṛddhatarako na bhavati / evaṃ pi upaviśitavyaṃ / tato yadi tāva dakṣiṇānte pādadhovanikā (j.161) bhavaṃti / dakṣiṇena (ii.p.22) ante(haste)na udakaṃ āsiñcitavyaṃ / vāmena hastena pādā dhovitavyā / (35b4) vāmā tāva jaṃghā dhovitavyā / dakṣiṇena(ṇā) jaṃghā dhovitavyā / vāmo pādo dhovitavyo / dakṣiṇo pādo dhovitavyo / atha dāni vāmānte pādadhovanikā bhavati / vāmena hastena udakaṃ āsiñcitavyaṃ / dakṣiṇena hastena pādā dhovitavyā / nāpi dāni kṣamati tenaiva hastena udakaṃ āsiñcituṃ / atha dāni dve janā bhavanti / ekena ā(35b5)siñcitavyaṃ / ekena dhovitavyaṃ / dakṣiṇā tāva jaṃghā dhovitavyā / vāmā jaṃghā dhovitavyā / dakṣiṇo pādo dhovitavyo / vāmo pādo dhovitavyo upānahāyo saṃghā(pu)ṭīkariya ekasya upānahāye vadhro pocchitavyo / dvitīyasya vadhrako pocchitavyo / ekasya upānahāye talaṃ pocchitavyaṃ / dvitīyasya upānahāye talaṃ pocchita(35b6)vyaṃ / yadi tahiṃ koci bhikṣu bhavati navatarako so vaktavyo udakaṃ āsiñcihi nti(tti) / upānahāpocchanno dhoviya pīḍiya tatraiva sthapitavyaṃ / hastān nirmmādiyāṇaṃ athā(dhvā)tāyāṃ upānahāyāṃ prakṣipitavyaṃ / nāpi kṣamati / pādadhovanikāyāṃ oguṇṭhitaśīrṣeṇa ohitahastena vā / pādadhovanikāyā upaviśituṃ / atha khalu ekāṃsī(j.162)kṛtena upaviśitavyaṃ / nāpi dāni (35b7) kṣamati pādadhovanikāyāṃ uddeśaprayuktena vā manasikāraprayuktena vā middhāntaragatena vā nirodhasamāpattiṃ cintantena āsituṃ / atha khalu pādehi dhovitehi utthiya gantavyaṃ / dhūlī parivarjantena gantavyaṃ / nāpi dāni kṣamati pādehi dhovitehi dīrghacaṃkramaṃ caṃkramituṃ / atha dāni bhikṣuḥ svādhyāyaṃ karoti / pādehi dhovitehi caṃkramanti bhūyo dho(36a1)vitavyā / atha dāni hemantakālo bhavati bhikṣuḥ paśyati ko bhūyo dhoviṣyatīti / antamasato leṅkaṭakhaṇḍena (ii.p.23) vāmahastena vā āmarjiya praviśitavyaṃ / evaṃ pādā dhovitavyā / evaṃ dhovitapādehi pratipadyitavyaṃ / na pratipadyati / ābhisamācārikān dharmmān atikrāmati // * //

 v. 7-8 ms. 36a1 (j.162.11); ch. 508c24 bhagavān rājagṛhe viharati / vistareṇa nidānaṃ kṛtvā jīvako kaumārabhṛtyo bha(36a2)gavantaṃ yācati / anujānātu bhagavān śrāvakānāṃ jentākaṃ vātapittaśleṣmakānāṃ paya(phā)su bhaviṣyati / bhagavān āha / tena hi anujānāmi / eṣā evārthotpattiḥ // * //

 bhagavān śrāvastyāṃ viharati / saṃghasya dāni jentāko te dāni āyuṣmanto ṣaḍvarggikāḥ / pratikṛtyeva gacchiya jentākaṃ prajvālīya dvāraṃ ghaṭṭiya svedattā āsanti / āgatā bhikṣū dvāraṃ yāva(ca)nti (36a3) āyuṣmanto detha dvāraṃ / te dāni āhaṃsu / āgametuṃ(ṃtu) / āyuṣmanto na tāva (j.163) jentāko tatto bhavati / yaṃ kālaṃ bhikṣu sannipatitāḥ / taṃ kālaṃ sarvvaṃ tailaṃ upayojiya sarvvaṃ cūrṇṇaṃ upayojiya sarvvaṃ udakaṃ cchoriya sarvvaṃ, kāṣṭhaṃ agnau prakṣipiya jentākaṃ apaduriya nirddhāvitāḥ / āhaṃsuḥ / praviśantu āyaṣmanto jentāko tapto (36a4) te dāni bhikṣu śītapraṣṭavyena spṛṣṭāḥ / tvaritatvaritaṃ praviṣṭā te dāni yaṃ kālaṃ tehi āyuṣmantehi ṣaḍvarggikehi dvāraṃ āghaṭṭiya bāhiravitaṇḍitaṃ kṛtaṃ / te dāni tailaṃ mārgganti na labhanti cūrṇṇaṃ mārgganti na labhanti / uṣṇena ca dhūmena ca saṃtāpitāḥ / udakaṃ na labhanti / te dāni dvāraṃ āgacchanti / yāva bāhiravitaṇḍitaṃ kṛtaṃ / te dāni āhaṃsuḥ / (36a5) āyuṣman ṣaḍvarggikāḥ / osaratha dvāraṃ (ii.p.24) dhūmena ca uṣṇena ca marāma / te dāni hasanti ca vilekṣanti ca / te dāni āhaṃsuḥ / svedantu āyuṣmanto utpātagaṇḍapiṭakānāṃ vātapittaśleṣmikānāṃ phāsu bhaviṣyati / te dāni yaṃ kālaṃ dhūmena ca uṣṇena ca suṣṭhu saṃtāpitāḥ / taṃ velaṃ jentākasya dvāraṃ muktaṃ te dāni uṣṇena ca santāpitāḥ / bāhyato pi (36a6) udakaṃ mārgganti na labhanti te dāni āhaṃsu stokastokaṃ āyuṣmana mātrāye upanetha udake pi mātrajñatā uktā bhagavatā etaṃ prakaraṇaṃ bhikṣū bhagavato ārocayeṃsuḥ / bhagavān āha / śabdāpayatha ṣaḍvarggikāṃ / te dāni śabdāpitāḥ / bhagavān āha / satyaṃ bhikṣavo ṣaḍvarggikāḥ / evan nāma saṃghasya jentāko tta(tti) / tad eva sarvvaṃ bhagavān vi(j.164)stareṇa pratyāro(36a7)cayati / yāva ete dāni bhikṣū uṣṇena ca dhūmena ca santāpitā nirddhāvitā bāhyato pi udakaṃ mārggayanti / na labhanti / yūyaṃ dāni āhaṃsu stokaṃstokaṃ āyuṣman mātrāye upanetha udake pi mātrajñatā uktā bhagavatā / āhaṃsu / āma bhagavan bhagavān āha / duṣkṛtaṃ vo bhikṣavo ṣaḍvarggikāḥ / nā(a)haṃ bhikṣavo ṣaḍvarggikāḥ / anekaparyāyeṇa metraṃ kāyakarmma vadāmi (36b1) sabrahmacāriṣu dhruvaṃ pratyupasthāpayitavyaṃ / āvi caiva raho ca maitraṃ vācākarmmaṃ maitraṃ manokarmmaṃ sabrahmacāriṣu dhruvaṃ pratyupasthāpayitavyaṃ / āvi caiva raho ca tatra nāma yūyaṃ idam evaṃrūpaṃ pāpakarmmam akuśalan dharmmam adhyācariṣyatha / tena hi evaṃ snāne pratipadyitavyaṃ / evaṃ jentāke pratipadyitavyaṃ kin ti dāni evaṃ snāne pratipadyitavyaṃ / evaṃ (36b2) jentāke pratipadyitavyaṃ / jentākaṃ karentena vaṭṭito vā karttavyo caturasro vā vidiśaṃ dvāraṃ karttavyaṃ / vātapānīyaṃ vīthī karttavyā / atya(bhya)ntare viśālā bāhirato (ii.p.25) saṃdyi(kṣi)ptā / ekāye vātadhā(pā)nīye vīthīye dvauvikā bhavati dvitīyā karttavyā bhūmi astaritavyā upalehi vā pakṣiṭṭikāya vā sudhāmṛttikālepo vā karttavyo / udviddhavīthī karttavyā / bh(r)aṣṭikā (36b3; j.165) karttavyā / yena dvārāheṣṭhato viśālāhi upari saṃkṣiptā udvedho nirghu(mu)ṣṭikā trayo hastā karttavyā vistāreṇa ni(r)muṣṭikā vā bhūmito ardhahasta-upastha(sthū)latarikā karttavyā / ulkabhramo karttavyo / yena bhraṣṭikā samantena karttavyaṃ kapāṭaṃ karttavyaṃ / yadi tāva bhraṣṭikā dakṣiṇato bhavati / vāmato kapāṭaṃ karttavyaṃ / atha vā na(vā)mato bhraṣṭi(36b4)kā bhavati / dakṣiṇato kapāṭaṃ karttavyaṃ / na dāni kṣamati / sūcikabandhimaṃ karttuṃ, / ghaṭikā bandhimaṃ karttavyaṃ / nāpi dāni kṣamati tadā karttavyaṃ / yathā sukhena tapyati / atha khalu tathā karttavyaṃ / yathā ya(ye)va phalamātreṇa lagga bāhirato cīvarakuṭī karttavyā / nāgadantakavīthī karttavyā yatāyetārthāyaiva bhavati jentākavārikā vā ārāmikā vā (36b5) tehi jentāke santānikā śāṭayitavyā / siñcitvā sammārjayitavyo / kāṣṭhaṃ se(sa)jjetavyaṃ / bhaṇḍā sajjayitavyā / ghaṭā vā sajjetavyā / kuṇḍā jentāke pīṭhikā vā śuktikāyo vā dhovitavyā / kāṣṭhaṃ bhraṣṭikāyāṃ ājuhi(j.166)tavyaṃ gaṇḍī ākoṭetavyā / agnir dātavyo udakaṃ āharttavyaṃ / te dāni agni datvā paścād gaṇḍī ākoṭetavyo agnir dātavyo / (36b6) udakaṃ āharttavyaṃ / na dāni agniṃ datvā paścād gaṇḍī ākoṭetavyā / atha khalu gaṇḍi ākoṭetvā agnir dātavyo / mā evam eva kāṣṭhaṃ dahyeya jentākasya gaṇḍī (ii.p.26) ākoṭitāje jānitavyā / kiṃ eṣo jentāko sarvvasāṃghiko pāriveṇiko yathāyo(parṣāye /) yadi tāva paryā(rṣā)ye bhavati / ye tahiṃ paryā(rṣā)ye tahiṃ gantavyaṃ / atha dāni pariveṇiko bhavati / ye tasmiṃ pariveṇikā saṃti tehi ga(36b7)ntavyaṃ / atha dāni sarvvasāṃghiko bhavati tathā evaṃ snāyantena cīvarakaṃ sāharitvā ekasthāne sthavitavyaṃ loḍhikena vā paṭikāya vā cīvaraṃca(vaṃ)śe vā thapetavyo jentākapīṭhe vā praviśatena na dāni kṣamati / [b]āhā bhrāmayantena praviśituṃ / atha khalu ekena hastena agrato praticchāditvā praveṣṭavyaṃ / eko niṣkrāmati / eko praviśati / yo praviśati / tenāntaraṃ dāta(37a1)vyaṃ / na dāni āsa(j.167)nāni vā bhājanāni vā vṛddhatarakaṃ vā bhikṣuṃ laṃghayantena gantavyaṃ / saṃprajānanena gantavyaṃ / yadi dāni upādhyāyo vā ācāryo vā praviṣṭako bhavati / na dāni bāhirato vikrośitavyaṃ / snāyāmi ācārya snāyāmi upādhyāya nti(tti) atha khalu cīvarakāni sthāpitvā praviśitvā tasya tāva parikarmma karttavyaṃ / atha dāni anyasyāpi karttukāmo bhavati / āpṛcchitvā kartta(37a2)vyaṃ / atha dāni so prakṛtyeva bhaṇito bhavati / asukasya vā asukasya vā parikarmma kuryesi tti / kiñ cāpi anāpṛcchitvā kareti / anāpattiḥ / yadi tāva agni bahalako bhavati / navakehi agrato sthātavyaṃ / agni prativāhentehi / atha dāni agnir mmando bhavati / vṛddhehi agrato sthātavyaṃ / parikarmma karentehi na dāni svedena vā malena vā usphoṣetavyo / uṣāntake(37a3)na snānena vā pratipannena vā (ii.p.27) parikarmma karttavyaṃ / antevāsikehi vā sārvve(rddhe)vihārikehi vā parikarmma karentena na dāni apūrvvacarimaṃ ubhayabāhā prasāretavyā / atha khalu hastena agrato praticchādayitavyaṃ / apareṇa parikarmma kārayitavyaṃ / atha dāni bhikṣuḥ prahāṇiko bhavati / na dāni kṣamati / tehi agni(ṃ) prajuhitvā udakaṃ praviśiṣitvā (37a4) udakatamaṃ bandhitvā dvāraṃ pihitvā śālaṃ bandhitvā prahāṇaṃ āsituṃ, / prasvedaṃtehi na dāni kṣamati tailena śoṣayituṃ / atha khalu minīya dātavyaṃ / caṣakena vā karaṇḍikāya vā hastasaṃjñāya vā bhājanakena vā (j.168) dātavyaṃ / nāpi dāni kṣamati / cūrṇṇaṃ rāśīya upanetuṃ / minīya dātavyaṃ / mānabhaṇḍe vā bhājanena vā hastasaṃjñāya vā piṇḍi(37a5)kam vā paṭṭiya dātavyaṃ / atha dāni dānapati āhaṃsuḥ / yāvad arthaṃ bhadantā upanetuṃ(ṃtu) / evaṃ pi kṛtvā mātrāye / upanetavyaṃ / jentākaṃ praviśantena udakasya pratyayo jānitavyo / kathaṃ dīyati / yadi tāva mitakaṃ dīyati / uṣṇodakaṃ ghaṭena vā kuṇḍena vā tena tathā yeva grahetavyaṃ / atha dāni prakṛtyeva āhaṃsuḥ / yā(yo) pratibalo (37a6) bhavati udakaṃ upasthāpetuṃ / so praviśatu / yo pratibalo bhavati / udakaṃ upasthāpetuṃ tena praveṣṭavyaṃ / atha dāni antevāsiko (vā) sārvva(rddhe)vihāriko vā āhaṃsu / upādhyāyācāryā praviśatha vayam udakam upasthāpayiṣyāmi tti // praveṣṭavyaṃ evaṃ pi kṛtvā mātrāye upanetavyaṃ / upāsakā vā karmmakarā (vā) ārāmikā vā āhaṃsu / praviśantu āryami(37a7)śrāḥ vayaṃ udakaṃ dāsyāmaḥ / praveṣṭavyaṃ mātrāye upanetavyaṃ / atha dāni ogho vā puṣkiriṇī vā taḍāgo vā bhavati kiñ cāpi yāvad arthaṃ upanenti / anāpattiḥ / na kṣamati / abhyavakāśe nagnasya nagnena parikarmma (ii.p.28) karttuṃ / atha dāni udakasya praticchannaṃ bhavati nābhimātraṃ vā udakaṃ anāpattiḥ / atha dāni jānumātraṃ udakaṃ bhavati / upaviṣṭena (37b1) karttavyaṃ / yathā nābhipraticchannā bhaveya na kṣamati ātmano (j.169) cīvarāṇi gṛhnitvā parasya cīvarehi samākulīkṛtvā sthāpetuṃ / atha khalu yathāsthāne sthāpayitvā gantavyaṃ / etaṃ dāni jentākasya ārocitaṃ bhavati / jānitavyaṃ / kim ayaṃ jentāko ekato sāṃghiko parṣāyaṃ pariveṇiko nimantritakānāṃ ti yathā bhavati tathā gantavyaṃ / yadi tāva ekato sāṃghiko bhavati / (37b2) sarvvaṃsaṃghena gantavyaṃ / atha dāni parṣāye bhavati / tehi gantavyaṃ / pariveṇiko bhavati / pariveṇikena gantavyaṃ / nimantritakānāṃ bhavati / nimant(r)itakehi gantavyaṃ / atha dāni ārocīyati / bhante yasyāsti tailaṃ ca cūrṇṇaṃ ca tato āgacchantu nti(tti) / tato yasyāsti tailaṃ ca cūrṇṇaṃ ca tehi gantavyaṃ / atha dāni bhikṣu jarādurbbalā vā vyādhidurbbalā vā bhavanti / tasya (37b3) sarvve(sārddhe)vihārikā bhavanti antevāsikā vā tehi vaktavyaṃ / upādhyāyācāryā āgacchāhi snāhi vayaṃ tailaṃ vāsyāma / yadi snāyitukāmo bhavati gantavyaṃ / atha dāni na snāyitukāmo bhavati / vaktavyaṃ su(sa)gotrīmātā gacchatha yūyaṃ nāhaṃ snāpayiṣyāmi / atha dāni jentāko sāṃghiko bhavati dāyakadānapatī vā denti gaṇḍī āhani(37b4)tavyā / ārocayitavyaṃ āyuṣman tailaṃ bhaviṣyati / cūrṇṇaṃ bhaviṣyati / udakaṃ bhaviṣyati / (s)nāyaṃtu āyuṣmanto (j.170) yentākavārikā adhyeṣitavyāḥ / tehi jentāko prajvalitavyo jentākapīṭhakāni praveśayitavyāni / tailam praveśayitavyaṃ / cūrṇṇaṃ praveśayitavyaṃ,/ śuktiyo praveśa(ii.p.29)yitavyo / udakaṃ tāpayitavyaṃ / yadi tāva alpaṃ (37b5) tailaṃ cūrṇṇaṃ bhavati / mitakaṃ dātavyaṃ / tailaṃ ma(sa)ṃcayitavyaṃ / udakaṃ bhāvayitavyaṃ / atha dāni bahuṃ bhavati / saṃghasaṃvyavahārako vādā(ṃ) nayati vā jalpati visvastā bhadantā snāyantu nti(tti) / evaṃ pi kariya tailamātrā jānitavyā navakehi bhikṣūhi sthavirāṇāṃ bhikṣūṇāṃ kāyaparicaryā karttavyā / nāpi dāni kṣamati / navakehi bhikṣūhi uccahantehi snā(37b6)yituṃ / atha khalu anyonyasya sagauravehi snāyitavyaṃ / sapratiśehi snāyitavyaṃ / nāpi kṣamati / uccaśabdamahāśabdehi snāyituṃ / atha khalu alpaśabdehi alpanirghoṣehi jentāke snāyitavyaṃ / atha dāni praśno sthāpīyati / kiñ cāpi praghuṣṭena svareṇa praśnā visarjenti / anāpattiḥ / yaṃ kālaṃ bhikṣū snātā bhavanti jentākavārikena tailaṃ śeṣaṃ bhavati / praveśayita(37b7)vyaḥ / cūrṇṇaṃ śeṣaṃ bhavati praveśayitavyaṃ / jentākapīṭhikāni dhoviya praveśayitavyāni / śuktiyo dhoviya praveśayitavyāyo yaṃ kāṣṭhaṃ śeṣaṃ bhavati yathāsthāne sthāpetavyaṃ / atha dāni koci paścāt praviśati / āgacchantu āyuṣmanto vayam etaṃ praveśayiśyāma nti(tti) / gantavyaṃ tehi praveśayitavyaṃ / mā ādīnavam utpādaye jentākaṃ siñciya sanmārjiya nā(a)ṃgārā(38a1)ni cāpiya jentākaṃ bāhiraghaṭitaṃ kariya gantavyaṃ / evaṃ jentāke pratipadyitavyaṃ / evaṃ (j.171) snāne pratipadyitavyaṃ na pratipadyati // ābhisamācārikān dharmmān atikrāmati // * //

 v. 9 ms. 38a1 (j.171.3); ch. 509b14 bhagavān śrāvastyām viharati / pañcārthavaśāṃ vistareṇa nidānaṃ kṛtvā yāva adrākṣīd bhagavāṃ pañcāhikāṃ (ii.p.30) vihāracārikāṃm anucaṃkramanto anuvicaranto vihārakehi bhaṇḍaṃ ujjhitāvakīrṇṇe (38a2) tiṣṭhati sthālīyo pīṭharikā adhotakā anupaliptā nakūlamūṣikehi ālupyamānā odanamānikāyo hastā kākaśakuntehi nikkhoḍiyantā droṇīyo udvāyo pariyo bhaktapīṭhikā māṇikaṃ caṃgeriyo śuṣyāyo paṭalakāṃ / bhagavāṃ jānanto yeva pṛcchati / kim iyaṃ bhikṣavo bhāṇḍaṃ ujjhitaprakīrṇṇaṃ tiṣṭhati /  tena hi evaṃ bhaṇḍe pratipadyitavyaṃ / (38a3) kin ti dāni evaṃ bhaṇḍe pratipadyitavyaṃ / etaṃ dāni saṃghasya anugraho bhavati nityapavanā vā uddiśitavyā / māsavāriko vā daśāhavāriko vā tatra uddiśitavyo / paṃcāhavāriko vā tena saṃghasya anugraho sādhayitavyo bhikṣusaṃgho pariveśāpayitavyo / yaṃ kālaṃ bhikṣusaṃghena bhuktaṃ bhavati yaṃ tatra bhaṇḍaṃ bhavati lo(38a4)hikā (j.172) vā kaṭāhakā vā sthālī vā piṭharikā vā māsavārikehi vā pakṣavārikehi vā kalpiyakāraṃ śabdāviya liptopaliptaṃ kariya omuddhikā sthapitavyā / sūryādi(bhi)mukhaṃ yaṃ kālaṃ śuṣkā bhavanti / kalpiyakuṭiṃ praveśiya sthāpayitavyāni / yathāsthānaṃ yaṃ tatra bhavati / dugdhaghaṭā vā dadhighaṭā vā vyañjanagolakā vā te sudhotāṃ (38a5) suprakṣālitāṃ kārāpayiya ātape sthāpayitavyāḥ / yaṃ kālaṃ śuṣkā bhavati tato kalpiyakuṭiṃ praveśiya sthāpayitavyāḥ / yaṃ tatra bhavati śatapotanako vā tāmrapātrā vā lohapātrā (ii.p.31) vā kaṭacchukā vā taddukā vā caṣakā vā palīnakā vā palīnakā vā nirmmāditā kārāpiya kalpiyakuṭiṃ praveśiya yathāsthāne praveśayitavyāni / etā bhavanti (38a6) māṇikā vā khāṇukā vā durvvā vā kaṇḍahastā vā karkkaṭakā vā prasphoṭiya sudhotāṃ suprakṣālitāṃ kariya ātape śoṣayitavyā / yaṃ kālaṃ śuṣkā bhavanti / tato kīlakehi ollayitvā sthapitavyā yathā na khajjeya / ukkasiya sthapetavyā ete khajjakacaṃgerīyo vanaphalacaṅgerīyo harītakīcaṅgerīyo vā prasphoḍiya suprakṣālitāṃ kariya ekamante sthapetavyāḥ / ete bhavanti / (38a7) vastrābharaṇakā vā pariśrāvaṇā vā caturasrakā vā sāharitvā kīṇa(la)kehi ollayitvā sthapayitavyā / yathā (j.173) na (kha)dyeṃsu / etā bhaiṣajyapiṣaṇikā śilā na dāni kārya(ṃ) kṛtvā yathā yeva pratiliptikā sthapetavyā / atha khalu sudhovitvā yathāsthāne sthāpayitavyā / nāpi dāni kalpikakuṭī adhyupekṣitavyā / oddriṇṇakā vā prala(lu)ggikā vā acaukṣā vā / apratisaṃskṛtā vā / atha kha(38b1)lu kālena kālaṃ yadi tāva tṛṇacchannā bhavati tṛṇapulako dātavyo / gomayakārṣī dātavyā / abhīkṣṇaṃ sanmārjayitavyaṃ / atha dāni tṛṇapraveśikā bhavanti / ekānte sthaṣe(pe)tavyaṃ / evaṃ yat kiñcit saṃghasya bhāṇḍaṃ yo yatra abhiyukto bhavati / tena taṃ pratisāmetavyaṃ / ete bhavanti raṅgagolakā vā raṅgaghaṭakā vā raṅgakuṇḍakā vā raṅgakaṭa(ṭā)hakā vā māṣavārikasya vā / (38b2) pakṣa(vārika)sya vā ādhīnaṃ bhavati / eṣo bhikṣu dhovanikā vā karttukāmo bhavati / māsavāriko vā pakṣavāriko vā yācitavyo / atha dāni dve janā (ii.p.32) yāṃca(caṃ)ratīti tena vṛddhatarakasya jñātavyaṃ atha dāniṃ vṛddhatarakasya cirakālo bhavati navatarakasya itvarakālikaṃ bhavati / navatarakasya dātavyaṃ / atha dāni ubhayeṣāṃ itvarakālikaṃ vṛddhatarakasya dātavyaṃ ubhaye(38b3)ṣāṃ cirakālikaṃ bhavati / vṛddha(j.174)tarakasya dātavyaṃ / tena dhovanikā vā rajanikā vā kariya na kṣamati tathā yyeva upamakṣitaṃ vā raṃgarakṣitaṃ vā adhotakam vā anupaliptakam vā dayituṃ na kṣamati / atha khalu sudhotaṃ suprakṣālitaṃ suliptaṃ suśuṣkaṃ kariyāṇaṃ cīvararajūṃ na dāni cīvaraṃ raṃjetvā na tathā yeva vitanikā ujjhitvā gantavyaṃ / atha kha(38b4)lu sāharitvā yathāsthāne sthāpayitavyaṃ / vaḍḍhakibhaṇḍaṃ bhavati / nāsite vā dāni yā vā viśālikā vā sūtrātha olambiko dhovitvā ekānte sthāpetavyā / takṣāṇaṃ bhāṇḍaṃ bhavati / kuṭhāro vā vāsīyo vā viharaṇako vā nikhādanako vā aṭṭilā vā ekānte sthapetavyā / etā bhavanti vāsīyo vā kuddālakā vā niśreṇiyo vā (38b5) na dāni tathā yeca(va) mṛttikā praliptikā sthapetavyā / atha khalu bodhi(dhovi)satvā yathāsthāne sthāpayitavyo / tac cevaṃ cāturddiśaṃ sāṃghikaṃ ma(bhā)ṇḍakaṃ rikta paribhogaṃ na dāni kāryaṃ kṛtvā vihāre gopitvā sthāpetavyaṃ / purokṛtyaṃ sukhaṃ bhaviṣyati / atha khalu yasyaivaṃ (j.175) kāryam bhavati / tasyaivan dātavyaṃ / evaṃ bhāṇḍe pratipadyitavyaṃ / (38b6) na pratipadyati // ābhisamācārikān dharmmān atikrāmati // * //

 v.10 ms. 38b6 (j.175.3); ch. 509c9 bhagavān śrāvastyāṃ viharati vistareṇa nidānaṃ kṛtvā (ii.p.33) aparehiṃ vihārake saṃbahulā bhikṣū pratisaṃkramati / so dāni vihārako uppeḍanako aparo ca bhikṣuḥ / virātre uśvāsa(ccāra)kārako vā praśvāsa(srāva)kārako vā nirddhāvito bhavati / sa cīvaraṃ cīvaraṃvaṃśāto hū(kū)ṣiyāṇaṃ patito / e(38b7)vaṃ bhūmīye patito taṃ dāni ekena ākrāntaṃ dvitīyena ākrāntaṃ tṛtīyenākrāntaṃ sarvvaṃ karddamehi anupraviṣṭaṃ cīvarakoṇako avaśiṣṭo so dāni aparejjukāto kalyata eva nivāsiya prāvariya cīvarakaṃ mārggati na labhati / tena dāni mārggantena so cīvarakoṇako dṛṣṭo taṃ dāni tahiṃ cīvarakarṇṇake gṛhniya acchiyaṃ caṭanti saṃca(rvvaṃ) phāṭitaṃ / e(39a1)taṃ prakaraṇaṃ bhikṣū bhagavato ārocayeṃsuḥ / bhagavān āha / śabdāpayatha taṃ bhikṣuṃ / so dāni śabdāpito / bhagavān āha / evaṃ ca tvaṃ bhikṣuḥ cīvarakaṃ cīvarakoṇake gṛhniya acchosi ca caṭanti sarvvaṃ phāṭitaṃ tena hi evaṃ cīvare pratipadyitavyaṃ / kin ti dāni evaṃ cīvare pratipadyitavyaṃ / ete dāni saṃbahulā saṃbahulā bhikṣūḥ / ekahi vihārake pratikramanti / yadi / (39a2) tāva so uppeḍanako vihārako (j.176) bhavati / nāpi kṣamati bhikṣūhi muktakaṃ cīvaraṃ sthapayituṃ / atha khalu cīvarakāni sasāharitāni kāriya antaramukha duguṇāntaraṃ kariya cīvaravaṃśe sthapetavyāni tato paṭṭikāye vā loḍhakena vā rejjukāye vā bandhitavyāni / upādhyāyasya (vā) ācāryasya vā cīvaraṃ sāharitvā abhyantara parikarmma dviguṇante / (39a3) agrato karttavyo / antarapīḍito na dāni upādhyāyasya vā ācāryasya (vā) cīvarehi ātmano cīvaraṃ (ii.p.34) veḍhayitavyaṃ / atha khalu ātmano cīvarehi upādhyāyācāryāṇāṃ cīvarā veḍhayitavyāḥ / evaṃ sarvvehi bandhiya thapetavyāni / atha dāni bhikṣu virātrakāle uśvāsa(ccāra)kāro vā praśvāsa(srāva)kāro vā nirddhāvati / cīvaravaṃśakāto / (39a4) cīvarāṇi muṃciya ekaṃ dvitīyaṃ vā tṛtīyam vā lka(kū)ṣiyāṇāṃ bhūmīyaṃ patitaṃ / ekena (ā)krāntaṃ dvitīyena ākrāntaṃ tatraiva sarvvaṃ bhūmīye anupraviṣṭo bhavati / aparejjukāto bhikṣū kalyato yeva nivāsiya prāvariya cīvarakāṇi mārggati so mārgganto na paśyati / tasya cīvarakasya koṇakaṃ nāpi kṣamati / tahiṃ cīvarakoṇa(39a5)ke gṛhniya dranti acchituṃ / mā cīvarakoṇako bhavatu / mā cīvarako ti / atha khalu tato koṇakāto prabhṛti sukhākaṃ mocayitavyaṃ / cīvarakaṃ dhoviya vihārakoṇako (tha)payitavyo taṃ cīvarakaṃ yaṃ kālaṃ śuṣkaṃ bhavati tato paribhuñjayitavyaṃ / atha dāni bhikṣuḥ / upādhyāyasya vā ācāryasya vā cīvarāṇi upari sthāpayita(39a6; j.177)vyāni / atha dāni so uppaṃsulako vihārako bhavati / nāpi kṣamati upādhyāyasya vā ācāryasya vā cīvarakāni upari sthāpayituṃ, / ātmano cīvarakāni heṣṭhe sthapayitu(ṃ) / atha khalu upādhyāyasya vā ācāryasya vā heṣṭhe sthapayitavyāni / ātmano cīvarāṇi upari sthāpayitavyāni / nāpi kṣamati grīṣmakā bhavati rajo vātarajo vā ukkani(39a7)kā cīvaraṃ vināśeti nedāni upādhyāyācāryāṇāṃ cīvarakehi ātmano cīvarā veḍhayitavyā / atha khalu ātmano cīvarehi upādhyāyācāryāṇāṃ cīvarā veḍhitavyā / na dāni kṣamati / vihāro adhyupekṣituṃ / (ii.p.35) uppaṃsulo vā acaukṣo vā / atha khalu kālena kālaṃ siñcitvā sanmārjitavyaṃ / gomayakārṣī dātavyā / vaṃghorikā dātavyā / na kṣa(39b1)mati / cīvareṇāprasannaṃ gṛhnituṃ / kheṭakaṭāham vā uccārakaṭāhakam vā prasrāvakumbhakaṃ vā saṃkāraṃ vā ujjhituṃ / upānahā gṛhnituṃ / gomayāni vā uccinituṃ / na kṣamati / cīvaraṃ adhyupekṣituṃ / cikkanaṃ vā apratisaṃskṛtaṃ vā omayilamayilam vā pāṭitavipāṭitam vā / atha khalu kālena kālaṃ dhovitavyaṃ / raṃjitavyaṃ / sīvitavyaṃ / yathā cchavi evaṃ cīvare pratipadyi(39b2)tavyaṃ / na pratipadyati // ābhisamācārikān dharmmān atikrāmati // * //

 (j.178) uddānaṃ //

 evam araṇye pratipadyitavyaṃ / evaṃ grāmāntike pratipadyitavyaṃ / evaṃ jā(pā)nīye pratipadyitavyaṃ / evaṃ paridhovaniye pratipadyitavyaṃ / evaṃ pādā dhovitavyā / evaṃ pādadhovanike pratipadyitavyaṃ / 
 evaṃ snāne pratipadyitavyaṃ /
 evaṃ jentāke pratipadyitavyaṃ /
 evaṃ bhaṇḍe pratipadyitavyaṃ /
 evaṃ cīva(39b3)re pratipadyitavyaṃ // * //


 // pañcamo varggaḥ // * //

 (yoshiyasu yoṇezāwā / ḥidetoshi yośḥīzāwā)

(ii.p.36) vi. 1 ms.39b3 (j.179.1); ch.511b16 bhagavān śrāvastyāṃ viharati / te dāni āyuṣmanto ṣaḍvarggikā kalyata eva vihāracaraṇakāni nivāsanāni nikṣipiyāṇaṃ nagnaprāvṛtā grāmapraveśanikāni nivasanāni mārgganti / gocarāto nirddhāvitā grāmapraveśanikāni nivāsanāni nikṣipiyāṇaṃ nagnaprāvṛtā vihāracaraṇakāni nivāsa(39b4)kā(nā)ni mārgganti / ete(taṃ) prakaraṇaṃ bhikṣūhi śrutaṃ bhikṣū bhagavato ārocayeṃsu / bhagavān āha / śabdāpayatha ṣaḍvarggikāṃ te dāni śabdāpitāḥ / bhagavān āha / satyaṃ bhikṣavo ṣaḍvarggikāḥ / evaṃ nāma yūyaṃ kalyata eva utthiya vihāracaraṇakāni cīvarakāni nikṣipitvā nagnaprāvṛtāḥ / grāmapraveśanikā(ni) nivasanāni mārggatha gocarāto (39b5) nirddhāvitāḥ / grāmapraveśanikāni nivāsanāni nikṣipitvā nagnaprāvṛtāḥ / vihāracara(ṇa)kāni nirvāsanāni mārggatha / āhaṃsu āma / bhagavan bhagavān āha / tena hi evaṃ nivāsitavyaṃ / kin ti dāni evaṃ nivāsayitavyaṃ / bhikṣuṇā tāva kalyata evotthitvā gocaraṃ (j.180) praviśaṃtena na kṣamati / grāmapraveśanikaṃ nivāsanaṃ anupahastaṃ kṛ(39b6)tvā vihāracaraṇakaṃ nivasanaṃ nikṣipituṃ / atha khalu prakṛtyeva tāva grāmapraveśanakaṃ upahastaṃ karttavyaṃ / tato grāmapraveśanaṃ ca nivāsanaṃ āvellayitavyaṃ vihāracaraṇakaṃ nivāsanaṃ uccetalayitavyaṃ / kāyabandhanaṃ bandhayitvā cīvaravāṇi pravāritvā gocaraṃ praviśitavyaṃ / gocarāto nirddhāvitena nāpi kṣamati (ii.p.37) vihāracaraṇaṃ nivāsanaṃ / anupaha(39b7)staṃ kariyāṇaṃ grāmapraveśanakaṃ nivāsanaṃ nikṣipituṃ / atha khalu prakṛtyeva tāva vihāracaraṇakaṃ nivasanaṃ upahastaṃ karttavyaṃ / tato vihāracaraṇakaṃ nivāsanaṃ āvellayitavyaṃ / grāmapraveśanakaṃ ca nivāsanaṃ uccelayitavyaṃ / te bhikṣū uddhārakaṃ karttukāmā bhavanti / upalepanaṃ vā saṃmārjanaṃ vā bhavati / snānaśāṭakaṃ vā leṅkaṭakhaṇḍakam vā nivāsi(40a1)ya snātukāmo bhavati / nāpi kṣamati nivāsanaṃ nikṣipitvā snānaśāṭakaṃ vā leṅkaṭakhaṇḍakaṃ nivāsayituṃ / atha khalu nivāsanaṃ uccellayitu(tavya)ṃ / snānaśāṭikā vā leṅkaṭakhaṇḍakaṃ āveḍhayitavyaṃ nivāsanaṃ uccellayitavyaṃ nāpi kṣamati snānena samānena nivāsanaṃ nivāsayitvā kāmabhoginā yathā uparimeṇa nivāsanasya snānaśāṭikāṃ utkṣipituṃ nāpi kṣamati / he(40a2)ṣṭhena snānaśāṭikām vā leṅkaṭakhaṇḍakam vā osārayituṃ / calanakaṃ yathā / atha khalu nivāsanaṃ (j.181) occellayitavyaṃ / snānaśāṭakaṃ vā leṅkaṭakhaṇḍakaṃ vā uccellayitavyaṃ / eṣo bhikṣu vikāle pratikramati / nāpi kṣamati nivāsanaṃ nikṣipitvā nagnaprāvṛtena rātrīprāvaraṇa nivāsinaṃ mārggituṃ / atha khalu pratikṛtyeva tāva rātrīprāvaraṇakaṃ nivāsanaṃ upa(40a3)hastīkarttavyaṃ / tato nivāsanaṃ uccellayitavyaṃ / rātriprāvaraṇaṃ nivāsanaṃ ca āvellayitavyaṃ / evaṃ nivāsane pratipadyitavyaṃ / na pratipadyati // ābhisamācārikān dharmmān atikrāmati // * //

 vi. 2 ms.40a3 (j.181.7); ch. 511b27 bhagavān śrāvastyām viharati / te dāni āyuṣmanto ṣaḍvarggikā gocarāye prasthitā vihāracaraṇakāni cīvarakā(ni) (ii.p.38) nikṣipiya eka(40a4)nivasanā grāmapraveśanikāni cīvarakāni mārgganti / gocarāto nirddhāvitā grāmapraveśanakāni cīvarāṇi nikṣipitvā ekanivāsanakā vihāracaraṇakāni cīvarakāni mārgganti / etaṃ prakaraṇaṃ bhikṣūhi śrutaṃ / bhikṣū bhagavato ārocayeṃsu / bhagavān āha / śabdāpayatha ṣaḍvarggikān / te dāni śabdāpitāḥ (40a5) bhagavān āha / satyaṃ bhikṣavo ṣaḍvarggikāḥ / evan nāma yūyaṃ kalyato yeva gocarāya prasthitā / vihāracaraṇakāni cīvarāṇi nikṣipiya ekanivasanā grāmapraveśanakāni cīvarāṇi mārggatha / gocarāto nirddhāvitā / grāmapraveśanikāni cīvarāṇi nikṣipitvā ekanivasanakā vihāracīvarakāni mārggatha / āhaṃsu ā(40a6)ma bhagavan (j.182) bhagavān āha / tena hi evaṃ prāvaritavyaṃ / kin ti dāni evaṃ prāvaritavyaṃ / eṣo dāni bhikṣuḥ / kalyato yeva gocarāye prasthito bhavati / nāpi kṣamati vihāracaraṇakāni cīvarakāṇi nikṣipiya ekanivasanakena grāmapraveśanikāni cīvarāṇi mārggituṃ / atha khalu pratikṛtyeva tāva grāmapraveśanakaṃ cīvaraṃ upahastaṃ karttavyaṃ prāvarantena grāmaṃ(40a7)praveśanakaṃ cīvaraṃ āccellayitavyaṃ vihāracaraṇakaṃ cīvaraṃ uccellayitavyaṃ / gocarāto nirggatena nāpi kṣamati / grāmapraveśanakaṃ cīvaraṃ nikṣipitvā ekanivasanakena vihāracaraṇakaṃ cīvaraṃ mārggita(tu)ṃ / atha khalu prakṛte(tye)va tāva vihāracaraṇakaṃ cīvaraṃ upahastīkarttavyaṃ / prāvaramāṇena vihāracaraṇakaṃ cīvarakaṃ āccellayitavyaṃ / grāmaprave(40b1)śanakaṃ cīvaraṃ uccellayitavyaṃ / evaṃ ārāmacaraṇakaṃ vā āccellayitavyaṃ / vihāracaraṇakaṃ vā (ii.p.39) uccellayitavyaṃ / prasphoṭayitvā sāharitvā ekānte sthapayitavyaṃ / etan dāni saṃghasya uṭṭhānakāni bhavanti / cchādanikā vā lepanikā vā sammārjanako vā bhikṣu cīvarakāṇāṃ dayārthaṃ / anyaṃ leṅkaṭakhaṇḍaṃ prāvaritukāmo bhavati nāpi kṣamati / cīvarakaṃ nikṣipiyāṇaṃ ekanivasana(40b2)kena leṅkaṭakhaṇḍaṃ mārggituṃ / atha khalu prakṛtyeva tāva upahastīkarttavyaṃ ekaṃ ca āvellayitavyaṃ dvitīyaṃ uccellayitavyaṃ / evaṃ prāvaritavyaṃ / na pratipadyati / ābhisamācārikān dharmmān atikrāmati // * //

 vi. 3 ms.40b2 (j.183.1); ch. 511c7 (j.183) bhagavān śrāvastyām viharati / te dāni āyuṣmanto nandanopanandanā gocaraṃ praviśantā cīvaraṃ kaṃḍhaṃtā praviśanti / kaṇṭakaśākhāhi lagnaṃ bhavati / dranti acchanti / jhāḍe vā vṛ(40b3)kṣaśākhāyām vā lagnaṃ dranti kaḍhanti / naiva dhūliṃ pariharanti / na kardamaṃ pariharanti / saṃbādharathyāhi sudhāpāṇḍulepanā bhinti(tti)yo ghasantā gacchanti tān api dāni cīvarakāni / omaïlamaïlāṇi pāṭitavipāṭitāni kriyanti teṣān dāni sārddhevihārikā ca antevāsikā ca odhyāyanti / vayaṃ yeca(va) tāva cīvarakāni dhoventā siventā raṃjentā talavilayaṃ gacchāmaḥ (40b4) ime pi na jānanti / katham antaraghare praviśantehi cīvarehi pratipadyitavyaṃ / etaṃ prakaraṇaṃ bhikṣūhi śrutaṃ, / bhikṣū bhagavato ārocayeṃsu / bhagavān āha / śabdāpayatha nandanopanandanāḥ(ṃ,) / te dāni śabdāpitāḥ / bhagavān āha / satyaṃ bhikṣavo nandanopanandanā (ii.p.40) 
evaṃ nāma yūyaṃ antaraṃ gharaṃ praviśantā cīvarakāni kaḍḍhantā /
gacchatha ta(40b5)d eva sarvvaṃ bhagavān vistareṇa pratyārocayati /
yuṣmākaṃ sarvve(sārddhe)vihārikā antevāsikā odhyāyanti // vayaṃ yeva
 tāva cīvarakāni dhovaṃtā sīvantā rañjentā talavilayaṃ (j.184) gacchāmaḥ / ime pi na jānanti / kathaṃ antaragharaṃ praviśantehi cīvarake pratipadyitavyaṃ / āhaṃsu / āma bhagavan  bhagavān āha / tena hi evaṃ antaragharaṃ praviśa(40b6)ntena cīvare pratipadyitavyaṃ / kin ti dāni evaṃ antaragharaṃ praviśantena cīvare pratipadyitavyaṃ / nāyaṃ tāva kṣamati bhikṣuṇā antaragharaṃ praviśantena cīvaraṃ kaḍḍhantena praviśituṃ yahiṃ lagnaṃ tahi lagnaṃ yahiṃ pāṭitaṃ tahiṃ pāṭitaṃ / atha khalu yadi tāva grīṣmakālo bhavati / dūre ca grāmo bhavati / sīrṣe vā skandhe vā cīvaraṃ kṛtvā gantavyaṃ / yadā grāmamūlaga(40b7)to bhavati / yadi tahiṃ ogho vā taḍāgam vā bhavati puṣkiriṇī vā tahiṃ pādāṃ prakṣālitvā cīvaraṃ prāvaritvā gaṇṭhipārśvaṃ ābandhitvā praviśitavyaṃ / atha dāni udakaṃ na bhavati / patraśākhāya vā tṛṇakehi vā pādā jaṃghā prasphoṭitvā prāvaritvā praveṣṭavyaṃ / atha dāni hemanto bhavati / prāvaritvā gantavyaṃ / parimaṇḍalaṃ cīvaraṃ prāvaritvā antaragharaṃ praviśita(41a1)vyaṃ / parivarjitvā / bhrānto vā aśvo bhrānto vā hasti bhrānto vā ratho-aśva vaṭavā cā(vā) ohara pāra(parā)yuktaṃ kaṇṭakaśākhā parivarjantena sudhāpāṇḍula(le)panāyo parivarjantena praviśitavyaṃ / atha dāni bhikṣusya (ii.p.41) yatnaṃ karentasya cīvaraṃ dhūlīye pūritaṃ bhavati / prasphoṭayitavyaṃ / karddamena vā vināśitavyaṃ bhavati / dhovitavyaṃ / kaṇṭakaśākhāyāṃ vā lagnaṃ bhavati / (j.185) na dāni mā cīva(41a2)raṃ mā kaṇṭakaśākhā nti(tti) / udranti acchitavyaṃ / atha khalu stokastokaṃ mocayitavyaṃ / suvā(dhā)pāṇḍulepanā bhittī bhavati varjayitavyā / atha dāni śambāva(dha)rathyā bhavati / susaṃvṛtena paśyillakena atikrāmitavyaṃ / evaṃ antaragharaṃ praviśantena cīvare pratipadyitavyaṃ / na pratipadyati //

ābhisamācārikān dharmmān atikrāmati* // //

 vi. 4 ms.41a2 (j.185.6); ch. 512a1 bhagavān śrāvastyām viharati vistareṇa ni(41a3)dānaṃ kṛtvā te dāni āyuṣmanto nandanopanandanā antaragharaṃ praviṣṭā samānā mañcā caryāṇaṃ ca mā(sā)pāśrayā ca dārakadārikehi pādehi mardditaparimardditā / dhūlīya karddamena makṣitaparimakṣitā tehi prajñaptehi upaviṃśa(śaṃ)ti / cīvarāṇi vināśayanti / sudhāpāṇḍulepanāyo bhittīyo ghasaṃtā upaviṃśa(śaṃ)ti teṣāṃ sarvve(sārddhe)vihāri(41a4)kā antevāsikā odhyāyanti / (j.186) vayaṃ yeva tāva cīvarāṇi dhoventā sīventā rañjentā talavilayaṃ gacchāmaḥ / ime pi na jānanti kathaṃ antaragharaṃ praviṣṭehi cīvarehi pratipadyitavyaṃ / eva(ta)ṃ prakaraṇaṃ bhikṣūhi śrutaṃ bhikṣū bhagavato ārocayeṃsu / bhagavān āha / śabdāpayatha nandanopanandanāṃ / te dāni śabdāpitā / bhagavān āha / sa(41a5)tyaṃ bhikṣavo nandanopanandanā evaṃ nāma yūyaṃ antaragharaṃ praviṣṭā samānā dārakadārikāhi mañcañ ca / pīṭhañ ca trepaśyakā ca pādehi marditavimarditā / dhūlīye kardamehi vināśitakehi prajñaptehi (ii.p.42) niṣīdatha sudhāpāṇḍulepanāhi bhittīhi ghasaṃtā praviśatha cīvarāṇi vināśayanti yuṣmākaṃ sārddhevihārikā antevāsikā odhyāya(41a6)nti / paśyatha bhaṇe vayaṃ yeva cīvarakāni dhovantā sīvantā rañjentā talavilayaṃ gacchāmaḥ / ime na jānanti / kathaṃ antaragharaṃ praviṣṭehi cīvarehi pratipadyitavyaṃ / āhaṃsu / āma bhagavan bhagavān āha / tena hi-y-evaṃ antaragharaṃ praviṣṭehi cīvare pratipadyitavyaṃ / kin ti dāni evaṃ antaragharaṃ praviṣṭehi cīvare pratipadyitavyaṃ / eṣo dāni bhikṣuḥ / antaragha(41a7)raṃ praviṣṭo āsanena nimantrīyati / āsanaṃ jānitavyaṃ / yadi tāva āsanaṃ bhavati dhūlīye vā mrakṣitaṃ karddamena vā vināsitakaṃ / omaïlamaïlaṃ vā prajñaptakaṃ bhavati / na kṣamati tahiṃ upaviśituṃ / yadi tāva bhikṣusya visrambha(j.187)kulaṃ bhavati / vaktavyaṃ / bhaginīyo āsanaṃ prajñapetha mā cīvarakāni vinaśiṣyan ti / yaṃ kālaṃ tahiṃ prajñaptaṃ bhavati / āmilā vā astari(41b1)kā vā kocako vā kalantarako paṭa vā tato niṣīditavyā / atha dāni aśrāddhakulaṃ bhavati / bhikṣusya vā avisrambhakulaṃ bhavati tato ca stūpikaṃ vā sāṃghikaṃ vā kāryaṃ adhīnaṃ bhavati / nāpi kṣamati / tathā yeva niṣīdituṃ / atha khalu leṅkaṭakhaṇḍena rajoharaṇakena vā / prasphoṭiya kasaṃ(ṃsa)kalikāṃ prajñapiya upaviśitavyaṃ / atha dāni evaṃ pi na bhavati / anta(41b2)masato hastenāpi prasphoṭiya āmarjiya upaviśitavyaṃ / nāpi kṣamati / antaraghare praviṣṭena sudhāpāṇḍuṃlepanā bhittīya (gha)sa(ṃ)tena atikramituṃ / na kṣamati / sāpāśrayaṃ vā opāśrayam vā omayilomayilaṃ vā (ii.p.43) paṇḍaraṃ vipāṇḍaraṃ apāśrayituṃ / atha dāni bhikṣuḥ / jarādurbbalo vā vyādhidurbbalo vā bhavati / vaktavyaṃ bhaginī prajñapehi kuḍḍasmiṃ yahiṃ apāśra(41b3)yitavyaṃ / yaṃ kālaṃ tahiṃ biṃbohanaṃ vā amilā vā astarikā vā kocako vā śāṭako vā prajñapto bhavati / tato apāśrayitavyaṃ / atha dāni aśrāddhakulaṃ bhavati / na vā bhikṣusya viśrambhakulaṃ bhavati / antamasato saṃkacchikā pi skandhe datvā apāśrayitavyaṃ / na kṣamati / (j.188) antaragharaṃ praviṣṭena cīvarakena pratīcchituṃ / sarppikhajjakaṃ (41b4) vā tailakhajjakaṃ vā ukkhinakā vā taṇḍulā praticchituṃ / klinnakāni vā puṣpāṇi praticchituṃ / kṣudrapākāni vā phalāni praticchituṃ / vikṣuṇṇam vā pātraṃ gṛhnituṃ / cikkannā vā hastān nirmādituṃ / mālyam vā klinnakaṃ cikkanā vā oṣṭhāni nirmādayituṃ / labhyā dāni cīvarāntarikāya khakkhaṭāni phalāni gṛhnituṃ / badarāṇi vā kolakāni vā āmalakā(41b5)ni vā hārītakī vā taṇḍulāni vā anokṣīṇakā vā mālyam vā āklinnakaṃ śimbaṭīyo vā atha dāni bhikṣusya yatnaṃ karentasya cīvaraka karddamena vā nāsitaṃ bhavati dhovitavyaṃ / dhūlīye vā otaritaṃ bhavati / prasphoṭayitavyaṃ / pāṭitaṃ vā vipāṭitaṃ bhavati sīvitavyaṃ / evaṃ antaraghare praviṣṭena cīvare pratipadyitavyaṃ / na pratipadyati // ābhi(41b6)samācārikān dharmmān atikrāmati* ////

 vi. 5-6 ms.41b6 (j.188.13); ch. 512a2 bhagavān śrāvastyām viharati / āyuṣmato nandanasya upanandano nāma bhrātā so dāni tasya sārvve(rddhe)vihārikasyāha (ii.p.44) / ehi āyuṣmaṃ grāmaṃ praviśyāmaḥ / ahaṃ ca tatra kiñcid eva akalpīyaṃ adhyācariṣyāmi / (j.189) mā kasyaci ācikṣesi / ahaṃ khalu te pitṝyako bhavāmi / so dāni āha / pi(tṝ)yako bhavāhi / mātulako bhavāhi / (41b7) yadi tvaṃ tatra kiṃci akalpiyaṃ / adhyācariṣyasi / ācakṣiṣyāmi / ahaṃ so dān āha / ācikṣiṣyasi āha / ācikṣiṣyaṃ / so dāni āha / āgacchāhaṃ tava śeṣayiṣyaṃ / te dāni mahāntāni kulāny upasaṃkramanti nimantrīyanti / ārya bhaktakṛtyaṃ karetha purebhaktikaṃ karetha khajjakaṃ khādatha vanaphalaṃ bhakṣatha / yathā pratibhānakaṃ karetha so dāni na kahiṃci adhivāsayati / (42a1) paśyati mā imasya dātavyaṃ bhaviṣyatīti yaṃ kālaṃ paśyati naiva eṣo pratibalo piṇḍāya aṇṭhituṃ / na ca pratibalo jetavanaṃ saṃbhāvayituṃ ti / tato āha / āyuṣmana gaccha tvaṃ na me tvayā sārvva(rddha)ṃ phāsu bhavati kathāya vā niṣadyāya vā ekasyaiva mama phāsu bhavati / so dāni śuṣkena mukhena (j.190) pāṇḍarehi oṣṭhehi tvaritatvaritaṃ nirddhāvati / kālaṃ nidhyāyamāno so (42a2) dāni tato yeva anuparivarttiya mahātmehi kulehi ipsitānnāti(ni) bhuktā tasyaiva anupadam eva nirddhāvito ye dāni bhikṣū jetavanasyārāmadvārakoṣṭhakasamīpe sthāna caṃkramasthānaniṣadyāyogam anuyuktā viharanti / te dāni taṃ paśyanti / upaśuṣkena mukhena pāṇḍarehi oṣṭhehi tvaritatvaritaṃ nirddhāvitaṃ kālaṃ nidhyāyantaṃ teṣāṃ bhavati / yathā ayaṃ / u(42a3)paśuṣkena mukhena pāṇḍarehi oṣṭhehi tvaritatvaritaṃ nirddhāvati / kālaṃ nidhyāyamāno bhavitavyam ayaṃ vipralabdho / te dāni taṃ uccagghanti āyuṣman snigdho khalu te su(mu)khavarṇṇo pilipilāyanti / oṣṭhā suṣṭhu khalu (ii.p.45) nirddhāpīyati / yathāpi dāni nagarakulopakena pitṝyakena sārddhaṃ praviṣṭasya ipsitānnāni bhojanāni bhu(42a4)ktāvisyā so dāni āha / āyuṣman kuto me ipsitānnāni bhojanāni bhuktāni evaṃ ca evaṃ cāsmi vipralabdho etaṃ prakaraṇaṃ bhikṣū bhagavato ārocayeṃsu / bhagavān āha / śabdāpayatha upanandanaṃ so dāni śabdāpito bhagavān āha / satyaṃ upanandana evaṃ nāma tvaṃ nandanasya sārvve(rddhe)vihāriṃ jalpasi / ehi āyuṣman (42a5) grāmaṃ praviśiṣyāmaḥ / ahaṃ ca tatra kiñci akalpiyaṃ adhyācariṣyāmi // mā khalu kasyaci a(ā)cikṣiṣyasi / ahaṃ khalu te pitṛyako bhavāmi / tad eva (j.191) sarvvaṃ bhagavān vistareṇa pratyārocayati / yāva so dāni āha / āyuṣman kuto me ipsitānnāni bhojanāni bhuktāni evaṃ ca evaṃ cāsmi vipralabdho āha / āma bhagavan / bhaga(42a6)vān āha / duṣkṛtaṃ te upanandana tena hi evaṃ pureśramaṇena pratipadyitavyaṃ / evaṃ paścācchramaṇena pratipadyitavyaṃ / kin ti dāni evaṃ pureśramaṇena pratipadyitavyaṃ / evaṃ paścācchramaṇena pratipadyitavyaṃ / nāyaṃ tāva kṣamati / bhikṣuṇā paścācchramaṇo praveśituṃ yo na pratibalo tasya ca ātmano ca vṛttiṃ saṃvibhajituṃ / atha khalu yo pratibalo tasya ca (42a7) ātmano ca vṛttiṃ saṃvibhajituṃ / tena paścācchramaṇo praveśayitavyo / eṣo dāni bhikṣu upādhyāyasya vā ācāryasya vā paścācchramaṇo gacchati / nāpi kṣamati tena dūraṃ pṛṣṭhato gantuṃ / nāpi kṣamati / khureṇa khuraṃ hanantena / atha khalu nātyātidūraṃ nātyāsannaṃ gantavyaṃ / tenāpi dāni pureśramaṇena nāpi kṣamati / ghāḍena yathā oḍḍitāye grī(42b1)vāye gantuṃ / atha khalu yugamātraṃ nidhyāyantena gantavyaṃ / anekāye bhrānto vā hasti āgaccheya bhrānto vā aśvo bhrānto vā ratho caṇḍo vā śvāno caṇḍo vā goṇo (ii.p.46) āgaccheya nti(tti) / yadi tāva dakṣiṇenāntenāgacchati / vāmenāntena uccanti(tti)tavyaṃ / vāmenāntenāgacchati / dakṣiṇenāntena uccattitavyaṃ / atha dāni duścakṣuko bhavati / jarādurbbalo vā vyādhidurbbalo vā / (42b2) paścācchramaṇena vaktavyaṃ / upādhyāyo vā ācāryo vā vāmahastikam vā dakṣiṇahastikaṃ vā uccatta nti(tti) / atha dāni na paśyati hastena gṛhniyāṇaṃ ekato vā ekato vā uccattayitavyo / eṣo ca dāni bhikṣusya sārddhevihārī vā ante(j.192)vāsī vā paścācchrava(ma)ṇaṃ praveśenti / yadi tāva pratibalo bhavati tasya ātmano ca vṛttiṃ saṃvibhajayituṃ / praveśayitavyo / atha dā(42b3)ni na pratibalo bhavati / praveśito ca tena bhavati / paścācchramaṇo kālena kālaṃ visarjayitavyo / tathā karttavyaṃ yathā pratibalo bhavati piṇḍapātam vā aṇṭhituṃ / vihārakaṃ vā gantuṃ / atha dāni bhikṣuḥ śirāṃ vindā(ddhā)payitukāmo bhavati / bāhuśirāṃ vāṅgulyaśirāṃ vā nilāṭiṃ vā yadi tāva pratibalo bhavati / paścācchramaṇasya (42b4) ātmano ci(vi)ttaṃ saṃvibhajitu(ṃ) vaktavyaṃ / āsa tvaṃ sahitakāṃ bhuṃjiya nirddhāviṣyāmaḥ / yaṃ kālaṃ śirāviddhā bhavati / ubhayehi bhuñjiya nirddhāvitavyaṃ / atha dāni na pratibalo bhavati / kālena kālaṃ visarjayitavyo / vaktavyaṃ suvihita gantavyaṃ / āgamiṣyaṃ ahaṃ, / yena vā tena sārddhaṃ tenāpi dāni piṇḍacārikaṃ vā aṇṭhiyāṇa vihāraṃ (42b5) vā gacchiya āhāraṃ kṛtvā / nāpi dāni kṣamati / dinnā mama ānantikā ti / adarśanena priyaṃ karttuṃ, / atha khalu bhuktaṃ na bhuktan ti / anyasya haste pātraṃ datvā tahiṃ gantavyaṃ / yadi tāva na viddhā śirā (ii.p.47) bhavati glānasya anu(j.193)kālyaṃ āhāraṃ datvā sahitakehi nirddhāvitavyā / atha dāni dūragocaro saṃghārāmo bhavati bhikṣusya ātmano (42b6) āhāraparyeṣṭiṃ paryetha(ṣa)māṇasya vikālo bhavati / evaṃ pi kariya gantavyaṃ / yadi tāva so śirāviddho eva nirddhāvati / ayaṃ praviṣṭo bhavati / rathyāntaraṃ vā paśyati / tato yyeva nivarttayitavyaṃ / nagaradvāre paśyati nagaradvārato nivarttitavyaṃ / panthe paśyati / panthāto nivarttitavyaṃ / yato eva paśyati / tato eva nivarttitavyaṃ / atha dāni koci vandati vaktavyaṃ / (42b7) amuko vandati / atha dāni nimantreti upalakṣitavyaṃ / paścācchramaṇena yato nirggato bhavati / tato ārocayitavyaṃ / amukena upādhyāyo nimantrito amukena vā antaraghare bhuṃjati / pureśramaṇo na pratibalo bhavati dakṣiṇām ādiśituṃ, / āhaṃsu / ādiśa dakṣiṇāṃ na dāni paścācchramaṇena vaktavyaṃ / yathā yeva agrāsanaṃ agrodakaṃ agrapiṇḍa(43a1)pātaṃ paribhuñjasi tathā yeva dakṣiṇām ādiśāhi / atha khalu ādiśitavyaṃ paścācchramaṇena / evaṃ pureśramaṇena pratipadyitavyaṃ / evaṃ paścācchramaṇena pratipadyitavyaṃ / na pratipadyati // ābhisamācārikān dharmmān atikrāmati // * //

 vi. 7-8 ms.43a1 (j.193.16); ch. 512a19 bhagavān śrāvastyāṃ viharati / apareṇa dāni bhikṣuṇā bhikṣu adhyeṣṭā āyuṣman icchāmi piṇḍapātaṃ nikkāliyamā(43a2)naṃ so dāni āha / ānehi pātraṃ so dāni bhikṣu piṇḍapātasya kṛtena praviṣṭo ayaṃ pi deśakālaṃ dantakāṣṭhaṃ gṛhītvā ārāmacārikāṃ caṃcūryati / (j.194) so dāni bhikṣu piṇḍapātaṃ gṛhnitha / āgato / yāva paśyati so vihārakaṃ ghaṭṭitakaṃ, so dāni muhūrttakaṃ āgamiyāṇaṃ yadā nāgacchati (ii.p.48) vihārakasya dvāramūle piṇḍapātakaṃ thapiya gato taṃ dāni ā(43a3)ha apareṇa āgacchiyāṇaṃ utkṣiptaṃ so dāni bhikṣuḥ / vihāram āgatvā āgameti / idānīṃ pi eṣyati muhūrttaṃ pi eṣyati yāva akālībhūtaṃ te dāni ka(ga)tyāha(ya)ṃ kālasya ubhaye samāgatā so dāni tasya jalpati / a(ā)yuṣman sādhu taṃ pātrakaṃ pi labhema / so dāni āha / āyuṣman kasya pātraṃ kuto pātraṃ so dāni ā(43a4)ha / āyuṣman na tvaṃ māyā adhyeṣṭo icchāmi piṇḍapātaṃ nikkāliyamānaṃ / so dāni āha / āyuṣman yadā so mayā piṇḍapātako vihārasya purato nikṣipto / so dāni āha / āyuṣman evaṃ ca tvaṃ śūnyake vihārake pātraṃ nikṣipiya gacchasi / so dāni āha / āyuṣman etaṃ ca tvaṃ mama piṇḍapātanīhāra(43a5)kaṃ adhyeṣitvā adarśanena priyaṃ karesi / te dāni vivaditā / bhagavato mūlaṃ gatāḥ / bhagavān āha / nāyaṃ tāva kṣamati nīhārikapiṇḍapātena piṇḍapātanīhārakaṃ adhyeṣitvā adarśanena priyaṃ karttuṃ, / nāpi kṣamati / piṇḍapātanīhārakena piṇḍapātam ānayitvā śūnyake vihārake osariya gantuṃ / tena hi evaṃ (43a6) piṇḍapāte(ta)nīhārakena pratipadyitavyaṃ / evaṃ nīhārapiṇḍapātakena pratipadyitavyaṃ / (j.195) etaṃ dāni sarvvasaṃghasya antaraghare nimantraṇam bhavati / bhikṣu jarādurbbalo vā vyādhidurbbalo vā bhavati / na pratibalo gantuṃ / piṇḍapātanīhārako adhyeṣitavyo / vaktavyam āyuṣman icchāmi piṇḍapātaṃ nikkāliyantaṃ ti vaktavyaṃ / āyuṣman mā kha(43a7)lu adarśanaṃ gamiṣyasi / tena adhyeṣṭena samānena duve pātrāṇy ādāya praviśitavyaṃ / yadi tāva hemantakālo bhavati / laghukālo atikramati / dāyakadānapatī vaktavyāḥ / detha glānasya piṇḍapātaṃ / yadi tāva dāyakadānapati jalpanti / bhante paṭipāṭikāya gṛhnatha vaktavyaṃ / dīrghāyu bhagavatā / (ii.p.49) anekaparyāyeṇa glāno pari(43b1)di(ndi)to lahuṃ ca kālo atikrāmati / yadi tāva denti dve piṇḍapātakā gṛhnitavyā ātmano ca tasya ca śiktaḍḍitakaṃ kṛtvā vihārakaṃ āgantavyaṃ // atha dāni grīṣmo vā varṣārātro vā kālo bhavati cireṇa kālo atikramati / paṭipāṭikāya gṛhnitavyaṃ / śiktaḍḍitakaṃ kṛtvā vihārakaṃ gantavyaṃ / yadi tāvad yāvadarthaṃ bhaktaṃ dīyati / prakṛtyeva ātmano bhaktato tasya pātraṃ pūretavyaṃ / (43b2) anubhāgo ātmano gṛhnitavyo / atha dāni so dāni patitittiṇo bhavati / yattakaṃ dīyati tattakaṃ gṛhnitavyaṃ / na dāni apratyagraṃ gṛhnitavyaṃ / ekānte yūya(ṣa)ṃ sākavyañjanaṃ vā gṛhnitavyaṃ / nāpi dāni adhotakehi hastehi aprayatehi gṛhnitavyaṃ / atha khalu (j.196) prakṣālitvā nirmmādayitvā gṛhnitavyaṃ / atha khalu prakṣālitvā nirmmādayitvā gṛhnitavyaṃ / yadi uppakkaṭo kālo bhava(43b3)ti / na dāni tena bhuñjantena āsitavyaṃ / atha khalu ubhaye piṇḍapātā niharttavyā / tena gacchantena kālo nidhyāpayitavyo yadi jānanti / śakyaṃ sakālena saṃbhāvayituṃ / gantavyaṃ gacchitvā tasya upanāmetavyaṃ / atha paśyati upakkhaṭo kālo antāntiko na śakyaṃ sakāle saṃbhāvayituṃ / mā dāni ubhaye cchinnabhaktā bhaviṣyāma tena (43b4) paribhuñjitavyaṃ / nāpi kṣamati nīhārapiṇḍapātenāpi adhyeṣṭo mayā piṇḍapātanīhārako ti adarśanena priyaṃ, karttuṃ / atha khalu prakṛtyeva tāva dantakāṣṭhaṃ khādayitavyaṃ / hastā nirmmādayitavyā / pānīyaṃ parisrāvayitavyaṃ / kuṇḍikāṃ paripūriyāṇaṃ vihārasya prahāṇake dve āsanāni prajñapiya (ii.p.50) adhiṣṭhānāṃ pratigrāhāpiya āsitavyaṃ / yaṃ kālaṃ (43b5) āgato bhavati upaviśiyāṇaṃ sahitakehi bhuṃjitavyaṃ / atha dāni so jalpati / āyuṣman bhuṃja tvaṃ bhuktaṃ mayeti cchandayitavyo vaktavyo ūnakaṃ pūrehi yaṃ te rucyati taṃ khādehi yadi tāva ākāṃkṣati / upaviśiyāṇaṃ yaṃ rucyati taṃ khāditavyaṃ / atha dāni na kāṃkṣitavyaṃ / āyuṣman bhuṃja tvaṃ nāhaṃ bhuṃjiṣyaṃ / atha dāni dūragocaro saṃghārāmo (43b6) bhavati / piṇḍapātanīhārako ca cireṇa āgacchati kālo ca stokāvaśeṣo bhavati (j.197) nīhārakapiṇḍapātena hastā nirmmādiyāṇaṃ pānīyasya kuṇḍikāṃ pūriyāṇaṃ panthe pratyudgacchitavyaṃ / yatra yeva taṃ paśyati / tatra yeva panthāto uccattiyāṇaṃ sahitakehi bhuñjitavyaṃ / atha dāni nīhārakapiṇḍapāto na pratyudgacchati kālo ca atikramati piṇḍapātanīhārakena tvaritatvarita(43b7)m āgantavyaṃ / atha dāni dūre saṃghārāmo bhavati piṇḍapātanīhārakena yatraiva pānīyaṃ paśyati / tatraiva bhuṃjitavyaṃ / mā dāni vayaṃ ubhayeva bhaktacchedaṃ kariṣyāma evaṃ piṇḍapātahārakena pratipadyitavyaṃ / evaṃ nīhārapiṇḍapātena pratipadyitavyaṃ / na pratipadyati // ābhisamācārikān dharmmān atikrāmati // * //

 vi.9 ms.43b7 (j.197.9); ch. 512b1  bhagavān śrāvastyāṃ viharati / te dāni bhikṣū piṇḍāya ca(44a1)ramāṇo antaraghare yāva uṭṭhāṇāto nirghoṭenti / jano dāni odhyāyanti / paśyatha bhaṇe śramaṇakāḥ / yāva uṭṭhāṇāto nirghoṭenti / naṣṭaṃ bhraṣṭaṃ kuto imeṣāṃ śrāmaṇyaṃ etaṃ prakaraṇaṃ bhikṣū bhagavato ārocayeṃsu / (ii.p.51) bhagavān āha / samyag bhikṣavo jano odhyāyati / tena hi evaṃ piṇḍāye caritavyaṃ / kin ti dāni evaṃ piṇḍāye caritavyaṃ / nāyaṃ tāva kṣamati piṇḍacārikena yā(44a2)va uṭṭhānāto nirghoṭayituṃ / nāpi adarśanapathe sthātuṃ, / atha khalu udeśe sthātavyaṃ / darśanaśravaṇapathe nedāni vaktavyaṃ / piṇḍapātaṃ mahāpuṇye dehi / atha khalu tūṣṇīkena uddeśe sthātavyaṃ / na dāni ito vā ito vā nidhyāyantena āsitavyaṃ / mā paśyeṃsu / corā vā ocorakā (j.198) bhavanti / atha khalu ṣaḍāyatanaṃ manasikarentena sthāta(44a3)vyaṃ / cakṣur anityā yāva mano anityan ti sthātavyaṃ / eṣa strī dhānyaṃ ohananti yadi tāva kaṇḍikāpūrakam ukkaḍḍhiya occarakaṃ praviśati jānitavyaṃ / dāsyati eṣā ti / atha dāni parivarttiyāṇaṃ bhūyo nidhyāyati jānitavyaṃ / na eṣā dāsyati gantavyaṃ / eṣā strī dhārāṃ vā pīṣayati / tilam vā / mudgam vā kalāyām vā dalenti yadi (44a4) tāva śilāpūrakāṃ piṣiyāṇaṃ occarakaṃ praviśati jānitavyaṃ / eṣā dāsyati / atha dāni parivarttiya nidhyāyati / jānitavyaṃ / eṣā na dāsyatīti / eṣā strī karpāsaṃ kartteti yadi tāvantuka nikṣipiyāṇaṃ uttheti / jānitavyaṃ / dāhiti eṣā nti(tti) / atha dāni bhūyo prasārayati jānitavyaṃ / na dāhiti eṣā nti(tti) / eṣā strī upaviṣṭikā ā(44a5)sati / bhikṣūna paśyiyāṇaṃ uttheti jānitavyaṃ / dāsyati eṣā nti(tti) / atha dāni utthiyāṇaṃ bhūyo upaviśati jānitavyaṃ / na eṣā dāsyati / eṣā strī bhikṣuṃ paśyiyāṇaṃ occarakaṃ praviśati jānitavyaṃ / dāsyati eṣā nti(tti) / atha dāni riktā nirddhāvati / jānitavyaṃ / eṣā na dāsyati gantavyaṃ / eṣā strī kāṃsabhājanaṃ mārjati bhikṣu paśyi(44a6)yāṇaṃ (ii.p.52) hastāṃ dhovati / jānitavyaṃ dāsyati eṣā tti / atha dāni ābharaṇāni vā ucchāreti jānitavyaṃ / na eṣā dāsyatīti / mahātmanāṃ manuṣyāṇāṃ gṛhā bhavanti / tahiṃ kuṇḍā ujjhitaprakīrṇṇā bhavanti / śāṭakā vā paṭakā vā hārā vā arddhahārā vā hiraṇyaṃ vā suvarṇṇam vā na dāni tahiṃ aśabdakarṇṇikāye nirggantavyaṃ / atha khalu prati(j.199)saṃviditena nirggantavyaṃ / (44a7) evaṃ yaṃ yaṃ kārmmaṃ cchindiyāṇaṃ occarakaṃ praviśati dātukāmā bhavati / na tena gantavyaṃ / evaṃ piṇḍāya caritavyaṃ / na pratipadyati // ābhisamācārikān dharmmān atikrāmati // * //

 vi.10 ms.44a7 (j.199.4); ch. 512b26 bhagavān śrāvastyām viharati vistareṇa nidānaṃ kṛtvā te dāni niśrayakaraṇīyā piṇḍāya caranti / teṣāṃ upādhyāyācāryā snehaṃ sthapenti / khajjakhaṇḍakāni thapenti / paśyanti yaṃ kālam ā(44b1)gatā bhavanti / tato teṣāṃ saṃvibhajiṣyāmaḥ / te pi dāni bāhyena bāhyaṃ pratikramanti / te dāni teṣāṃ upādhyāyācāryā odhyāyanti vayaṃ yyeva tāva imeṣāṃ kṛtena snehaṃ thapemaḥ / khajjakakhaṇḍakāni sthapemaḥ / jānāma vayaṃ yaṃ kālaṃ āgatā bhaviṣyanti / tato saṃvibhajiṣyāmaḥ / ime pi bāhyena bāhyaṃ pratikramanti / etaṃ prakaraṇaṃ bhikṣūhi śrutaṃ bhikṣū bhagavato ārocayeṃsu / bhaga(44b2)vān āha / tena hi evaṃ piṇḍacārikena pratipadyitavyaṃ / kin ti dāni evaṃ piṇḍacārikena pratipadyitavyaṃ / eṣo dāni bhikṣu niśrayakaraṇīyo bhavati / nāpi dāni kṣamati piṇḍāya cariyāṇaṃ bāhyena bāhyaṃ pratikramituṃ, / nāpi upādhyāyācāryāṇāṃ vā bhuṃjantānāṃ nedāni uṣṭhihitvā āsitavyaṃ / imehi śaknoma / piṇḍacārikehi mukhe kavalaṃ prakṣipituṃ / atha khalu darśa(44b3)nopavicāre āsitavyaṃ / atha (ii.p.53) khalu piṇḍacāraṃ aṇṭhiyāṇaṃ upādhyāyasya vā ācāryasya vā allīpayi(j.200)tavyaṃ / yadi tāva labdhaṃ bhavati upādhyāyena vā ācāryeṇa vā saṃgraho karttavyo / śaktukā stokā bhavanti / śaktukā dātavyā / sneho dātavyo / khajjakhaṇḍakāni saṃvibhāgo karttavyo / atha dāni upādhyāyasya vā ācāryasya vā pi(44b4)ṇḍapātako bhavati / ayaṃ ca piṇḍāya caritvā āgato bhavati / sahitakehi paribhuñjitavyaṃ / lūham ca praṇītaṃ ca ekañ ca aparaṃ ca / atha dāni so praṇītabhojanasya mahārhasya pūraṃ pātraṃ gṛhniyāṇaṃ āgacchati / āha / upādhyāyācārya paribhuṃjāhi nti(tti) / suvihita kuto imaṃ ti pṛcchitavyo / yadi tāva āha / upādhyāyācārya asukā(44b5)ye ceṭikāye dinnaṃ / asukāye caṇḍavidhavāye dinnaṃ / asukena paṇḍakena dinnaṃ, / asukāye sthūlakumārīye dinnaṃ / asukāye pāpabhikṣuṇīye dinnaṃ / asukāyo pāpaśrāmaṇerīye dinnaṃ / vaktavyaṃ suvihita apratigrāhyo eṣo jano mā bhūyo eteṣāṃ tena pratigṛhnīhasi / atha dāni āha / upādhyāyācārya / asu(44b6)kasya(kāye) me vāṇijasya sārthavāhasya parikathā kṛtā / buddhavacanaṃ jalpitaṃ / tena me eṣo prasannena āhārako dinno vaktavyaṃ suvihita karohi dhūmaṃ mā ca punaḥ / āmiṣacakṣuḥ / atha dāni āha / (j.201) upādhyāyācārya bhuñjāhi / yadi tāva paribhuñjitavyaṃ / atha dāni na kāṃkṣati vaktavyaṃ suvihita paribhu(ṃ)jāhi tvaṃ nāhaṃ paribhuñjiṣyan ti / yaṃ kālaṃ upādhyāyena vā ā(44b7)cāryeṇa vā anujñā dinnā bhavati / tato paribhuñjitavyaṃ / yadi koci nimantreti / yadi arthiko bhavati praticchitavyaṃ / atha dāni piṇḍacāraṃ aṇṭhitvā tato eva nadīkule vā udupānakule vā puṣkiriṇīkule vā āhāraṃ kṛtvā pātraṃ nirmmādayitvā āgacchati / anāpattiḥ / evaṃ piṇḍacārikena pratipadyitavyaṃ / na pratipadyati (ii.p.54) / ābhisamācārikān dharmmān atikrāma(45a1)ti // * //

 uddānaṃ evaṃ nivāsitavyaṃ / evaṃ prāvaritavyaṃ / (evaṃ antaragaraṃ praviśantena cīvare pratipadyitavyaṃ) evaṃ antaraghare praviṣṭena cīvare pratipadyitavyaṃ / evaṃ pureśramaṇena pratipadyitavyaṃ /  evaṃ paścācchramaṇena pratipadyitavyaṃ /(j.202) 
 evaṃ piṇḍapātahārakena pratipadyitavyaṃ /
 evaṃ nīhārapiṇḍapātena pratipadyitavyaṃ /
 evaṃ piṇḍāya caritavyaṃ /
 evaṃ piṇḍacārikena pratipadyitavyaṃ //


 ṣaṣṭho varggaḥ // * //

 (yasuo ṃāṭśūṇāṃī)

vii. 1 ms.45a1 (j.203.1); ch.512c11 (ii.p.55) bhagavān śrāvatyāṃ vi(45a2)harati vistarena nidānaṃ kṛtvā te dāni bhikṣū andhakāre prahāṇe upaviṃśa(śaṃ)ti / ukkhalantā prakkhalantā etaṃ prakaraṇaṃ / yāva bhagavān āha / tena hi dīpo nāma karttavyo / āyuṣmanto nandanopanandanā dīpavārikā te dāni prahāṇāto utthitā capeṭikāye dīpaṃ nirvvāpenti / cīvarakoṇenāpi nirvvāpenti / yogācārā bhikṣū gandhena vyāvahanti / eva(ta)ṃprakaraṇaṃ bhikṣū bhagavato (45a3) ārocayeṃṣu / bhagavān āha / tena hi evaṃ dīpe pratipadyitavyaṃ / kin ti dāni evaṃ pradīpe pratipadyitavyaṃ / eṣo dāni saṃghārāmo purimaṃ paścimaṃ prahāṇaṃ pratijāgrīyati / dīpacā(vā)rikā uddiśitavyā / eko vā dvayo vā yattakāvā abhisaṃbhuṇanti navakāntena vā paṭipāṭikāye vā yasya vā prāpuṇati / tehi prakṛtyeva tāva dīpa(45a4)varttikāyo varttitavyāyo dīpakoṭikāni sajjayitavyāni tailaṃ sajjayitavyaṃ / agni pratijāgṛtavyo / tuṣeṇa vā karṣeṇa vā gomayapiṇḍikā vā paṭipaṭikāye sthapetavyā / yathānupūrvveṇa gaccheya bhaktaśālāyāṃ vā paṭipāṭikāye sthapetavyā (j.204) dīpavārikena dīpam ādīpentena prathamānam eva bhagavato śarīraku(45a5)ṭikāyāṃ dīpo ādīpitavyo yadā cetiyaṃ vanditaṃ bhavati / tato niṣkāsiya sthapetavyo mā ādīnavaṃ utpādayeṣyā yaṃ kālaṃ prahāṇasya jarjaro āhato bhavati / yadi tāva so dvibhūmikā saṃghārāmo bhavati / prathamaṃ tāva sopānamaggulīyedīpako jālayitavyo / catuhi prāsādasya koṇe koṇe dīpako pra(45a6)jvālayitavyaḥ / varccakuṭīyaṃ dīpako prajvālayitavyo / paścāt prahāṇaśālāyāṃ (ii.p.56) dīpako prajvālayitavyo / yaṃ kālaṃ bhikṣusaṃgho prahāṇe upaviṣṭo bhavati / tato dīpavārikena dīpako vārayitavyo / mā tarhi koci pracalāyatīti / yadi tāva koci pracalāyati acchaṭikaṃ kariya utthāpayitavyo vaktavyaṃ āyuṣmana tava dīpo prāpuṇatīti / tena (45a7)sa cārayitavyoiminā upaviśitavyaṃ / atha dāni bhikṣusya upādhyāyo vā ācāryo pracalāyati / na kṣamati / so 'dhyupekṣituṃ / atha khalu so pi acchaṭikāye upasthapetavyo vaktavyaṃ / upādhyāyācārya tatra dīpo prāpuṇatīti / āsa tvaṃ ā(a)haṃ cārayiṣyan ti / tena cārayitavyo / (j.205) atha dāni bhikṣu śrāddhako bhavati / āha / suviditaāsa tvaṃ / ahaṃ,(45b1) cārayiṣyan ti / dātavyo / nāpi kṣamati / tena upārambhaṇābhiprāyeṇa dīpo cārayituṃ / tehidīpacā(vā)riko(ke)hina kṣamati / aghāto vā pravedayitum / atha khalu cittam utpādayitavyaṃ vinīvaraṇaṃ nau karenti tti yaṃ kālaṃ prahāṇasya yathāsukhaṃ kṛtaṃ bhavati / tato prahāṇaśālāto dīpako ukkaḍhitavyo / nāpi kṣamati / capeṭikātha(ye) vā mukhavātena vā cīvarako(45b2)ṇena vā dīpaṃ nirvvāpayanta(tu)ṃ / atha khalu tulikāye nisnehiya dīpavartti okaḍḍhiya kulikātaile nirvvāpayitavyaṃ / atha dāni navakā bhikṣū prahāṇaśālāyāṃ pratikramanti / na kṣamati prahāṇaśālāyāṃ dīpaṃ nirvvāpayitavyaṃ / atha khalu bahi prāsādakoṇehi dīpakā nirvvāpayitavyā / sopānamaggulīyaṃ prāsādakuṭīyaṃ dīpako nirvvāpayitavyo vibhavo (45b3) bhavati / (ii.p.57) sarvvarātriṃ varccakuṭīyañ ca prasrāvakuṭīyaṃ dīpako prajvālayitavyo / atha dāni vibhavo na bhavati / yadā bhikṣū pratikrāntā bhavaṃti / tato varccakuṭīyaṃ dīpo nirvvāpayitavyo / varccakuṭīyaṃ nirvvāpayitvā racchādīpo (j.206) nirvvāpayitavyo racchāyāṃ nirvvāpayitvā sopānaśīrṣe nirvvāpayitavyāḥ / sopānaśīrṣe nirvvā(45b4)payitvā prahāṇaro(śā)lāyāṃ dīpo nirvvāpayitavyo / na dāni sahasākārasya apratisaṃviditvā nirvvāpetavyā / atha khalu āyuṣmanto prajñapetha śayyāyo dīpaṃ gopayiṣyan ti / tato hastena tāva ovārayitavyo / tato vaktavyaṃ / mā āyuṣman eṣo nirvvāpayiṣya ti / na dāni kṣamati / mukhavātena vā cīvarakoṇena vā capeṭi(45b5)kāya vā nirvvāpayituṃ / yadi dīpavartti / dagdhikā bhavati / palikhāṭir vvā okaḍḍhitavyo nirvvāpito bhavati / agni gopayitavyo / tuṣehi vā karṣehi vā buṣena vā buṣikāyavā / yaṃ kālaṃ paścime yāme prahāṇasya jharjjharo āhato bhavati / tato dīpavārikehi sopānamaggulīyaṃ tāva dīpo prajvālayitavyo / nāpi kṣamati prahā(45b6)ṇaśālāyāṃ sahasā dīpakaṃ praveśayituṃ / mā navakā bhikṣu sahasā viprakaṭa(m) utthihaṃsna(su) nti(tti) / atha khalu vaktavyaṃ / āyuṣmantaṃ dīpo praveśīyatīti / dīpo praveśayati nti(tti) / yaṃ kālaṃ prahāṇasya yathāsukhaṃ kṛtaṃ bhavati / prahāṇaśālāyān tāva prathamaṃ dīpako nirvvāpayitavyo / atha dāni natāva nirbhāti na kṣamati nirvvāpayituṃ / yaṃ kālaṃ vibhātaṃ bhavati (j.207) / ākā(45b7)śaṃ kṛtaṃ bhavati / tato varccakuṭīye prasrāvakuṭīye ca dīpako (ii.p.58) nirvvāpayitavyo / tailaṃ śeṣaṃ bhavati / sāhariyāṇaṃ ghaṭikāyāṃ nā(vā) bhājane vā sthāpayitavyaṃ / dīpakoṭikāyo ekasthāne sthāpayitavyā / dīpavarttīyo niṣpeḍiyāṇaṃ ekaṃ hi koṇake sthāpetavyā / yo evaṃ devaśikaṃ dīpo jvālayitavyo / evaṃ dīpe pratipadyitavyaṃ / na pratipadyati // (46a1) ābhisamācārikān dharmmān atikrāmati // * //

 vii.2 ms.46a1 (j.207.7); ch.513a5 bhagavān śrāvastyāṃ viharati / te dāni bhikṣuḥ prahāṇe pracalāyaṃti / etaṃ prakaraṇaṃ bhikṣū bhagavato ārocayeṃsu / bhagavān āha / tena hi yaṣṭī nāma cārayitavyā / yaṣṭīyaṃ tāva bhikṣuṇā kārāpayamāṇena aṣṭahastāyāmena karttavyā / muṣṭimātrī sthūlatvena ubhayehiṃ antehi lohakena bandhitavyā / navakāntena vā paṭipāṭikā(46a2)ya vā yasya vā punaḥ prāpuṇati eṣā evārthotpattiḥ // * //

 bhagavān śrāvastyāṃ viharati / te dāni āyuṣmanto ṣaḍvarggikāḥ / yaṣṭī cārentāyo yeca(va) bhikṣu pracalāyati / taṃ yeva kṣiprāye yaṣṭīye ure vā āhanati pāde vā a(ā)hanati te dāni bhikṣu vihaṭhiyantā ārāvaṃ muñcati/ āyuṣmaṃ hato smi hato smīti / etaṃ prakaraṇaṃ bhikṣū bhagavato ārocayeṃsu / (j.208) bhagavān āha (46a3) tena hi evaṃ yaṣṭīye pratipadyitavyaṃ / kin ti dāni evaṃ yaṣṭīye pratipadyitavyaṃ / yaṣṭī kārayantena karttavyaṃ / vaṃśasya vā nalasya vā naṃglasya vā rohiṣasya vā daśa-aṣṭahastāṃ dīrghatvena ubhayato agre yottakhaṇḍehi veḍhayitavyā / navakāntato cāretavyā yaṣṭi dāni cārentena na dāni oguṇṭhitaśīrṣeṇa vā cāretavyā (ii.p.59) ohita(46a4)hastena vā upānahārūḍhena vā yaṣṭi cāretavyā / atha khalu ekāṃsīkṛtena cārayitavyā nāyaṃ tāva kṣamati bhikṣuṇā yaṣṭiṃ cārentena kṣiprāye yaṣṭīye āhanituṃ / nāpi kṣamati viheṭhanābhiprāyeṇa yaṣṭī cārayituṃ / atha khalu maitracittena yaṣṭā(ṣṭī) cārayitavyā / vṛddhāntato navakāntaṃ / ete dāni bhikṣuḥ pracalāyanti nāpi kṣamati a(46a5)dhyupekṣituṃ, / nāpi kṣamati kṣiprāye yaṣṭīye āhanituṃ / rajag[v]asma viya / atha khalu pārśve sthitvā trikkhatto purato yaṣṭi kārayitavyā / yadi na budhyati / acchaṭikā karttavyā / yadi vāmena sthitako bhavati / dakṣiṇena jānukehi saṃghaṭṭetavyo / yadi dakṣiṇato sthito bhavati / vāmajānukena tena cchanti(tti) / pratyupasthitavyaṃ / ghaṭi(46a6)tavyā utthāpiyāṇaṃ vaktavyaṃ āyuṣman tava yaṣṭi prāpuṇati / cārehi tena cāretavyaṃ / iminā upaviśitavyaṃ / na dāni kśamati / oguṇṭhitaśīrṣeṇa vā // pe // yāva atha khalu (j.209) ekāṃsīkṛtena cīvaraṃ kṛtvā gṛhnitavyaṃ / tena cāretavyaṃ / atha dāni bahu pracālayanti / na dāni te sarvve valīvandā viya utthapetavyā / yo tatra navakataro bhavati / tasya yaṣṭī dātavyā / (46a7) atha dāni bhikṣu upādhyāyācāryā pracalāyanti na kṣamati adhyupekṣituṃ, / atha khalu acchaṭikāye utthāpiyāṇaṃ vaktavyaṃ upādhyāyācārya tava yaṣṭī prāpuṇati tena dharmmagauraveṇa pratyutthāya gṛhītavyaṃ na kṣamati yaṣṭī tasya dātuṃ / atha khalu vaktavyaṃ / āsa tvaṃ / ahaṃ cārayiṣya te(ti) / na yeva yaṣṭī cāretavyaṃ / na dāni tena otāraprekṣiṇā cāretavyā / atha kha(46b1)lu ṣaḍāya(ta)na manasikarentena (ii.p.60) cāretavyā yadi koci pracālayati tasya dātavyā / te pi dāni tahiṃ na āghāto bandhitavyo / atha khalu cintetavyaṃ / bahukaro eṣo asmākaṃ ci(vi)nīvaraṇaṃ karoti / tena tāva cāretavyā / atha dāni śraddhako bhikṣur bhavati / āha / sagotrīmātā āsa tvaṃ / ahaṃ cārayiṣyāmi / dātavyā evaṃ tāva cāretavyaṃ / yāva prahāṇasya yathāsukhaṃ kṛ(46b2)taṃ bhavati nāpi kṣamati tehi bhikṣūhi yaṣṭī cāre(j.210)ntehi cittaṃ pradūṣita(tu)ṃ / atha khalu cittam utpādayitavyaṃ / vinivaraṇaṃ me karentīti / evaṃ yaṣṭīyaṃ pratipadyitavyaṃ / na pratipadyati // ābhisamācārikān dharmmān atikrāmati // * //

 vii.3 ms.46b2. (j.210.4); ch.513a24 bhagavān śrāvastyām viharati / vistareṇa nidānaṃ kṛtvā te dāni bhikṣuṃ(kṣū)prahāṇasmiṃ yaṣṭiṃ cārayantāśītena kilammati / etaṃ prakaraṇaṃ bhikṣū bhagava(46b3)to ārocayeṃsu / bhagavān āha / tena hi geṇḍukaṃ nāma karttavyo / geṇḍukaṃ dāni bhikṣuṇā kārāpayamāṇena kārāpayitavyo / tṛṇānām vā palālānām vā leṅka(ṭa)kakhaṇḍakānām vā sūtrasya vā ulāya vā bāhyenapaṇena nattakena veṣṭayitvā sūtrakena veṣṭayitavyo / nāpi kṣamati / khakkhaṭaṃ karttuṃ nāpi kṣamati / ati[śithilaṃ /] atha khalu (46b4) tādṛśo karttavyo / yo bhūmīyaṃ āpiṭito yugamātraṃ uppaṭatiso cārayitavyo / navakāntena vā paṭipāṭikāya vā yasya vā puna prāpuṇati / eṣā evārthotpattiḥ // * //

 (j.211) bhagavān śrāvastyām viharati / te dāni āyuṣmanto ṣaḍvarggikāḥ / geṇḍukaṃ cārayaṃtā iṣṭakhaṇḍaṃ leṅka(ii.p.61)ṭakakhaṇḍena veṣṭayitvā cārenti / yo yeva pracālayati / taṃ, (46b5) yevakṣipreṇa geṇḍukena urasi vā tāṇḍeti / pārśvasmi vā āhananti / te dāni bhikṣū viheṭhayamānā ārāvaṃ muñcanti / āyuṣmana hato smi hato smi / etaṃ prakaraṇaṃ bhikṣū bhagavato ārocayeṃsu / nāpi kṣamati / āghātacittena vā duṣṭacittena vā geṇḍukāṃ cārayituṃ, / atha khalu maitracittena hitacittena geṇḍuko caritavyo / nāpi (46b6) kṣamati / geṇḍukaṃ cārayantasya cittaṃ pradūṣayituṃ / atha khalu cittaṃ pragopayitavyaṃ / vinīvaraṇaṃ so karenti tti / eṣo dāni bhikṣuḥ pracālayati / na kṣamati kṣipreṇa geṇḍukena āhanituṃ / atha khalu bhūyo geṇḍukam āsthapayitvā acchaṭikāye utthāpayitavyo / vaktavyaṃ āyuṣmān tava geṇḍukoprāpuṇati / utthehi cārehi nti(tti) / imena cārayitavyo imena (j.212) upa(46b7)viśitavyaṃ / atha dāni bhikṣusya / upādhyāyo vā ācāryo vā pracālayati / na kṣamati / so pi adhyupekṣituṃ / atha khalu trayo vā vārā geṇḍukāṃ purato abhāmayitvācchaṭikāye utthāpayitavyo / vaktavyaṃ upādhyāyācārya tava geṇḍuko prāpuṇati / tenāpi dāni dharmmagauraveṇa pratyutthāya puṇoti / niṣīditavyaṃ / na dāni tena otāraprekṣiṇā āsitavyaṃ / atha kha(47a1)lu ṣaḍāyatanaṃ manasikarentena āsitavyaṃ / atha dāni āha / āśa tumaṃ ahaṃ cārayiṣyan ti / tena yeca(va) cārayitavyo / atha dāni śrāddhako bhikṣur bhavati / āha sagotrīmātā āsa tvaṃ ahaṃ cārayiṣyan ti / dātavyaṃ / evaṃ tāva cārayitavyo / yāva (ii.p.62) prahāṇasya yathāsukhaṃ kṛtaṃ bhavati / na kṣamati so geṇḍuko adhyupekṣituṃ / pāṭitavipāṭitā / atha khalu kālena kālaṃ siñcayitavyo / kā(47a2)lena [kālaṃ prakṣālitavyo / evaṃ geṇḍuke] [pratipa]dyitavyaṃ / na pratipadyati / ābhisamācārikān dharmmān atikrāmti // * //

 vii.4 ms.47a2 (j.212.14); ch. 513b17 bhagavān śrāvastyām viharati vistareṇa nidānaṃ kṛtvā te dāni āyuṣmanto ṣaḍvarggikāḥ prahāṇa āgatā samānā skandhāto niṣīdanaṃ / (j.213) otāriyāṇaṃ koṇe koṇe gṛhītvā vaṭa-vaṭa nti(tti) / prasphoṭayitvā prajñapayitvā niṣadanti / ya(ṃ) kālaṃ prahāṇasya yathā(47a3)sukhaṃ kṛtaṃ [bhavati] / tato niṣīdanaṃ koṇe koṇe gṛhītvā vaḍa-vaḍā nti(tti) prasphoṭiya sāharitvā skandhe kṛtvā gacchanti / yogācārāṃ bhikṣuṃ śabdena vyāhara(vaha)nti / etaṃ prakaraṇaṃ bhikṣū bhagavato ārocayeṃsu / bhagavān āha / tena hi evaṃ niṣīdane pratipadyitavyaṃ / kin ti dāni evaṃ niṣīdane pratipadyitavyaṃ / nāyaṃ tāva kṣamati / bhikṣuṇā prahāṇaṃ (47a4) okastena niṣīdanaṃ [koṇe koṇe] gṛhītvā vaḍa-vaḍā nti(tti) / prasphoṭayituṃ / atha khalu vihārake vā bāhyato vā niṣīdana prasphoṭayāṇaṃ dviguṇaṃ kṛtvā prahāṇaṃ okasitavyaṃ / ātmano pratisandhismi sukhākaṃ niṣīdanakaṃ pīṭhake prajñapayitavyaṃ / tathā karttavyaṃ yathā ānantarikaṃ na vyāvahati / nāpi kṣamati yathāsukhe kṛte utthiya niṣīdanaṃ (47a5) koṇe koṇe gṛhītvā caṭa-caṭa nti(tti) praphoṭayituṃ / atha khalu sukhākaṃ utthitvā dviguṇīkṛtvā (ii.p.63) skandhe kṛtvā ca gantavyaṃ / atha dāni bhikṣuḥ paśyati dvitīye prahāṇe / avītakaṃ bhaviṣyatīti / rātriñ ca śayyāsanaṃ (j.214) yathāprajñaptakaṃ āsati nāpi kṣamati niṣīdanaṃ yathāprajñaptakaṃ kṛtvā gantuṃ / atha khalu yathākhalu prajñaptakaṃ dviguṇīkṛtvā tato gantavyaṃ (47a6) dvitīyasya prahāṇasya jarjare āgate otaritavyaṃ / nāpi kṣamati prahāṇaṃ okastena niṣīdanaṃ koṇe koṇe gṛhītvā vaḍa-vaḍā nti(tti) / prasphoṭayituṃ / atha khalu yathā sāhaṭasya niṣīdanasya dvitīyo anto udveliya prajñapayitavyo / tato niṣīditavyaṃ / nāpi kṣamati / prahāṇasya yathāsukhe kṛte niṣīdanakaṃ koṇe koṇe gṛhītvā vaḍa-vaḍā nti(tti) / prasphoṭayituṃ, / atha (47a7) khalu saṃprajānaṃ sāharitvā skandhaṃ kṛtvā gantavyaṃ / nāpi kṣamati / niṣīdanaṃ adhyupekṣituṃ / omayilomayilaṃ pāṭitavipāṭitaṃ / atha khalu kālena kālaṃ dhovitavyaṃ / kālena kālaṃ siṃcitavyaṃ / evaṃ niṣīdane pratipadyitavyaṃ / na pratipadyati // ābhisamācārikān dharmmān atikrāmati // * //

 vii.5 ms.47a7 (j.214.12); ch. 513b8 bhagavān śrāvastyāṃ viharati / te dāni āyuṣmanto ṣaḍvarggikāḥ / prahāṇa o(ka)sta(47b1)kāḥ / samānā āsanehi upaviśiyāṇaṃ upānahā nikkhāsiya eka pi ekena hastena pārṣṇikāvaddhrakasmi gṛhītvā dvitīyaṃ (j.215) dvitīyena hastena pārṣṇikāvaddhrakaṃ gṛhītvā caṭa-caṭa nti(tti) prasphoṭanti yogācārāṃ bhikṣūṃ śabdena vyāvahanti / etaṃ prakaraṇaṃ bhikṣū bhagavato ārocayeṃsu / bhagavān āha / tena hi evaṃ upānahāye pratipadyitavyaṃ / kin ti dāni evaṃ upānahāye pra(47b2)tipadyitavyaṃ / nāyaṃ (ii.p.64) tāva kṣamati bhikṣuṇā prahāṇa upaviṣṭena upānahā nikkhosiyaekam pi ekena hastena pārṣṇivaddhrake gṛhniya dvitīyaṃ dvitīyena hastena pārṣṇivaddhrake gṛhniya caṭa-caṭa nti(tti) prasphoṭayituṃ / atha khalu bhikṣuṇā pratikṛtyeva tāva pādadhovanikāye upānahāyo pocchiya prahāṇasya jarjare otaritavyaṃ / yadi tāva prahāṇaśālāyāṃ bhūmyastāro kṛtako bhavati / (47b3) na kṣamati sopānahena pādena prahāṇaṃ upaviśituṃ / atha khalu upānahikāyo dvāramūle nikkhāsiya praviśitvā vṛddhānte añjaliṃ kṛtvā yathāvṛddhikāye upaviśitavyaṃ / atha dāni bhikṣu paśyati / anekāyo upānahikāyo mūṣikena vā khajjeṃsu / bhikṣū vā jānanto vā ajānanto vā gṛhītvā gaccheyanti kiṃ karttavyaṃ saṃpuṭikariyāṇaṃ vāmakena ha(47b4)stena gṛhniya nikuṭitakena osārayitvā saṃprajānaṃ gṛhniyāṇaṃ gantavyaṃ / pratisandhismi tathā yeva saṃpuṭikṛtikāyo āsanasya heṣṭhe sthapitavyāyo sthapitvā prahāṇam upaviśitavyaṃ / yaṃ kālaṃ prahāṇasya yathāsukhaṃ kṛ(taṃ) bhavati / bhikṣuṇā upasthapitvā upānahāyo tathā yeva saṃpuṭīkṛtikāyo (j.216) gṛhītvā nikuṭitakena vāmābāhāṃ osāriya saṃprajānaṃ nirddhā(47b5)vitavyaṃ / atha dāni akṛto bhūmi-astāro bhavati sa-upānahena prahāṇaśālāṃ praviśitavyaṃ / vṛddhānte upānahāyo pārṣṇivaddh(r)ake osāriya praṇāmaṃ karttavyaṃ / abhinikuṭitakena prāñjalīkṛtena gantavyaṃ / yāvat pratisandhiniṣīdanaṃ prajñapayitvā upānahāyo nikkhāsitvā paryaṃkena niṣīditavyaṃ / prahāṇasya yathāsukhe kṛte āgamayitavyaṃ / bhikṣuṇā (47b6) yāva vṛddhatarakā nirddhāvitā paścād utthayitvā upānahāyo ābandhiya gantavyaṃ / atha dāni (ii.p.65) vṛddhatarakā āsanti / bhikṣū ca āgantukāmo bhavati / upānahāyo ābandhiya navakānte saṃprajānaṃ gantavyaṃ, / nāpi kṣamati saṃghamadhye bhaktāgre taparpaṇāgre vā samīcīyaṃ vā sa-upānahena niṣīdituṃ / nāpi kṣamati / upādhyāyasya vā ācāryasya vā agrato sa-upānahena niṣīdituṃ / atha kha(47b7)lu upānahikāyo nikkhāsiyāṇaṃ praṇāmaṃ kṛtvā upaviśitavyaṃ / atha dāni bhikṣu glāno bhavati kiñ cāpi sa-upānaho upādhyāyasya vā ācāryasya vā mūle upaviśati / anāpattiḥ / nāpi kṣamati bhikṣuṇā pādāṃ dhovantena upānahāyo vaḍa-vaḍa nti(tti) prasphoṭayituṃ / atha dāni bhikṣuḥ / adhvānam āgato bhavati / upānahāyo ca pāṃsunā opūritā bhavanti / nadīkūle vā puṣkiriṇīkūle vā (48a1; j.217) pādaṃ dhoviya prasphoṭeti / anāpattiḥ / ta pi dāni na kṣamati / vṛddhatarakasya vā anuvātaṃ prasphoṭayitavyaṃ / nāpi kṣamati upanahā adhyupekṣituṃ / odriṇṇakā vā paluggakā vā / atha khalu kālena kālaṃ ghaṭayitavyaṃ / kālena kālaṃ pratyagralakā dātavyāḥ / evaṃ upānahāye pratipadyitavyaṃ / na pratipadyati // ābhisamācārikān dharmmān atikramati // * //

 vii.6 ms.48a1 (j. 217.6); ch. 513b25 bhagavān śrāvastyāṃ viha(48a2)rati / te dāni āyuṣmanto ṣaḍvarggikāḥ prahāṇaṃ upaviṣṭāḥ / auddhatyābhiprāyā muktehi pārśvehi / khala-khala nti(tti) kāsanti / yogācārāṃ bhikṣuṃ śabdena vyāvahanti / etaṃ prakaraṇaṃ bhikṣū bhagavato ārocayeṃsuḥ / (ii.p.66) bhagavān āha / tena hi evaṃ kāsitavyaṃ / kin ti dāni evaṃ kāsitavyaṃ / nāyaṃ kṣamati bhikṣuṇā prahāṇam upaviṣṭena auddhatyābhiprāyeṇa muktehi pārśvehi khulu-khulu nti(tti) kāsituṃ, / atha (48a3) dāni bhikṣusya kāso āgacchati / hastena grīvā parimarditavyā / atha dāni na pāreti vinodayituṃ saṃprajānakaṃ kāsayitavyaṃ / atha dāni bhūyo bhūyo kāśo (j.218) āgacchati / bāhirato nirddhāpiya kāsitavyaṃ / prahāṇasya vā āmantriya gantavyaṃ / nāpi kṣamati bhaktāgre vā tarpaṇāgre vā sāmāyikāye vā auddhatyābhiprāyeṇa muktehi pārśvehi / kha-kha-kha (48a4) nti(tti) kāsituṃ / atha dāni bhikṣusya kāsikā āgacchati / saṃprajānaṃ kāsitavyaṃ / atha dāni bhūyo bhūyo ukkāsikā āgacchati / antariko vaktavyo / āyuṣman mama tāva piṇḍapātaṃ ukkaḍḍheti(si) / tathā(to) gantavyaṃ / nāpi kṣamati dharmmaśravaṇikena upaviṣṭe auddhatyābhiprāyeṇa muktehi pārśvehi kha nti(tti) kāśituṃ / atha dāni bhikṣusya kāso āgato bhavati / (48a5) grīvā marditavyā / atha dāni na pāreti vinodayituṃ, / saṃprajānaṃ kāsitavyaṃ / atha dāni puno puno kāsāvīyati / dharmmaśravaṇasya āmantriya gantavyaṃ / nāpi kṣamati / upādhyāyasya vā ācāryasya vā agrato vṛddhatarakānāṃ vā auddhatyābhiprāyeṇa muktehi pārśvehi kha-kha-kha nti(tti) kāsituṃ / atha dāni bhikṣusya ukkāsikā āgacchati / saṃprajānaṃ kāsitavyaṃ (48a6) ekatamaṃte āgacchiya kāsitavyaṃ / evaṃ kāse pratipadyitavyaṃ / na pratipadyati // ābhisamācārikān dharmmān atikramati // * //

 vii.7 ms.48a6 (j. 218.16); ch. 513c3  bhagavān śrāvastyāṃ viharati / te dāni āyuṣmanto (ii.p.67) ṣaḍvarggikāḥ prahāṇaṃ upaviṣṭāḥ / auddhatyābhiprāyāḥ kulikāye nakkaṃ vijjhanti / sūtrakaṃ pi vaṭṭiyāṇaṃ nakke prakṣipanti / te dāni sarvveṇa kaṇṭhena hacchīyanti / te (j.219) dāni yogācārāṃ bhikṣūṃ śabdena vyāvahanti / etaṃ praka(48a7)raṇaṃ bhikṣū bhagavato ārocayeṃsu / bhagavān āha / tena hi evaṃ kṣipitavyaṃ / kin ti dāni evaṃ kṣa(kṣi)pitavyaṃ / nāyaṃ tāva kṣamati / bhikṣuṇā prahāṇaṃ upaviṣṭena auddhatyābhiprāyeṇa tulikāya vā nakkaṃ vijjhituṃ / sūtraṃ vaṭṭiya nakkasmin prakṣipituṃ, / nāpi kṣamati / sarvveṇa kaṇṭhena hā nti(tti) kṣipituṃ // atha dāni bhikṣusya anābhogena kṣīvikā āgacchati vinodayitavyaṃ / nirālaṃ parimarditavyaṃ / nakkā vā (48b1) parimarditavyā / atha dāni na pāreti vinodayituṃ / saṃprajānaṃ kṣīvayitavyaṃ / yathā anantarikasya na vyāvaheyyā / kheṭena vā siṃghāṇakena vā / atha dāni puno puno kṣīvikā āgacchati prahāṇasya āmantriya gantavyaṃ / nāyaṃ tāva kṣamati bhikṣuṇā bhaktāgre vā tarpaṇāgre vā upaviṣṭena auddhatyā(bhi)prāyeṇa sarvveṇa kaṇṭhe(na) kṣīvituṃ / atha dāni bhikṣusya kṣīvikā āgacchati / vinodayitavyā / a(48b2)tha dāni na pāreti vinodayituṃ / saṃprajānaṃ kṣīvitavyaṃ / yathā ānantarikasya na vyāvaheyyā / kheṭenā(na vā) siṃhāṇakena vā / atha dāni bhikṣusya puno (j.220) puno kṣīvikā āgacchati / ānantarikasya vaktavyaṃ / āyuṣmaṃ mama piṇḍapātam ukkaḍḍhesi tato gantavyaṃ / nāpi kṣamati / dharmmaśravaṇe (ii.p.68) sarvveṇa kaṇṭhena kṣīvituṃ, / atha dāni bhikṣusya kṣīvikā āgacchati vinodayitavyaṃ / atha dāni (48b3) na pāreti vinodayituṃ / saṃprajānaṃ kṣīvitavyaṃ / atha dāni bhikṣusya puno puno kṣivikā āgacchati / dharmmaśravaṇasya āmantriya gantavyaṃ, / nāpi kṣamati sāmāyikāyām vā / upādhyāyācāryāṇām vṛddhatarakānāṃ vā agrato auddhatyābhiprāyeṇa sarvveṇa kaṇṭhena kṣīvituṃ / atha dāni bhikṣusya kṣīvikā āgacchati vinodayitavyaṃ / atha dāni na pāreti vi(48b4)nodayituṃ / ekamate gacchiya kṣīvitavyaṃ / yadi tāva koci kṣīvati / na dāni vaktavyaṃ / jīva ti / atha khalu yadi vṛddhatarako bhavati / vaktavyaṃ / vandāmi tti / atha dāni navako kṣīvati / āroceti vaktavyaṃ / evaṃ kṣivitavyaṃ / na pratipadyati // ābhisamācārikān dharmmān atikrāmati // * //

 vii.8 ms.48b4 (j. 220.13); ch. 513c20 bhagavān śrāvastyām viharati / te dāni āyuṣmanto ṣaḍvarggikāḥ prahāṇam u(48b5)paviṣṭāḥ samānā śarkarāyaṃ pi śa(ka)likāyaṃ pi aṅgaṃ kharakaca-kharakaca ṃti(tti) ka[ṇḍū]yanti / yogācā(rā)n bhikṣūn śabdena vyāvahanti / etaṃ prakaraṇaṃ bhikṣū bhagavato ārocayeṃsu / (j. 221) bhagavān āha / tena hi evaṃ sa(ka)ṃdūṣitavyaṃ / kin ti dāni evaṃ (kaṃ)dūṣitavyaṃ / na kṣamati bhikṣuṇā prahāṇa upaviṣṭena auddhatyābhiprāyeṇa śarkarāye vā aṅgaṃ kharakaca-(ii.p.69) kharakaca nti(tti) kaṇḍūyituṃ / a(48b6)tha ca dāni bhikṣu prahāṇaṃ upaviṣṭako khajjati / aṅguṣṭhodareṇa vā hastatalena vā sukhākaṃ / uccaṭṭayitavyaṃ / atha dāni bhūyo bhūyo khajjati khajjanako bhavati prahāṇasyāmantriya gantavyaṃ / nāpi kṣamati / bhikṣuṇā bhaktāgre vā / tarpaṇāgre vā samāvāpi(yi)kānāṃ vā auddhatyābhiprāyeṇa saṃkalikāya vā śarkkarakāya vā kharakaca-kharakaca nti(tti) kaṇḍūyituṃ / atha dāni bhikṣu bhaktāgre vā tarpa(48b7)ṇāgre vā upaviṣṭako bhavati / koci [ṣo] pradeśo khajjati / hastāvase kalpiyā bhavanti / kiñ cāpi bhikṣuḥ kulikāya vā kāṣṭhaga[te]na vā sakalikāya vā kaṇḍūyati / anāpattiḥ / taṃ pi tathā dāni kaṇḍūyitavyaṃ / yathā ānantaryakaṃ śabdena (na) vyāvahati / atha dāni bhikṣuḥ sa(kha)jjanako bhavati / puno puno kaṇḍūyati / ānantarikasya pātraṃ dātavyaṃ / āyuṣman mama piṇḍapātaṃ ukkaḍhesi / ta(49a1)to gantavyaṃ / na kṣamati / upādhyāyācāryāṇāṃ vṛddhatarakāṇāṃ vā agrato auddhatyābhiprāyeṇa aṅgaṃ kharakaca-kharakaca nti(tti) (j.222) kaṇḍūyituṃ / nāpi kṣamati osariya indriyāṇi vuktanti kaṇḍūyituṃ / atha dāni bhikṣusya koci pradeśo khajjati / aṅguṣṭhodā(da)reṇa vā hastatalena vā parimardditavyaṃ / atha dāni (na) pāreti vinodayituṃ / punaḥ punaḥ khanati / ekatamaṃte gacchiya kaṇḍūyitavyaṃ / evaṃ kaṇḍūye (49a2) pratipadyitavyaṃ / na pratipadyati // ābhisamācārikān dharmmān atikrāmati // * //

 (ii.p.70) vii.9 ms.49a2 (j. 222.6); ch. 513c11 bhagavān śrāvastyāṃ viharati / te dāni āyuṣmanto ṣaḍvarggikāḥ prahāṇam upaviṣṭāḥ / auddhatyābhiprāyā jaṃbhayanti / aṅgāni bhañjayanti / paṭa-paṭāva phoḍenti / amaḍaṃ maḍamaḍaṃ yathā sīhā vā vyāghrā vā / evaṃ jaṃbhayanti / yogācārāṃ bhikṣūn śabdena vyāvahanti / etaṃ prakaraṇaṃ bhikṣū bhagavato ā(49a3)rocayeṃsu / bhagavān āha / tena hi evaṃ jambhayitavyaṃ / kin ti dāni evaṃ jambhayitavyaṃ / nāyaṃ tāva kṣamati bhikṣuṇā prahāṇam upaviṣṭena auddhatyābhiprāyeṇa osaritvā indriyāṇi maṭamaṭa aṅgā(ni) bhañjantena yathā sīhena vā vyāghreṇa vā unnadantena evaṃ bhañjayitavyaṃ / atha dāni bhikṣusya prahāṇam upaviṣṭasya vijṛmbhikā āgacchati / na dāni aṃgāni ṭaṭṭa-ṭaṭṭa nti(tti) (49a4) phoṭantena (j.223) mukhaṃ vivaritvā jambhayitavyaṃ / vinodetavyā nilalāṭam vā parimarditavyaṃ / nāsā vā parimarditavyā atha dāni na pāreti vinodayituṃ / saṃprajānaṃ mukhaṃ pithitvā jambhayitavyaṃ / tathā karttavyaṃ yathānantarikaṃ śabdena na vyāvahati / atha dāni bhikṣusya vijṛmbhikā puno puno āgacchati nirddhāviya vijṛmbhitavyaṃ / prahāṇasya vā āmantriya gantavyaṃ, / (49a5) nāpi kṣamati prahāṇam upaviṣṭakena maṭa-maṭāya aṅgāni bhañjituṃ, / atha dāni bhikṣusya aṅgāni duḥkhāyanti / ekā tāva bāhā sukhākaṃ prasārayitavyā yaṃ kālaṃ viśrānto bhavati / (ii.p.71) tāṃ sanmiñjiya dvitīyā sukhākaṃ prasārayitavyā / eko pādo sukhākaṃ prasārayitavyo / taṃ sanmiñjiya dvitīyo sukhākaṃ prasārayitavyo / na kṣamati bhikṣuṇā bhaktāgre vā ta(49a6)rpaṇāgre vā sāmāyikaṃ vā dharmmaśravaṇe vā aṅgāni bha(ṃ)jantena vijṛmbhayituṃ / atha dāni bhikṣusya vijṛmbhikā āgacchati / yadi cīvaracīrṇṇa(koṇa)kena mukhaṃ pidhiya sukhākaṃ vijṛmbhitavyaṃ / atha dāni bhikṣusya vijṛmbhikā puno puno āgacchati / yadi tāva bhaktāgre vā upaviṣṭako bhavati / anantarikasya pātraṃ datvā gantavyaṃ / dharmmaśravaṇena vā upaviṣṭako bhavati / dharmmaśravaṇasya āmantri(49a7)ya gantavyaṃ / nāpi kṣamati bhikṣuṇā gocaraṃ vā praviśantena antaragharaṃ (j.224) (vā) praviṣṭena maṭa-maṭāye aṅgāni bha(ṃ)jantena vijṛmbhituṃ / atha dāni bhikṣusya bhūyo bhūyo vijṛmbhikā āgacchati cīvarakoṇena mukhaṃ pidhiya saṃprajānena vijṛm[bhāyi]tavyaṃ / atha dāni bhikṣusya antaraghare vā upaviṣṭasya puno puno vijṛmbhikā āgacchati / utthiya gantavyaṃ / na kṣamati / upādhyāyācāryāṇāṃ vṛddhatarakānāṃ, (49b1) vā agrato maṭa-maṭāye aṃgāni bhaṃjantena vijṛmbhituṃ / atha dāni bhikṣusya vijṛmbhikā āgacchati / ekamataṃ gatvā evaṃ vijṛmbhitavyaṃ / na pratipadyati // ābhisamācārikān dharmmān atikrāmati // * //

 vii.10 ms.49b1 (j. 224.9); ch. 513c26 bhagavān samyaksambuddho yadarthaṃ samudāgato tadartham abhisambhāvayitvā śrāvastyāṃ viharati śāstā devānāñ ca manuṣyāṇāñ ca satkṛto gurukṛto mānitaḥ pū(49b2)jitaḥ / (ii.p.72) apacāyito lābhāgrayaśograprāpto lābhī cīvarapiṇḍapātaśayyāsanaglānapratyayabhaiṣajyapariṣkārāṇāṃ tat[ra] ca anupaliptaḥ padmam iva jalena puṇyabhāgiyāṃ satvāṃ puṇyehi niveśayamāno phalabhāgiyān satvāṃ phalehi pratiṣṭhāpayamāno vāsanābhāgīyān satvāna vāsanāyām avasthāpayamāṇo amṛtam analpakena devamanuṣyāṃ saṃvibhajanto prāṇikoṭī (j.225) ni(49b3)yutaśatasahasrāṇi amṛtam anuprāpayanto anavarāgrajātijarāmaraṇasaṃsārakāntāranarakavidurggān mahāprapātato abhyuddharitvā kṣeme same śive sthale abhaye nirvvāṇe pratiṣṭhāpayamāno āvarjayitvā aṅga-magadha-mallī-varji-kāsi-kośala-kuru-pañcala-ceti-vatsa-matsa-śūrase na-śivi-daśārṇṇa-aśvaki-avanti jñāne dṛṣṭaparākra(49b4)mo svayaṃbhū divyehi vihārehi brāhmehi vihārehi āryehi vihārehi āniṃjyehi vihārehi sātatyehi vihārehi buddho buddhavihārehi jino jinavihārehi / jānako jānakavihārehi sarvvajño sarvvajñavihārehi cetovaśiparamapāramiprāptā punar bbuddhā bhagavanto yehi yehi vihārehi ākāṃkṣanti tehi tehi vihārehi viharanti / te dā(49b5)ni āyuṣmanto ṣaḍvarggikāḥ / auddhatyābhiprāyeṇa śvetamayena saktukāṃ kulmāsāṃ ca mardiyāṇaṃ ātape śoṣayanti / yaṃ kālaṃ śuṣkā bhavanti / tato śvetamayena yeva khādanti / bilvāni khādanti / svātakopanatāni phalāni khādanti / kalāpā(yaṃ vā) satilapallavaṃ khādanti / yaṃ kālaṃ prahāṇasya jarjaro āhato bhavati / tato prahāṇaśālāṃ gacchiya caturddiśaṃ (49b6) niṣīdanti / yaṃ kālaṃ bhikṣusaṃgho upaviṣṭo bhavati / eko tāva pūtivātakarmmaṃ karoti aparo gacchanti / aparo ḍhara- (ii.p.73)ḍha(ra) nti(tti) / (j.226) aparo āha / sādhv āyuṣmaṃ kiṃ etaṃ samvatsarikaṃ pratikarmmaṃ aṣṭaśatenāpi kho vātaṃ na iccheyyā aho manojño śabdo anukūlaṃ karoti / ānantarikānāṃ paddamuṣṭikāṃ jighrāpenti / āha / jighrāyuṣman aho mṛṣṭo gandho aho sobhano ga(49b7)ndho yogācārān bhikṣūn śabdena vyāvahanti / etaṃ prakaraṇaṃ bhikṣū bhagavato ārocayeṃsu / (j.226.19) bhagavān āha / śabdāpayatha ṣaḍvarggikān // * // yāvad āma bhagavan bhagavān āha / tena hi evaṃ vātakarmme pratipadyitavyaṃ / kin ti dāni evaṃ vātakarmme pratipadyita(vya)ṃ / nāyaṃ kṣamati / (j.226.19) bhikṣuṇā auddhatyābhi(j.227)prāyeṇa śvetamayena kulmāṣān vā śaktukān vā mardiyāṇaṃ ātape śoṣayitvā śveta(50a1)mayena yeva khādituṃ / nāpi kṣamati / bilvāni vā madanaphalāni vā tatkālakāni phalāni khādituṃ / kalāyaṃ vā satilapallavaṃ vā // atha dāni bhikṣu piṇḍacāram aṇṭhantoparapratibaddhāye jīvikāye śvetamayena kulmāṣān vā śaktumardditakān labhati / vātakopakāni vā phalāni / kiñ cāpi khādeti / anāpattiḥ / na kṣamati prahāṇam upaviṣṭena auddhatyābhiprāyeṇa vā ḍhara-ḍha(50a2)rāye vāna(ta)karmma karttuḥ(ṃ,) / atha dāni bhikṣusya prahāṇaśālāyām upaviṣṭasya vātakarmma āgaccati / na dāni osaritvā indriyāni karttavyaṃ / atha dāni ārśavyādhiko bhavati / saṃprajāna ekaṃ phiccakaṃ utkṣipiyāṇaṃ hastena vivaritvā vātakarmma (ii.p.74) karttavyaṃ / tathā karttavyaṃ yathā ananta(ri)kaṃ śabdena na vyāvahati / taṃ pi dāni na kṣamati / yena vṛddhatarako tena piccakam u(50a3)tkṣipituṃ / atha khalu yena navakatarako tena phiccakam utkṣipitavyaṃ / atha dāni vṛddhatarako ca navakatarako ca ekasthāne ḍhukkakaṃ bhavati / nāyaṃ kṣamati saṃghanavakena yena saṃghasthaviro tena phiccakaṃ utkṣipituṃ, / kiñ cāpi yena vṛddhatarako tena phiccakaṃ utkṣipati / anāpattiḥ / (j.227.16) atha dāni bhikṣu na pāreti saṃprajāna vātakarmma (50a4) karttuṃ, / nirddhāviyāṇaṃ vātakarmma karttavyaṃ / atha dāni bhikṣusya puno puno vātakarmma āgacchati / prahāṇasya āmant(r)iya gantavyaṃ / nāpi kṣamati bhaktāgre (j.228) vā tarpaṇāgre vā auddhatyābhiprāyeṇa vātakarmma karttuṃ, / atha khalu eka pi(phi)ccakaṃ utkṣipiya vātakarmma karttavyaṃ / atha dāni bhikṣusya vātakarmma puno āgacchati anantarikasya pātraṃ (50a5) datvā gantavyaṃ / nāpi kṣamati / dharmmaśravaṇe vā sāmāyikāyām vā auddhatyābhiprāyeṇa vā phara-pharasya(rāya) vātakarmma karttuṃ, / atha khalu ekaṃ phiccakaṃ utkṣipitvā vātakarmma karttavyaḥ(ṃ) / atha dāni bhikṣusya (j.226.8) puno puno vātakarmma āgacchati / (ii.p.75) dharmmaśravaṇasya āmantriya gantavyaṃ / nāpi kṣamati / upādhyāyaṃ vā ācāryam vā āmantrayitvā gantuṃ / nāpi (50a6) kṣamati antaragharaṃ niṣaṇṇena auddhatyābhiprāyeṇa phara-pharāya vātakarmma karttuṃ, / atha khalu ekaṃ phiccakaṃ u(t)kṣipitvā saṃprajānan vātakarmma karttavyaṃ / atha dāni bhikṣusya puno puno vātakarmma āgacchati / ekamantaṃ āgacchiya karttavyaṃ / nāpi kṣamati / upādhyāyasya vā ācāryasya vā vṛddhatarakasya vā agrato auddhatyābhiprāyeṇa pharapharāya vātakarmma karttuṃ, / atha (50a7) dāni bhikṣusya vātakarmma āgacchati / ekamantaṃ gacchiya karttavyaṃ / nāpi dāni kṣamati / anuvātaṃ karttuṃ, / mā gandhena vyāvaheyyā / apavātaṃ karttavyaṃ / vātapathaṃ muñcitvā / (j.226.18) atha dāni bhikṣusya sārddhe(rthe)na sārddhaṃ gacchantasya samudācāro bhavati / na dāni sārthena agrato sthitvā vātakarmma karttavyaṃ / (j.228.6) atha dāni ārśavyādhiko bhavati / hastena vivaritvā mārggato udvarttitvā saṃprajānaṃ ka(50b1)rttavyaṃ / yathā sārthaṃ gandhena na vyāvaheyyā / vātapathaṃ mocayitvā karttavyaṃ / evaṃ vātakarmme pratipadyitavyaṃ / na pratipadyati // * // ābhisamācārikān dharmmān atikramati // * //

 uddānaṃ (evaṃ) pradīpe pratipadyitavyaṃ / (evaṃ yaṣṭīyaṃ prātipadyitavyaṃ /)

 (ii.p.76) evaṃ geṇḍuke pratipadyitavyaṃ / evaṃ niṣīdane pratipadyitavyaṃ / evam upādhyā(nahā)ye pratipadyitavyaṃ / evaṃ kāsitavyaṃ /  evaṃ kṣīvitavyaṃ / (j.229) evaṃ kaṇḍūyitavyaṃ /  evaṃ jaṃbhāvayitavyaṃ / (50b2) evaṃ vātakarmma pratipadyitavyaṃ /

 (j.230) antaroddānaṃ
 saṃghasthaviro ca śayyāsana kaṭhina āgantukā ca āraṇyakā nevāsikā ca
pradīpo ca saptavarggāḥ prakāśitāḥ // * //

 ābhisamācārikāḥ samāptāḥ // * //

 āryamahāsāṃghikānāṃ lokottaravādināṃ madhyuddeśa-pāṭhakānāṃ pāṭheneti // * //

 ye dharmmā hetuprabhavā hetun teṣān tathāgato hy avadat / teṣāñ ca (50b3) yo nirodha evamvādī mahāśramaṇaḥ